The URL can be used to link to this page

Plans (18) BU P2019-00329 OFFICE COPY UtFIGE COP'S 1 2 3 4 . 5 6 7 8 9 10 A3R EVATIO \ S CO ; r VO *m eta. Cr) ADDITIONAL ABBREVIATIONS ARE DEFINED IN LEGENDS THROUGHOUT THE DRAWING SET. c AB AIR BARRIER HT HEIGHT Q AB/VR AIR BARRIER/ VAPOR RETARDER HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR J 0 0 AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE, AIR CONDITIONING CONDITIONING - ACM ALUMINUM COMPOSITE MATERIAL D NSIDE DIAMETER Q 0 o F ACC ACCESSIBLE GU NSULATED GLASS UNIT EV , v ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL NCL NCLUDE, INCLUDING -p rn cu 10 t� U ACST ACOUSTICAL NFO NFORMATION AD AREA DRAIN NSUL NSULATE, INSULATION 1Y v ADDM ADDENDUM NT NTERIOR ,_ ADJ ADJUSTABLE WD NDIRECT WASTE DRAINIII " co AESS , ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED C 2 con LI- 1,_ STRUCTURAL STEEL JAN JANITOR VALIDITY OFF PERMIT 'IL, Z w .r AF ACCESS FLOORING JT JOINT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR000 one medica I ct AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT KIT KITCHEN BABERO ON CONSTRUCTION •�� 0 ALT ALTERNATE0 "`- ALUM ALUMINUM L LONG DOCUMENTS AND OTHER • ANOD ANODIZED LAM LAMINATE, LAMINATED DATA SHALL NOT PREVENT APPROX APPROXIMATE LAU LAUNDRY 111111 THE CODE OFFICIAL FROM APT APARTMENT LAV LAVATORY ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL LT LIGHT AUTO AUTOMATIC LTG LIGHTING REQUIRINGF THE SSC 1nR 1- - D AV AUDIO VISUAL OF ERRORS. OSSC 1( R E. AWP ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL(S) MAS MASONRYRIAL OGT 2 3 �� BB BULLETIN BOARD MAX MAXIMUM BD BOARD MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD _ BLDG BUILDING MDO MEDIUM DENISTY OVERLAY i ] -- -----CTC _ TY � � BLKG BLOCKING MECH MECHANICAL GE \ E�AL NOTES POJ CT INFO vATION : ]J ECT � I � _CTC 'Y DRAW! \ICI DEX ��- �� V�� BION BO BOTTOM OFMED MEDIUM f BOT BOTTOM MEMB MEMBRANE - ___ BRG BEARING MEZZ MEZZANINE E BRZ BRONZE MGT MANAGEMENT BSMT BASEMENT MFR MANUFACTURE, MANUFACTURE 1. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. 12180 SW SCHOLLS FERRY RD. TENANT: ,- BUR I BUILT UP ROOFING MH MANHOLE ONE MEDICAL GROUP CAB CABINET MIN MINIMUM, MINUTE T€GARD, OR 97223 1 EMBARCADERO CENTER, FLOOR 19 n CB CATCH BASIN MIR MIRROW 2. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE CEM CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS MISC MISCELLANEOUS WORK. LEASE AREA: 4,500 SF SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94111 SHEET N0. n li CG CORNER GUARD MO MASONRY OPENING DESIGN MANAGER: AUDREY WALTHERT CH COAT HOOK MS MOP SINK 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, WHICH INCLUDE THE AGREEMENT, THE GENERAL EMAIL: awolthert�onemedicaLcom ARCHITECTURAL EXISTING OCCUPANCY: M PROPOSED OCCUPANCY: B • CI CAST IRON MTD MOUNTED CONDITIONS, DRAWINGS, AND SPECIFICATIONS, ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND WHAT IS .st� '�y�l ` . AI CJ CONTROL JOINT MTL METAL REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL. THE PHONE: (415) 233-8272 A-000 GENERAL INFORMATION • • IV/ CIP CAST-IN-PLACE MVBL MOVABLE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN CONSTRUCTION TYPE: V-B SPRINKLERED: NO A-003 DOOR SCHEDULE, NOTES, HARDWARE & DOOR TYPES • • �� CL CENTERLINE MWP METAL WALL PANELS THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL cn CLG CEILING DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FIRE ALARM: NO SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: 0 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER: A--005 LIFE SAFETY PLAN o CLO CLOSET N NORTH a. CO% CLR CLEAR NIC NOT IN CONTRACT EMAIM:DON GRAHAM AD-1I0 DEMOLITION PLAN • 1::1 rai A C CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT NO NUMBER - 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES, UNLESS [MAIN: dig rcham©onernedica€.com A OTHERWISE INDICATED. A-110 FLOOR PLAN • • 0 CO CLEAN OUT, CASED OPENING NOM NOMINAL PHONE: (415) 508-8740 �y�, a=- COL COLUMN NRC NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT A-130 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN w - COMM COMMUNICATION NTS NOT TO SCALE 5, ITEMS INDICATED AS BIDDER DESIGNED SHALL BE DESIGNED AND ENGINEERED BY c a CONC CONCRETE THE CONTRACTOR AND/OR SUBCONTRACTOR IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LEGAL A-140 FINISH PLAN • • 4 . 4), CONN CONNECTION CONNECT OC ON CENTER ARCHITECT: �y PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, USING PERFORMANCE ENGINEERING CRITERIA INDICATED. -141 FINISH SCHEDULE • • cl k9 $1S� CONSTR CONSTRUCTION OH OVERHEADCALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C.P,C. CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER CORR CORRIDOR OPNG OPENING 901 S BOND STREET, • • • CPT CARPET OPP OPPOSITE ' A-150 POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN BALTIMORE, MD 21231 CSWK CASEWORK ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN CONTACT: KEVIN BURKE A-160 FF&E PLAN , • • CTR CENTER OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE EMAIL: kevin.burke@crtkl.com A-161 FF&E SCHEDULES • • D CU CUBIC PHONE: 206 623-4646 PHONE: (206) A-701 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS D DEEP, DEPTH PBD PARTICLEBOARD Z BL DDOUBLE PRCST PRECAST n -� A-702 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • • J DEMO DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION PD PLANTER DRAIN CODE D E I N FO v AT I O F MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL & PLUMBING A--801 PARTITION TYPES 0 • E DET DETAIL PERP PERPENDICULAR ENGINEERS: OF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE CASE ENGINEERING A-802 CEILING DETAILS 0 �� DIA DIAMETER PLAS PLASTER LI DIAG DIAGONAL, DIAGRAM PLYWD PLYWOOD 796 MERUS COURT A-803 INTERIOR DETAILS 2.• OJDIM DIMENSION PNL PANEL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION: CITY OF TIGARD • 5ST LOUIS, MO 63026 d9Y DIV DIVIDE, DIVISION PL PROPERTY LINE A-804 INTERIOR DETAILS • • a I— DM PF "DMPF DAMPPROOF, DAMPPROOFING PR PAIR BUILDING CODE: 2014 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE CONTACT: JOHN VIRTUDAZO • �Fce DN DOWN PRKG PARKING (OSSC, BASED QN 2012 IBC) EMAIL: jvirtudazo@caseengineeringinc.com A-805 FLOOR DETAILS • 0 Fq7 c DR DOOR, DRESSING ROOM PROP PROPERTY PHONE: (623) 349-1600 x225 A-806 TOILET ROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS • V) �W 0 DS DOWNSPOUT PT PAINT, POINT, PRESSURE ___- . • F., DW DISHWASHER TREATED ENERGY CODE: 2014 OREGON ENERGY EFFICIENCY SPECIALTY CODE A-840 MILLWORK TITLE SHEET • Z-.- ti DWG DRAWING PIN PARTITION (OEESC, BASED ON 2009 IECC) O= co DWR DRAWER R RADIUS, RISER E F E R - C E SY v B O L 5AHJ: A-841 RECEPTION DESK MILLWORK • •••, day U r EAST RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN MECHANICAL CODE: 2014 OREGON MECHANICAL SPECIALTY CODE CITY OF TIGARD PERMIT CENTER A-842 MILLWORK DETAILS E) EXISTING RD ROOF DRAIN, ROAD (OMSC, BASED ON 2012 IMC) 13125 SW HALL BLVD rr�'' Ja IFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND RECPT RECEPTACLE TIGARD, OR 97223 A-843 CONSULT MILLWORK • • V FINISH SYSTEM REF REFER TO, REFERENCE PHONE: (503) 718-2439 A-844 LAB STATION MILLWORK a EJ EXPANSION JOINT REF REFRIGERATOR PLUMBING CODE: 2017 OREGON PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE • 0 EL ELEVATION REINF REINFORCED, REINFORCING XX XX ® I I (OPSC, BASED ON 2015 UPC) A-845 BREAK ROOM MILLWORK 0 ELEC ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL READ REQUIRED ELEV ELEVATOR REV REVISED, REVISION A-XXX A-YYY qigrI GENERAL CONTRACTOR: A-846 RECEPTION WALL DETAILS • 0 ENCL ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE RFG ROOFING ELECTRICAL CODE: 2017 OREGON ELECTRICAL SPECIALTY CODE TBD C EOS EDGE OF SLAB RM ROOM (OESC, BASED ON 2017 NEPA 70) SPEC1FOlTIQNS cc EP ELECTRIC PANEL RO ROUGH OPENING i BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR WALL SECTION INDICATOR A-901 SPECIFICATIONS • I- EQ EQUAL RI RIGHT FIRE CODE: 2014 OREGON FIRE CODE 0 0 EQUIP EQUIPMENT LANDLORD: A-902 SPECIFICATIONS • ESCAL ESCALATOR S SOUTH,SPANDREL �... ...� (OFC, BASED ON 2012 IFC) ATLAS INVESTMENT PARTNER (� Ct EW EACH WAY SCWD SOLID CORE WOOD A-903 SPECIFICATIONS • EXH EXHAUST SS HED SCHEDULE. 808 SW ALDER ST #200 z EXP EXPANSION, EXPOSED S� SOMAIN XX XX ACCESSIBILITY: 2014 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE, PORTLAND, OR 97205 A-904 SPECIFICATIONS 5 _ o EXIST EXISTING SECT SEF O A-XXX A-XX( / X CH. 11 - ACCESSIBILITY CONTACT: JIM PARSONS A-905 sPECIFICAT10NS mi CL (Y C"7 SGL SINGLE LAss FA FIRE ALARMPHONE: (971) 888-4420, (503) 709-9918CL FC10 FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ SHT SHEET `""" EMAIL: jpar590c°mcost.net A-906 SPECIFICATIONS • 4 Q W N N `n INSTALLED BY OWNER SHTHG SHEATHING ENLARGED DETAIL INDICATOR SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR - - A-907 SPECIFICATIONS • C) = u- I� o FD FLOOR DRAIN SIM SIMILAR FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT SPEC SPECIFICATION A-908 SPECIFICATIONS 411 now (j CONNECTION SPKLR SPRINKLER , C J Cr to FOUNDATION SPKR SPEAKER A-909 SPECIFICATIONS O +o FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER SQ SQUARE ® IA\ XX IT-901 IT SPECIFICATIONS W Q QFEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER SS SERVICE SINK o CABINET SST STAINLESS STEEL ‘gir XXX IT-902 IT SPECIFICATIONS • 2 Z I FH FIRE HYDRANT SIC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS TENANT IMPROVEMENT IN THE FIRST FLOOR OF WITHIN AN EXISTING EXTERIOR SHOPPING FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET STD STANDARD © CENTER CONSISTING OF, NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, CASEWORK, FINISHES, MECHANICAL 2 U CL I- FIG FIGURE STL STEEL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING WORK. W w (') Q U FIN FINISH, FINISHED STOR STORAGE EXTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR I M-001 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS • w FLEX FLEXIBLE STRUCT STRUCTURAL Z 0 1 11.1 M-101 MECHANICAL PLAN FLR FLOOR, FLOORING SUSP SUSPENDED SIGNAGE SHOWN IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY. SIGNAGE WILL BE UNDER SEPERATE PERMIT. ( I CL FLUOR FLUORESCENT ( M-301 MECHANICAL DETAILS • 0 C.!) in I- o FO FACE OF FINISHED OPENING T TREAD, TEMPERED B FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER/ T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE MATCH LINE I PLUMBING © 00 IZ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR TC TRAFFIC COATING X.X > F010 FURNISHED BY OWNER/ TEL TELEPHONE SEE XX/A-XXX P-001 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS • CC r INSTALLED BY OWNER TEMP TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY P-100 PLUMBING PLAN - SANITARY & VENT • Q C11 FP FIRE PROTECTION FIREPROOF TER TERRAllO0FR FRAME, FIRE RATED THK THICK, THICKNESS MATCH LINE INDICATOR KEYNOTE TRUE NORTH TRUE NORTH 1 P-200 PLUMBING PLAN - SUPPLY • FRMG FRAMINGGTO TOP OF V I I TY Iv A I SITE I V A P-300 PLUMBING RISERS & SCHEDULES • I- ' FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC TSTAT THERMOSTAT - ] I • FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED TV TELEVISION FT FOOT, FEET TYP TYPICAL P-400 PLUMBING DETAILS • FTG FOOTING UT FUTURE UGND UNDERGROUND111D 4:10 111. @ - I ELECTRICAL ISSUED ! REVISED DATE FVC FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET UNF UNFINISHED ! E-001 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS • DD SET Q910B119 FWP FABRIC WRAPPED PANELS) UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT LOCATION E-002 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES • PERMIT SET 10/11/19 VERT VERTICAL E-101 LIGHTING PLAN GA GAGE VEST VESTIBULE EXISTING COLUMN GRIDLINE INDICATOR NEW COLUMN GRIDLINE INDICATOR `I • GALV GALVANIZED VIF VERIFY IN FIELD �� BERRY RD // GEN GENERAL, GENERATOR VNR VENEER SW SC1�OtlS E-201 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN • GFRC GLASS-FIBER VR VAPOR RETARDER —.__ _... REINFORCED CONCRETE VWC VINYL WALLCOVERING GFRG GREINFORCEDRGYPSUM W WEST, WIDE, WIDTH ( FI ) KEI > <XIAil QQY - GFRP GLASS-FIBER W/ WITH * y REINFORCED PLASTIC W/O WITHOUT SC `5 >LKR� u,___--/ E GL GLASS W� WATER CLOSET, WALLCOVERING / * CITY OF`1'�GARD GYP GYPSUM WD WOOD } ` A GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD WH WALL HYDRANT DATUM INDICATOR OR WORK POINT FINISH, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURE INDICATOR 1 N REVIE FOR CODE COMPLIANCE WP WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOF, - --- - - 1 f -- H HIGH WATERPROOFING, WORK POINT \ aZ I n Arproved: � HB HOSE BIBB WR WATER RESISTANT ! m OTC: [ I HCWD HOLLOW CORE WOOD WT WEIGHT HD HAND DRYER WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC r HDBD HARDBOARD Permit #: '"�f1 1 q- O�p ,� HOW HARDWARE XMFR TRANSFORMER ,\,� ,, ,; GENERAL HDWD HARDWOOD r \ \� Address: Q n .� i1l. G'll \ �R�\�� t is--,,. 2 HM HOLLOW METAL YD YARD ,, Shite #: INFORMATION HO HOLD OPEN \_ t ';\`l � 9 HORIZ HORIZONTAL :�� :�� ` BR HOUR y; �i Date: 1p-7 <] '� HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL STEEL I ( �\ I A-000 COPYRIGHT ;"c 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. ji 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DOOR SC - EDUCE DOOR 1-ARDWARE GOJPS DOOR TYPE AND NOTES c0 06 2 s- 0) DOOR DATA FRAME HARDWARE 1 -- CONSULT ROOM 5 - BREAK ROOM -I. ALL WOOD DOORS TO HAVE EDGE VENEER AT ALL EXPOSED SIDES. VENEER SHALL BE CONTINUOUS --- -..... --- "_4-_ ..__ --_._- DATA DOOR NUMBER DESCRIPTION SIZE FIRE REMARKS - - - - AND MITERED TO THE CORNERS. DOOR SUBMITTAL SHALL SHOW EDGE PROFILE AND CONFIRM DETAIL. 0 MATERIAL MATERIAL RATING d THICKNESS GROUP TYPE SILL GROUP FUNCTION GROUP QTY TYPE DESCRIPTION FINISH MFR QTY TYPE DESCRIPTION FINISH MFR VENEER DOORS ARE A LONG LEAD ITEM. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR VENDOR INFORMATION. a) J o 0 F t01 ENTRY (EXIST) 3'-0" x 7'-O" (PAIR) VERIFY EXIST EXIST EXIST C5/A-805 EXIST -- ENTRY 9 4 HINGE TA2714 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" US26D MCKINNEY 4 HINGE TA2714 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" US26D MCKINNEY 2. PATCH AND PAINT ANY WALL SCRATCHES, DIVOTS, OR MARKS AS A RESULT OF DOOR, FRAME, AND E 'Q p HARDWARE INSTALLATION. E : `` v CORBIN CORBIN — v y INDICATOR 1 PASSAGE LATCH CL3510 PZD 626 1 ENTRANCE LOCKSET CL3551 PZD 626 (102) NURTURE 3'-0" x 8'-0' 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 -- 7 RUSSWIN RUSSWIN 3. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR NEW KEY AFTER CONSTRUCTION AND RE-KEY CYLINDER AS C1 co '�j LOCK NECESSARY. W i WALL STOP I 406 US32D ROCKWOOD 1 SURFACE CLOSER I 8501 SN-134 689 NORTON L L- t q3 CONSULT 1 - 1 - 0 -- 4. FRAME THICKNESS VARIES BY PARTITION TYPE. ., . L- ��) CO SUL 3' 0" x 8'-0" 3/4" 2 A C9jA 8 5 1 PASSAGE 1 1406 .fl U1 DOOR BOTTOM 411RL 36" PEMKO 1 WALL STOP US32D ROCKW00D 5. CLEAN, SERVICE, AND REPAIR EXISTING TO REMAIN DOOR FRAMES TO LIKE NEW CONDITION AS 0 ;riz x - "c c iO4 CONSULT 2 3'-O" x 8'-0" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 -- PASSAGE 1 1 DOOR GASKET 1 S88BL PEMKO 1 DOOR GASKET I S88BL PEMKO NECESSARY. •i« coQ 1r— Cr) (i) 6. DOOR AND HARDWARE SHOWN BY TYPE. COORDINATE DOOR HANDING AND SWING DIRECTION WITH S Q 105 CONSULT 3 3'-O" x $'-O" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 -- PASSAGE 1 t* OVERHEAD STOP LOOS US32D GLYNN 1 KICK PLATE K1050 10" x 2" LOW US32D ROCKWOOD ALL DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE COMPONENTS. JOHNSON ACCESS *OVERHEAD STOP INSTEAD OF WALL STOP AT DOORS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE ONLY 1* OVERHEAD STOP 100S US32D JOHNSON 7. IT LOCKSET FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY GC. REPLACE LEVER HANDLE WITH (106 IT CLOSET 3'-0" x 8'-O" 1 3/4" 3 B E3/A-805 1 -- CONTROL 6 OVERHEAD STOP REQUIRED CODE-COMPLIANT LEVER HANDLE THAT RETURNS TO DOOR MATCHING SCHLAGE ND-SERIES SPARTA LOCK 2 -- TOILET ROOM *OVERHEAD STOP INSTEAD OF WALL STOP AT DOORS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE ONLY HANDLE, 107 CONSULT 4 3'-O" x 8'-O" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 -- PASSAGE 1 8. PROVIDE ALL FIRE RATED DOORS AND FRAMES WITH AFFIXED LABELS CERTIFYING THE EXTENT OF QTY TYPE DESCRIPTION FINISH MFR T IT CLOSET THEIR TESTING. (108) CONSULT 5 3'-0" x 8'-O" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 1 -- PASSAGE 1 QTY TYPE DESCRIPTION FINISH MFR 9. ALL FIRE RATED DOORS AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES SHALL COMPLY WITH UL ASSEMBLY U419. 4 HINGE TA2714 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" US26D MCKINNEY INDICATOR 10. LOCATE DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED ADJACENT TO WALL INTERSECTIONS WITH THE 1 t 0 TOILET ROOM t .3'-0" x 8'-0" 1 3/4" 2 A A3/A-805 1 -- 2 4 HINGE TA2714 4 1/2 " X 4 1/2" US26D MCKINNEY ELOCK RIGID LEVER PULLS CORBIN EDGE OF FINISH OPENING SIX INCHES FROM THE ADJACENT WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; �f CONSULT 6 3'-O" x 8'-Q" 1 3/4" 2 A c9/A-805 1 -- PASSAGE 1 1 (FULL DUMMY TRIM) GL3170 626 RUSSWIN CENTER ALL 1 ACCESS CONTROL LOCK PB NTB620-ACC 626 YALE INTERSECTIONS, UNLEHER SS OTHERWISE OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED.RS AND CASED OPENINGS BETWEEN NEAREST ADJACENT WALL 1 SURFACE CLOSER 8501 SN-134 689 NORTON 1 SURFACE CLOSER 8501 SN-134 - 689 NORTON 11.EXIT DOORS AT STOREFRONT SHALL HAVE SIGN ABOVE STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED 112 CONSULT 7 3'-0" x 8'-0" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 -- PASSAGE 1 WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" IN 1" HIGH BLACK VINYL LETTERS ON A SILVER BACKGROUND. OVERHEAD STOP REQUIRED, 1 WALL STOP 406 US32D ROCKWOOD 1 WALL STOP 406 US32D ROCKWOOD CT (113) ELECTRICAL ROOM 3'-0" x 8'-0" 1 3/4" 3 A E3/A-805 1 --- KEYED LACK 4 DO NOT INSTALL REQUIRED, 4 1 f . .-- ! --- _ _ _-- - ------ YNN 1 DOOR BOTTOM 234DV 36" PEMKO 1* OVERHEAD STOP 100S US32D HARDWARE NVT .S a JOHNSON CONSULT 8 3-0r x 8,-0w 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1, -- PASSAGE 1 - 1 PERIMETER SEAL S773BL PEMKO 1 DOOR GASKET S88BL PEMKO ,o, 0 CONSULT 9 3'-0" x 8'-0" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 -- PASSAGE 1 �` w' . ; CP BOLT LOCK WITH CORBIN 1. SUBMIT ANY SUBSTITUTIONS WITH CATALOG FOR ARCH APPROVAL. a "- 1 B571 626 SCHLAGE 1 CYLINDER AS REQUIRED US26D �-+ OCCUPANCY INDICATOR RUSSWIN w j 8' 1 t 6 CONSULT 10 3'-0" x -0" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 - PASSAGE 1 2. BID HARDWARE THAT CONFORMS TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. ' 3 - ADMIN ROOM *OVERHEAD STOP OCCURS INSTEAD OF WALL STOP AT DOORS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE ONLY G '� (11 7" CONSULT 1 t 3'-O" x 8'-O" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 -- PASSAGE 1 3. WHERE OPENINGS ARE NOTED WITH AN HOURLY FIRE RESISTANCE RATING, PROVIDE HARDWARE <P. ' " " Cgt* QTY TYPE DESCRIPTION FINISH MFR 7 - NURTURE ROOM COMPONENTS BY THE LOCAL CODE UNDERWRITERS TIES, TO MEET HE HOURLY FIRE OTHER GRATING LABORATORYOT D. 'I.J 118 STORAGE 3-0 x 8-0 1 3/4 3 A G9/A-805 I -- KEYED LOCK 4 4 HINGE TA2714 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" US26D MCKINNEY QTY TYPE DESCRIPTION FINISH MFR 4. HARDWARE SHALL CONFORM TO NEPA 80 FOR FIRE RATED CLASS INDICATED. 119) ADMIN ROOM 3'-0" x 8'-0" 1 3/4" 3 A -- 1 -- KEYED LOCK 3 OVERHEAD STOP REQUIRED CORBIN 4 HINGE TA2714 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" - US26D MCKINNEY D 1 PASSAGE LATCH CL3510 PZD 626 RUSSWIN 5. INSTALL ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO MEET ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. (120) BREAK ROOM 3'-O" x 8'-O" 1 3/4" 3 A C9/A-805 1 -- KEYED LOCK 5 OVERHEAD STOP REQUIRED 1 1 KICK PLATE K1050 10" x 2" LOW US32D ROCKWOOD 1 WALL STOP 406 US32D ROCKWOOD Lii 0 1 DOOR BOTTOM PDB411AN6 36" PEW° ID "E 41111110 CONSULT 12 3'-0" x 8'-O" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 -- PASSAGE 1 - 1 WALL STOP 406 IUS32D ROCKWOOD - m 0 I DOOR GASKET S88BL PEMKO I—" (122) TOILET ROOM 2 3'-0" x 8'-O" 1 3/4" 2 A A3/A-805 1 -- INDICATOR 2 1 DOOR GASKET S88BL PEMKO RIGID LEVER PULLS CORBIN + �� LOCK �F H- t* OVERHEAD STOP LOOS US32D GLYNN 1 (FULL DUMMY TRIM) CL3i70 626 RUSSWIN �� TOILET ROOM 3 3'-0" x 8'-0" 1 3/4" 2 A A3/A-805 1 -- INDICATOR 2 JOHNSON BOLT LOCK WITH My� LOCK *OVERHEAD STOP INSTEAD OF WALL STOP AT DOORS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE ONLY 1 OCCUPANCY INDICATOR B571 626 SCHLAGE �"W '� z 0124) LARGE CONSULT 3'-0" x 8'-0" 1 3/4" 2 A C9/A-805 1 -- PASSAGE 1 OVERHEAD STOP REQUIRED S -- EGRESS z t 4 - STORAGE ROOM ,,,.1 am EXIT (EXIST) 3'-O" x 7'-O" VERIFY EXIST EXIST EXIST -- EXIST -- EGRESS - 8 - QTY TYPE DESCRIPTION FINISH MFR - * GC TO REPLACE/REPAIR ANY HARDWARE WITH MATCHING AS REQUIRED - " "M Aa 4 HINGE TA2714 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" US26D MCKINNEY 9 -- ENTRANCE 4 DOOR MATERIAL GROUPS FRAME MATERIAL GROUPS 0 1 CLASSROOM LOCKSET CL3555 PZD 626 CORBIN QTY TYPE DESCRIPTION I FINISH MFR - TYPE MATERIAL FINISH TYPE MATERIAL FINISH MFR / PRODUCT RUSSWIN 1 SURFACE CLOSER 8501 SN-134 689 NORTONAUTOMATIC SWING RECORD C 1 CLASS CLEAR WESTERN INTEGRATED - 1 OPERATOR SERIES $tOO, 4 1/2 X 5 USAit 1 ALUMINUM ANODIZED MATERIALS / 300 SERIES 1 WALL STOP 406 1 US32D 1 ROCKWOOD MARSHFIELD DOOR SYSTEMS FRAME WITH 304RM TRIM 4 RECEIVER MODULE 1ORD900 !BEA INC - - - L`1 2 SOLID CORE WOOD WOOD VENEER: PLAIN SLICED PAINT TO 1 DOOR GASKET S88BL PEMKO 4 I TRANSMITTER 10T0900PB I BEA INC ..._ ..-- -...-- ___ --__-__---- - ---- ------ ._ --- WALNUT, FINISH: RATTAN STAIN 2 ._.. STEEL- . _�� MATCH DOOR >- 1 KICK PLATE K1050 10" x 2" LOW US32D ROCKWOOD 4 1 PUSH PLATE 10PBS1 1 304 I BEA INC — Ce ca BLACKhA'w �'£ER J Cl. (L/ co 3 SOLID CORE WOOD PAINT TO MATCH WALL 3-- _. -- ALUMINUM ANODIZED GLYNN 1* OVERHEAD STOP 1005 US32D JOHNSON 4 1 MOUNTING BOX 10BOX45SQSM 1 I BEA INC Q CL Li j N 10 cri 0 L N = * * GCTO REPLACE/REPAIRHARDWAREMATCHING REQUIRED - rn ,. OVERHEAD STOP INSTEAD OF WALL STOP AT DOORS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE _ At ANY .. . . �"'� � ONLYREPLACE REPWITH AS = a J IX f' to W d 4 ° o o - 1 2" _�. --"'PARTITION-TYPE c _ \s\i4-- VARIES �G I- BEVEL AT LATCH W W d U " EDGE Z W >. 0 - Qs CJ) I-- 0 BASE L 1,,,,,,,,„, � cB _ i. ALUMINUM FRAME p 0 CO PARTITION-TYPE DOOR < N VARIES LEAF - (9 ‘-- A7A A1211 A-003 q. Q A-003 i ® JAMB FRT WOOD y I BLOCKING � � ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE ROOM SIGNAGE --- ATB 1/2" DD SET 09/06/19 LOCKSET �,� I A-003 /1 PERMIT SET 10/11/19 k,,.�PARTITION-TYPE VARIES3 - 1 LOCKSET / 1/4" 1/4" -i-/- 1 c f —-, A7B 11/ i 4141- ;>^'Ns,‘„,,....„4 1 A-003 N 't '� �' : E ALUMINUM FRAME 4, KICK PLATE I !,. . „. . i: ' (WHERE OCCURS) `� WOOD TRIM \ "' KICK PLATE �* `` M PAINT PER DOOR �4 „ . ! ! . ' ELEVATIONS LEAF A ®- HEAD TYPE A TYPE B DOOR SCHEDULE, A1 NOTES, HARDWARE DOOR TYPES NTS A5 TYP CASED OPENING FRAME 6"=1'-O" C1020-65 A7 TYPICAL ALUMINUM FRAME DOOR TYPES 3"=I'-Q" A-003 ,. , COPYRIGHT©2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 y ,kJ i CODE COMPLIANCE ANALYSIS r-- d E CO I ( NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED: 2 V 0 NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED: 2 •IIININ 75 0 c MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TRAVEL DISTANCE: 200'-0" , U U (PER 2014 OSSC TABLE 1016.2) VI ACTUAL MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE: 94 -7 4 a o F ` U w MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL: 75'-0" © _toU co (PER 2014 OSSC 1014.3) W v c ACTUAL MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL: 42'-8" '- L- C -Cu ,_ MINIMUM ALLOWABLE DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS: 47'-1/ ,„c2' a W � U- (1 -(1/2 X 94'-1 o" PER OSSC SECTION 1015.2.1) z Z W y-` c ACTUAL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS: 56'-9" • O O �- r • FULLY SPRINKLERED: NO EGRESS PLAN) LEGE\D 164 CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN II 11 WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN , ' i I I T �� I- , -I` L .=a 1- ,rc"'I` > I.`- -1 I- 17- = ---I P� "` C E \ b ..___, I., \ L.. _ ,_ _, L _J Lt.:51]-7 J 4-3-i L. _ _J/,,,_,./ , EXIT #2 (EXISTING) -.- -� _ �- T t; LI o _.� /` - w WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WITH DIRECTIONAL 34" DISCHARGE TO EXTERIOR ! -' \ lei MAX CAPACITY: 170 OCCUPANTS ",Z I I i - C J �� i'� I - I 1 - APPLIED CAPACITY: 22 ADMIN Tin STORAGE 7, � ' CONSULT 11 _. n � ' CONSULT 10 �, CONSULT 9 CONFsi�1LT 8 FULLY-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET I I - ,� - -- r FEC T • „i�' 119 �� 118 i17 116 115 114 �C1 n I - ti tl a, r a- �t/ COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL •F S' ‘ .1 i ii r _ �. i C r Cy i, *- — PATH OF EXIT TRAVEL Q' �,, : c:::)'f LC END OF COMMON ' ELEC. -- Ga wr• t 044.1. T VEL DISTANCE TO EXIT # : 94'- " PATH OF TRAVEL - COMMON PATH OF TRA L: 42'-8" ROOM un f.� _ EXISTING CONSTRUCTION113I �TYP i � � _ Si • - ...: 1` _ r __�,__ EXISTING 2-HR RATED WALL I f � I 4 � rn ___ _1 �.n) cIEr: 5 TOILET ROOM 2 JL-,,,,, r� � ILI �, OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATIONS----: D II -1I h0I 122 / i OCCUPANT LOAD I NUMBER dF BREAK ROOM ` �„ 1 FUNCTION OF SPACE AREA Z . _ , TI I CONSULT 6 _ r IT FACTOR OCCUPANTS J Ti I CONSULT 12 11 -_ - O 124 ' 1 # II 121 f 1� TOILET ROOM 1 I I 111 ` s l� I I BUSINESS 100 4,375 SF 44 O , E a. "7_7_1 II J IL yI 1 -_' �1 gat, 110 II [I I I STORAGE 30O 125 SF 1 cis" W1- rt I ' - `` ``P t f = (CONSULT 7 - - OC •_ _ �. TOTAL 4,500 SF 45 O' I #- j I �� TOILET RD°M 3 �O�P\/� 5__ \ l� l - I I yL12 1;- 2 _.W I- r ..T �� rf {{ 123 / "� \ �'°. `� °\, / X~c,ti c ` i / t `Ipr ahi �\ na- :y �� \; 1% 'v - e' f I •.L ~W "• _ I I y- I-1 �f \j r I - PLUMBING FIXTURE CALCULATIONS °cam �' d--- --- -�" -Ili-- - . j-_- 1 1 I ,A ' - -_.. JL -�-1 II I iII I Vi N'� Q- MI--' ` Jam } d 0.- `\\ PLUMBING OCCUPANT ,J CO c) F- L __ d, 1 LOAD: ft 45 OCCUPANTS r J‘, (PER 2014 °SSC TABLE Ji LARGE CONSULT ' ! `{ I I ‘--,---` I I a 2902.1 CONTINUED) a \ REQUIRED PROVIDED !1 .h I ' 124 „LAB STATION H CONSULT' 5 ( I . { CdFISULT 4 H \ ` • SII 109 I JI _ 108 107 1 WATER CLOSET 2 3 ./• � f� HALLWAY �11 , ............_..........._.._.-........___... _ ..._._. 2 3 [L� LAVATORIES C r� \ ,`. 125 illnk' r---- 1 ill\A DRINKING FOUNTAINS N/A 1 , • \ I N �j �i IBJ -, - -� LI U 0 CC P / .___... v/ -. _ END OF COMMON — � z f �� TRAVEL D ANCE TO EXIT 1 : 84�"_ PATH OF TRAVEL 1 COMMON PATH OF,rTRAVEL: 42'-7" IT CLOSET-, �' M M I"— =1~ I ---I-- ---Th �V 1` �C `` i°' ACCESS131LITY KEY NOTES a w NLo 0 - A II I ; L _ I� I1 .... ( (� 30" x 4$° PARALLEL WHEELCHAIR APPROACH, COUNTER *�* I CI) (/) O) 0) I `-/ AT 34" AFF MAX SEE SHEET A-$41. J A. � II-i I_ 1 1 Imo: (-. ---Fr, ill J _ ( 1 11 Lit __ FAIL ,' / ' �; t W Q 0 co O a --- -- L O ACCESSIBLE BREAK ROOM SINK, SEE SHEET A-845. = o / ' mI ) i NURTURE CONSULT 1 CONSULT 2 CONSULT 3 2 , ' 102 It i IT �1 -; 103 Ti 104 105 j T __, _ O INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY PROVIDED AT Z 0 w 1- 1 WAITING AREA 1 ' I -K -,--E I I1 i , c 7 ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS AS REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION f!) • I i �� I11 .1 I I H W W < o ././ 101 IJ' I z- ti L �i ! y ]� , SYMBOL AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS TO COMPLY WITH ICC LU Lii 1 I I I --..1I �- I - II J ,=-` t I L� u-.I J / 1 r - -j ie1 �,' , I_ I El Z , 9 , N. ` I W1I ) � \ C I ! I I - 0 DOOR AND MANEUVERING SPACE CLEARANCE. 0 0 [Y so co / u �i - 5 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS FOR RESTROOMS AND SINK, SEE W N- 1 . 1 _ \.\ N -ti: a A-806. N 0 N- I-- , c--.. `--EXIT #11(EXISTING) 67" DISCHARGE TO EXTERIOR ISSUED / REVISED DATE _ MAX CAPACITY: 335 OCCUPANTS DD SET 09/06/19 APPLIED CAPACITY: 23 PERMIT SET ___O A 1 LIFEgSAFETY PLAN Xiilli LIFE SAFETY PLAN A3/16"=1'-O" W ! A-005 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES — ci. �- 1. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC, EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN IS _ APPROX. FIELD VERIFY. V OAC - rn • mi 2. COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD. ID Q 3. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION RELATED J 0 0 TO PLUMBING. 4 - E . L V F 4. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION RELATED a TO ELECTRICAL. p cu '6- 5. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION RELATED 111L TO MECHANICAL. C ., w LL 'L LL 6. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE SUPPORT, INSULATION, WATERPROOFING, = w c EMERGENCY LIGHTING, SECURITY, ALARMS, ETC, FOR ALL ITEMS OR • O uco }0) O PARTS OF ITEMS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN. ••• 0 7. PREPARE SURFACES AND REMOVE SURFACE FINISHES TO PROVIDE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW WALL WORK AND NEW FINISHES. REMOVED SURFACE FINISHES ARE TO INCLUDE EXISTING MIRRORED WALLS, SLAT WALL, HANDRAILS, BASE AND FLOOR FINISHES WHERE THERE ARE NEW FINISHES. 8. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED EQUIPMENT. ' 9. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS THAT THE ENTIRE SPACE II I I I IS TO BE CLEARED OF ALL PARTITIONS, FIXTURES, FINISHES, CEILINGS, AND SIGNAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. THE II II II REMAINING SPACE SHOULD CONSIST OF EXISTING PERIMETER E I I I I �' OTYp CONCRETE EXISTINGALLS, FLOOR, ND EXISTINGTING EQU EQUIPMENT STOREFRONT IS TOAND REEMAIN WINDOWS, -..- SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN. 10. INSPECT SITE PRIOR TO PREPARING BIDS. VERIFY FIELD ! 0 Ai / CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN I I 0 DRAWINGS OR WORK REQUIRED NOT SHOWN IN DRAWINGS. ♦♦ '` C� .._JL JL - - _ — ' 1. E , . . . . .- :: : �, �� '110 F �� i- - 1 J — TO STRUCTURE. r'I�L4'LPrT 1�fNT' GR--SETTLEMENT OF �' o STRUCTURES. PROVIDE AND PLACE a• s• ;---BE--- Q" �` I f i" C' AND c' I n ar' A (d.] 'f-'• RCv��r'd€�V,ID(LL FO�R� DA'f�CT7 AND �huJr� . -• iti i]Iv1 ..� IL.IABILIT I Ofi SUCH MOVEMENT, JL sTLt ' • , i i •r '.' . ^"'� I I © 12. CEASE OPERATIONS AND NOTIFY THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY IF IIIL / li,- SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED. TAKEPRECAU1.3J CZ `� I I 0 III I \ I PROPERLY L SAFETY SUPPORT S RESTORED. DO NOT j� � � 0 0 0 cola 1 / ©TYP ©TYp J— — - 13. PROVIDE, ERECT AND MAINTAIN BARRICADES, LIGHTING AND GUARD C © RAILS AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE REGULATORY ADVISORY TO D 411 41) I I Q I 0 PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF BUILDING, WORKERS, AND PEDESTRIANS. 14. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR DISCONNECTING, REMOVING, AND CAPPING — — - -++ —+-r=r�•� main= 7.111•1111. �� UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN AREAS OF DEMOLITION. DISCONNECT AND 0 T S STUB OFF. NOTIFY THE AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANY AND BUILDING Y 0 • E [au 0 TYP MANAGER IN ADVANCE AND OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING 1.1' C • . f2THISon't WORK. � 4 15. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECTEDJCA SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE LINES AND CAPPING LOCATIONS ON O X PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. tn W a ii 16. REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS, TOOLS, AND EQUIPMENT FROM J =~.N SITE UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. LEAVE SITE IN A CONDITION p= CO ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT. IriU -i� 17. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED 1 1 JQ TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR V 4 I CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT EXISTING v FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. PHASE III DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 11 4) 0 18. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDICATED W I C AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, H E! 19. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT U I Ct REQUIRED, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. � I 20. BURNING OF MATERIALS ON SITE IS NOT PERMITTED. - Ce 0 I 21. EXISTING CEILING CONDUITS, WATER MAINS, AND UTILITIES RELATED (1. M CV a O W CV i 0 _ L.L. N. a E 22. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL DIMENSIONS WITH THE WORK r.r C/) OF ALL TRADES. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. >. •JJ O ill W < O 0 Ii► KEY NOTES o W 0 IREMOVE EXISTING ROLLER SHUTTER SYSTEM. W Cf) 1 i O. W DEMO FLOORING THROUGHOUT AND PREPARE FOR NEW. ZI I cc C7 w-, O ® REMOVE TOILET, LAVATORY, FLOOR TILE, WALL TILE BASE, WALL 0 C7 rx B ' TYP WAINSCOT, AND MIRROR FROM RESTROOM. CD a p O REMOVE EXISTING PARTITION, REROUTE, REMOVE, OR REWORK ANY Ce r" l . ,.._.,._,_ .--- - __. ..-.------h 1___ __...._.-11" ..._.,._........_..�__-__-7 ¢ _ ,L_ _A.�— ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT THAT ARE A PART < c OF THE DEMOLITION. 0 r OREMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. F- O REMOVE EXISTING SECURITY DEVICES AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, ISSUED / REVISED DATE DD SET 09/06/19 O REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR WINDOW AND FRAME. PERMIT SET 10/11/19 ® REMOVE ALL EXISTING LIGHTING AND CEILING FINISHES THROUGHOUT. &-E—MOVE: EXISDINC HARDWARE-AND-SSCU---D( XR- SHUT. e REMOVE EXISTING SINK AND ASSOCIATED PLUMBING. 0---R-144P4 EXiSTiNG 1.1.44 R4- O REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. A SHEET SYM3OLS ,) EXISTING CONSTRUCTION nDEMOLITION PLAN DEiOLITION PLA V FRST FLOOR TO BE REMOVED - INCLUDES Al3/16.=1'-0" CEILINGS WALLS, OLOIGHT FXTURa SK ETC. (SHOWN WITH A HEAVY DASH) AD-I 1 0 COPYRIGHT © 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 BACKING GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION KEY NOTES - d ,- 1. PROVIDE BLOCKING AND BACKING AS DEFINED IN CO 0 SPECIFICATION IN EXISTING WALLS AND NEW PARTITIONS FOR 0 30" X 48" PARALLEL WHEELCHAIR APPROACH. COUNTER TO BE 34" AFF MAX. U 0 m ALL CASEWORK, SHELVING, COUNTERTOPS, TOILET O� Ce _ ACCESSORIES, AND OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE O RECEPTION DESK. SEE MILLWORK DRAWINGS SHEET A-841. 0u c WITH SHOP DRAWINGS. a) 4 1110 0 0 'ELEA' STORAGE SYSTEM UNDER WALL MOUNTED SHELVING. SEE ACCESSORY CU .J U 0 2. ADDITIONAL BACKING MAY BE NECESSARY. PROVIDE BACKING SCHEDULE SHEET A-161, SEE ALSO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, DRAWING A9/A-702 Q O o AT ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, ! FOR STANDARDS AND BRACKETS. -, F ! MILLWORK DRAWINGS, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORY SCHEDULES, v w 1 DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL BACKING �} .-c5 LAB STATION COUNTER. LOWER AND UPPER CABINETS. SEE MILLWORK DRAWINGS O coco REQUIREMENTS. / SHEET A-844. a) W 0 C s- a, 3. WIDTHS INDICATED ARE MINIMUM WIDTHS. ALL BACKING TO I 5 PRINTER STATION. REFER TO MILLWORK DRAWINGS AND Al/A-842 FOR ADDITIONAL C - 11'-9 1/2" 7'-5" I 12'-5" 12'-5" 12'-5" 12'-0" SPAN 3 WALL STUDS MINIMUM AND BE ATTACHED TO 3 /� y ._. . . y / - / INFORMATION. w I ). 2'-5" i I ! I STUDS. O z Z W '' m : -k _ _ _ __/, _ 1i _ t_ _ • -'T_+ti _ _ __ r s - 4. HEIGHTS INDICATED ARE TO TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR. BREAK ROOM COUNTER AT +34 AFF MAX. LOWER AND UPPER CABINETS. SEE • 0 �-- - - �1 MILLWORK DRAWINGS, SHEET A-845. O ' : 114 I ° I Fix 5. BACKING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS BETWEEN TOP AND BOTTOM ' 1 - -- - - SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET. CABINET FACE SHALL BE FLUSH WITH 1 A_702 111> 1 I Q B19 64 819 e 819 (ID B16 816 64 Big HEIGHTS INDICATED. LB3 63 :71 - - : '� SIZEATTACHMENT TH AKIN STUDSWALL. SEE C7/A-803. I I ® O I i 4' I A 14Ia I A 14 I ° I I I 6. GAUGE ANDMETHOD OFBACKING G TO SAMPLE CONTAINER ENCLOSURE. _ - i CO SULT 11 i A e r - APPROPRIATELY FOR ITEMS BEING SUPPORTED. (EXIST) I - ADMIN F - I " - - -1 1 B10 I 117 810 CONSULT 10 810 CONSULT 9 I 0 CONSULT 8 B10 'c 10 r ' A [ 4 a . 7. APPLY ALL SHEET METAL AND STRAP BACKING DIRECTLY TO I WINDOW SHADES AT EACH WINDOW/DOOR SHOWN. I A 14 I a h- I 119 1 I ' ® - (10 116CD ® 115 114 ® STUDS AND CONCEAL UNDER GYPSUM BOARD. PATCH AND - I I 11 I B8 I I al REPAIR GYPSUM BOARD TO A LIKE NEW CONDITION WHERE 10 ADMIN UPPER CABINETS. SEE MILLWORK DRAWINGS PER A-702 FOR HEIGHT AND I 1 I �� 1 i - - I BACKING IS APPLIED TO EXISTING WALLS. MAINTAIN FIRE EXTENTS. 0CB-6) B3 (ID B18 66 83 614 618 E:3-6) 63 814 B18 :_ Bib 6 14 83 (-, 6RATING OF WALL ASSEMBLY WHERE PATCHING OCCURS AT FIRE -� E - _ 1 1 RATED WALLS. 11 (E) VERIFY ACCESSIBLE DOOR THRESHOLD, REPLACE AS NECESSARY TO MEET E O _.__J I 3'-5" I 1 STORAGE - - - - - - c7x _ - c , - 9 �1 r r COMPLIANCE. 1 rn �, ' 1 P - - 1 i P , - - , r , co r �n v , - - - �t 5 A 4 a 1 E 118 _ r i _ T I- -, ' , _ T I I r T _ r..I 8. REFER TO BACKING PLATE TYPES, DETAIL E9/A-801. II 1 r 1 I I� ' ! 1 , I , r I 1 1 1 I (1 --REPLr'CE E.-X4-STA4- tI4Y4 �-4, FRAME. AND - 'i 1i NtliV � 1 1 ' I I I _ -L I _ I , I I:Zn1 -, 1 - E LO R PLAN GENERAL NOTES WATER HEATER ABOVE CEILING ON PRE-ENGINEERED SUPPORT PUITFORM. SEE IK i r - ,��-- - C 14Ia C 4 [ a ICI 4Ia C ICI 4Ia A-701 1C141a 1C1410 A [ 4Ia 1. FOR CEILING AND SOFFIT FINISHES, SEE A-130, A-131. C9/A-803 AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. T I ( • �n O : E 1 �, 1 AT 4 -( 7 --'EM6VE--XSTING HARDWARE-AND REPLACE tilT1-1-NEW `A'iNDOW-- i 1 1 �,�ll 0 10'-1' Q J n 12'-3" �5'-5" 7'-11" 64 10'-5 5'-O" ELEC. 5,_0 � i 2. ALL ANGLED WALLS ARE 5 , 90' OR 135' UON. f1/O '� '� 'r 'K - '� ROOM 15 SMALL SHARPS CONTAINER ENCLOSURE, SEE MILLWORK DRAWINGS C1/A-842. R CI) I C [ 4 [ ° i-- ( 64 ICI 4 l Al � � B4 I A 14Ia(L.___ I ALIGN 5 ALIGN 1 1 C 14 I ° i 113 � � 3. WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS ADJACENT T4 (E) TO REMAIN, PATCH '�' <=, =1 A-806 \�- - - #, �� ICI 4Ia , - AND REPAIR ADJACENT CONDITIONS FOR A UNIFORM APPEARANCE. 16 LARGE SHARPS CONTAINER ENCLOSURE, SEE MILLWORK DRAWINGS E1/A-842. =1 , 5 �1 I I 1 - 1 Y' C 4 - _� 1. I� 4. PAINT AND APPLY BASE TO ALL EXISTING STEEL WIDE FLANGE, i r A g I 1 + � � '' 412 I a l I I _r A 14 I ° �- I q 14Ia ti q TUBE OR PIPE COLUMNS IN PUBLIC AREAS, VERIFY WITH i?) - ;,a- ` '°AP G4-)-COLUMN,- -„` O I Q r r r + (122) - - - �� A 4 a �� `� I TOILET ROOM 2 ,.....-1 B160 B16 ARCHITECT 1F COLUMN CONDITION IS ACCEPTABLE TO REMAIN ! .11" .�� _T`-__-± L - ' r� - +- - I (I-8) WOOD ,C:"CC11, FIY1� 2 }AT CCUAL SPACING. ' / ' " �' J4 -� I 616el I ! 0 122 I 03 "i �� I I el \ 0 ;CIO 1 I EXPOSED. OTHERWISE PROVIDE MINIMAL FURRING AND GWB / j. l° k) ------ 66 I B7 A 80fi I C110) I l i AROUND COLUMN. 19 ELECTRICAL PANEL. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS. � �� ' �� A t a IA12I ° F I i { I IgI4I0 C • 62p / `�+ 1 B1$ A-702 5. MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FOR ALL TENANT DEMISING O BIS -1., 7 A [ 2 I a C 14 I a I I ` A 12 I ° I B1$ WAILS. .n. , n M1I . +1�R SHUT. (DA Al2Ia __ w % s - I �, A 2 a 0 r.i I r - - - - -� �a 0 ■r �' �_ CONSULT 664 21 ALUMINUM LOUVER, SEE A-140, TYP D ' I- W'� , ICI 4 I a -hal-F2 ' IID 6. PROVIDE BRIDGING AT WALLS WHERE GWB OCCURS AT ONLY (1) BREAK ROOM CONSULT 12 B14 , I r -1 I I TOILET ROOM 1 B20 �, 11111:7 I CONSULT 7 = I: r r I I SIDE. _ 0 �, 120 1 T I CO - 121 1 ibil).: x� � A a I 110 i r, I C�.1 I F - I,...1-1D 1 i 112 7. ALL WOOD USED FOR BLOCKING, PARTITIONS, PLATFORM FRAMING SHEET SYMBOL L EG E N =-� a , I 63 , 1 r 620 I 12 I C [ 4 I a - A [ 4 I a ��1 " 619 Q3_3)UB14 �- - - , �I B3 619 AND PLYWOOD UNDERLAYMENT SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT ROOM NAME Iii a ir �- - TOILET ROOM 3 ._ I d TREATED. " U 1 h T _ I I+4 QB1O XXXXROOM INDICATOR--- '11 ICD (IDB7 0 123 6101I I r } O ' 0 1 i 1 � 'Y I 1 1 x 1-- _-1" 8. ALL ITEMS AND CONSTRUCTION SHOWN ARE NEW UNLESS L y A7 ( ' I I 1 1 _ n c" C7 I u I1 Bfi B6 1 IXXIXXI WALL TYPE INDICATOR, SEE A-801 J I- A_804 , i - - I ¢ A 14Ia u u INDICATED AS (E} OR OTHERWISE NOT IN THE SCOPE OF THIS 1-1 1 ' � AI2 [ a IA121a � s6 -- IAI2I ° 1 II - � PROJECT. � ,� SI 1 1 r - u A 12 I a I - -0 I 11 1_ _ _ _ I I! I I XXXX DOOR INDICATOR, SEE A-003 A F- 0 _ - L- f- - J i 1> ri !I - 1 t 9. VERIFY ALL FIELD DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY `' Acn :.� - ( ---,I�j . " - _ `- _ - ,�- - ' DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING. PLAN SYN BOL LEGE ID z-w t--1 I - II- Il - ----- l D� �I u I ( A 14 I ° rii/ �}� (i) I A 14 I ° d= L° p : - - - y1-I- - - -II- - - - �1 +4'-0" AFF I H 1 Z-- --r^ J cou U I A 12 i a 1 A 12 I a '--' II 1' 11 I A 12 [ a , u r 1 810 ; le #l^ i L I y 1 B10 10. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISH CENTER OF OPENING OR CENTER PARTITION RATINGS < -' rd C 2 a _ �!♦� - - -r C - v : e I 11 0r ® 11 ` - -� OF EQUIPMENT, UON. NON RATED U Ja i=t I I I -� � AI4 { al I 1' r wID - CI 0 - rr 11 819 63 r- - 1 B3 EXISTING CONSTRUCTION Q 0 B6 .../B@ - _11 E3D 86 B18 i II 63 I I L _ _ _ .I ' 11. ENSURE SMOOTH OPERATION AND APPEARANCE OF ALL (E) TO B18 II I " I II 1 CONSULT B14 1 I REMAIN DOORS. '..' ' EXISTING CONSTRUCTION (2-HR RATED) 0 I� 10" CONSULT 4 �y� 6'-0" 7'-5 1I'-0" I II I 108 I , 107 VARIOUS SYMBOLS'..JX l r I II 1 1 B14 1 12. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL GWB REMOVED TO INSTALL BLOCKING AND SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET - INSTALL b , x 04, r - r tV I II I 1 I_ - - - - - J B4 a 6464 BACKING. MAINTAIN ALL EXISTING FIRE RATINGS. I IIC7/A-803 C b 0 LARGE CONSULT i �- r- 1° a B6 1 1 + ' 0 1 u I FEC HANDLE AT 4 -0 AVE.AFF, SEE DETAIL _ _ a 1-- --PO----\-- 124 Z. �� A-7O1 L a FSI' I A [ 4Ia ID 13. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING GWB AS REQUIRED. 0 FS FLOOR SINK, SEE DETAIL Al/A-804 ti i 0 , _.N n LAB STATION i I A 4 a IDI i I0 6 '"� I II i + ..--1A12101 � 16 " . 109 1 t BACKING LEGEND >_ ,= CD i , 0io I II I I : ' I ' { Z [ 14 IAI2Ia I 'I B16 /6- o IgI4Ia B16 t _ SYMBOL ITEM REFERENCE BACKING TYPE WIDTH 30TTOM HEIGHT TOP HEIGHT COMMENTS J o I r it TYPE 1 PER Q a' W CN 11 I A6 B4 I� '• - - B3 WALL CABINET 3'-0" +5'-0" +7'-0" COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK ITEM 0 A-70i Irl T r - _ - E9/A SOL N. o I Al ICI4Ia ALIGN DI4I _ ALIGN iii- 1GI4Ia CI4 a o � _ [ 1 111 TYPE 1 PER SEE0) a' I A 14 I 43) I A 12 I ° I +4'-0" AFF D9 I 1 1r I 64 ARTWORK +4'-0" +7.-0" TBD PER FURNITURE VENDOR Cts} Z 0HALLWAY F _�U IT CLOSET E9/A-801 PLAN J ' ! cs n A-702 84 �_ f< o 1 - 106 O �" --I c ¢ B4 125 1 TYPE 1 PER MULTIPLE BACKING REQUIRED AT - _ _ ` ;I, B9 MILLWORK BACKING LOCATION AS SHOWN ON W I A 4 a ■ `, B6CABINETS E9/A-801 MILLWORK ELEVATIONS SOME CABINETS. REFER TO Q� c [ 4I - 1cI4 [ a Ic [ 4Ia CI4Ia O j oMILLWORK ELEVATIONS 2 4t O I Ir [ 4 I - • 1 ! _ L I■11,021.....: RESTROOM TYPE 1 PER HIGH & LOW BACKING REQUIRED. Z U re H ,- 67 MIRROR/ GRAB E9/A-801 REFER TO A-804 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT COORDINATE WITH ACCESSORY W W CO Q U I- - _ _._- T . L - . / BARS SCHEDULE W �r W I 'I B16 816 o O__, ///' ) A 14 I a ; TYPE 1 PER MULTIPLE ROWS OF BACKING REQUIRED. Zce 0 -1 � rI I CD STORAGE - I- a I IIj A 2 I a 1• 0 I a SHELVING E9/A-801 REFER TO A8/A-701 " 0 0 co H Ce B I I I I + I A 14Ia 1 A 14Ia 1 A [ 4Ia I 3/4 FIRE RETARDANT TREATED 0 0_ CONTINUOUS FRT FULL WIDTHCI c0 I I ' 1AI2I0I 69 I.T. RACK +0'-O" +8'-0" PLYWOOD REQUIRED. COORDINATE I ' 118 - B18 PLYWOOD OF CLOSET M- i WAITING AREA ' - B 18 -101 I CONSULT 1 CONSULT r _ - _ _ 0CONSULT 3 WITH I.T. RACKCNI Ci) SMALL SHARPS TYPE 1 PER COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK Q r 1 , 1 I 1 1 I 0 64 103 r - - - 0104 i 1 105 (9 3 -- ' CIDi 1ii_ _ I (i) B14 1i4 6" I I CONTAINER E9/A-801 DETAILS C1/A-842 ! y I I I 1 I 11 F NURTURE 15 I I I I I ® LARGE SHARPS TYPE 1 PER COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK 1 I 1 - 1 B3 102 _ , , F B3 I 1 - - ' 63 ap CONTAINER E9/A-801 3'-O" -- +3'-7" DETAILS E1/A-842 I I I - - L �r / " . ;®� 63 I 1 _ _' B10 I I � _ - - - L { ISSUER ! REVISED DATE i I �- $ 7 1 2 r ' h 1- a rt B10 1 ' TYPE 1 PER FULL WIDTH OF REAR RECEPTION DD SET 09/06/19 I r r I h ^ J I I L _ O " .1;4SIGNAGE SEE COMMENT 5'-0 7'-0" I ! I 1 I SII �'` f 1 ! I ' . L E9/A-801 WALL PERMIT SET 10/11/19 H ► B19 _ B19 619 9 9 11 9 J 1 9 _-1 O 1-- 9� 1-- --1 9 SAMPLE TYPE 1 PER " B6 9 jB6EOIEO663'-0 3'-6"B6 � CONTAINER E9/A-801 (EXIST) 1 I _ ! ' L - ;. _.._-- r_ -1 --- __ _____ --- - -- COUNTER SUPPORT BRACKET -- SEE MILLWORK DETAIL A9/A-842 _ Iu r > ® UP .---.. A7 i O A-804 ' . STORAGE/ WHITE TYPE 1 PER BOARD E9/A--8O1 TBD TBD TBD COORDINATE WITH OM B16 MONITOR ARM TYPE 1 PER BACKING LOCATION AS SHOWN ON MILLWORK E9/A-801 ELEVATIONS TYPE 1 PER COORDINATE WITH SIGNAGE A 0 SIGNAGE 2 E9/A-801 SEE COMMENT 5'-0" VENDOR CIDCURTAIN TIE TYPE 1 PER DIRECTLY UNDER CURTAIN TRACK BACK E9/A-801 1 -0" 3 T4" ON RCP 819 WALL/CRUTCH TYPE 1 PER _- FLOOR PLAN HOOKS E9/A-801 2'-0" +5'-$" TYPE 1 PER A 1/4" -0" al)sea WALL SHELF E9/A-801 2 -2 4 -0" 5 -5 FLOOR PLAN HEIGHT MEASURE T}PE 1 PER TBD TBD TBD I TAPE E9/A-8O 1 . A-1 1 0 COPYRIGHT c; 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.G. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RCP SYMBOL LEGEND RCP GENERAL NOTES a, CQ SYMBOL DESIGN DESCRIPTION 1. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH 3500Kcur) O L '`t LED LAMPS UON. CC a?'.'`��'�, 0) -- GYP BD CEILING, SEE C5/A-802 2. LOCATE SWITCHES TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH DOORS IN S/ 0 N Q IDOPEN POSITION- J 0 0 3. CENTER ACP GRIDS IN CEILING UON. a 0 o F -- 2'X2' ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS, SEE A3/A-802 E v V EE. 0 4. REVIEW FINAL DIFFUSER, RETURN AIR GRILLE AND (3 C co EXHAUST AIR GRILLE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE W v o INSTALLATION. .) -- STRETCH FABRIC CEILING (F4 FB-1 ) 2 u- 5. SEE DETAIL A3/A-802 FOR SUSPENDED CEILING BRACING cc I I ! ! DETAILS. 0 z Z W o o� •I - I ! I L<1 -- 2'x2' SUPPLY DIFFUSER 6. SEE DETAIL C5/A-802 FOR GYPSUM BOARD CEILING .is 0 �- U) ! � DETAILS. I eA ) CP j� ;� � -- 7. ALL ROOMS TO HAVE OCCUPANCY SENSORS PER CODE, _ i { t 2'X2` RETURN AIR WITH ADJUSTABLE CONTROLS. _____ --- L. Y C ______ _-__�._ - __�, 'I T.r______ 8. DUCT ALL HVAC RETURNS WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. I t:s_) �� 4� �� , •§, 7 -- 1'X1' SUPPLY DIFFUSER WHERE RETURNS ARE NOT DUCTED CONTRACTOR TO _ I I PROVIDE SOUND BOOTS AND RETURN AIR SOUND ADMINCONSULT 11 • lit- - 119 ` � CONSULT 10 CONSU T 9 �. +� CONSULT 8 �, -- 1'X1` RETURN AIR BAFFLES AT TRANSFER GRILLES MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING I I117, ]1fi 114 1 - - SLOT DIFFUSER GRID IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN ACOUSTIC SEPARATION _� i REQUIREMENTS BETWEEN ADJACENT SPACES. REFER TO ! q ,' OWNERS ACOUSTIC DESIGN CRITERIA. ALL RETURN I j ACP AFF STORAGE7 ACP ACP ►(A9CR_I �. ACP GRILLES TO INCLUDE A FLEXIBLE SOUND BOOT. E 9 2 C9'�,iAF) © (9' AF) AF �I © g'�" AF) L0005 2'X2' LED LOW PROFILE RECESSED TROFFER I I ij 1I 9. ACCESS OF (E) BUILDING VALVES/EQUIPMENT MUST BE _' FIBERGLASS TAPE-IN STYLE. 1 1 ' 2'X2' LED LOW PROFILE RECESSED TROFFER I ti + �� 1 EM t0006 (EMERGENCY) 10. DO NOT LOCATE ACCESS PANELS IN HARD LID CEILINGS -- ! I I �� O OR PATIENT-FACING AREAS. COORDINATE ALL ACCESS • I ��- - --„,—_ - 7— i ILL ELEC. 2'X4' LED LOW PROFILE RECESSED TROFFER ! PANELS NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON PLANS WITH OCT i CT lY E (.,--i , d AP oQ Oo } �� Q IAF I ® • ROOM LOD2 2'X4' LED LOW PROFILE RECESSED TROFFER ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. A-802 1 t 3 LOa7 (EMERGENCY) Co...). x t, _ -�� . a / kr ....-4--... I 11. AVOID LOCATING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ABOVE CONSULT C d czyHi , I I �D S L1006 4" RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LED DOWNLiGHT ROOMS AND HARD LID CEILINGS. 4 3 • r I 1' EC EQ i 0 L1001 5" RECESSED FIXED LED DOWNLIGHT 12 DO NOT SPEC OR INSTALL EQUIPMENT THAT WILL EMIT A -4 '� 2 G TOIL ROOM 2 ` $ J GYP PT 4 I " SOUND OR AUDIBLE VIBRATIONS THAT MAY HINDER THE G� c O r 8 _6 EM L1007 i 5 RECESSED FIXED LED DOWNLIGHT (EMERGENCY) USE OF A STETHOSCOPE w "' wcr i I I 1'-$ 1/?" t'-$ 1�2 EQ 1 EQ 14402 BACKLIT MIRROR 13. PRIORITIZE PATIENT COMFORT IN EXAM ROOM AND ! ." a/ • �� _ �.,��~ C;��., j I WAITING AREA IN HVAC ZONING. Uf� ,1 FI - - - _ - • . :PT- �' -� OLE 4Q ' r - - r - - - - - - 0 L4003 DECORATIVE PENDANT 1 14. ALLOW FOR ADDITIONAL LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO POWER I CONSULT.12 v 4 IGYPFjli " AFF ACP �. D BREAK ROOM 121 —� – GYPI PT-4 I o 111 112 9 _6 I ( 1 } L4007 DECORATIVE PENDANT 2 C 8 =6AFII , ` ; I15. PROVIDE WHITE DECORA STYLE OUTLETS AND SWITCHES.124 �AC1'�X (1.P . AFF �-, TOILET ROOM 3 EQ , EQ © �� I I O It2D05 4' LINEAR LEDaZ f , J� (�} '- A;•I �" I16. AtL POWER OUTLETS, APPLkANCES, LIGHTING, ANDJOACPI1 �� LINEAR LED STRIP LIGHT (SEE KEY NOTES FORSWITCHING TO MEET 1 NERGY USE REQUIREMENTSO " E 9'-6 fir] (///0 .1/2" » ; 4J - 1 L2003 LENGTH) ENFORCED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. Wv ° I V /1 I 7" -. ? 1: -- CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN 17. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT NUMBER F/�'/ w i I — , J EQ P-I E s4 I I �. ¢ I AND TYPE OF LIGHT FIXTURES. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF �COI- 0: - 1,,,f(cwI -4) ( 1Tç) -- ANY DISCREPANCIES.• 1 WALL MOUNTED ExIT SIGN- �5,. a6� A AAA 1$. CEILING HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISH FLOOR TO FINISH 1-W 0 A ! ,L _ _ , All 7:-‘6.- T.. .. - i -1 _.. -- -- 1 f2a PRNACY CURTAfN CEILING UON. _~ 0501 SOUND MASKING SYSTEM, SEE A-150 O= v EQ g'=0' I • EA' '� cno . h - - �e / EQ "4 ED II r P11-4 It r1 < jgg3 : I � .� ; r 1 4� \8 6' AF) I _, �S� D502 SOUND MASKING SYSTEM, SEE A-150 r ' Q 3 €' `� A CONSTRUCTION KEY NOTES V t ; r • � `" �� _ r - (ACP0503 STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER r � s 11 it _ ". .. .. `S ' v _. ) rt 0 -„ ,_ , I., ` =Ir. II — 'AP -- WIRELESS ACCESS POINT 1 MOUNT STRIP LIGHT HORIZONTALLY AT 8'-6" AFF ABOVE �� c� I LAB ST• NDOOR. CONSU_T CONSULS 4 C s = I " M• 108 107 ( g'..!6" AFLt �'`' ' `� 1 = - I - A. _ A.- 11._ - - .-... - - A. _- A. a _ CEILING MOUNTED CURTAIN TRACK. MOUNT TO GRID OR H ..yy''..��b �p.nL� " b,T-`—`� - " CENTERLINE OF TILE AS INDICATED. SEE FF&E SCHEDULE ON C.) 0 �. Q I SHEET A-161. Cr , � " i I k(ACF AFF C1� (!)Y� I € © ) ElIP- ' C7 € rr. -• A 8D4 glLilR E CONS LT II 6 E7 a A` 3 5' LINEAR STRIP LED AT UNDERSIDE OF UPPER CABINETRY. Z � o 4 I I (GYP! PT-4 . 4 • 11 24 II A-8O2 I 7 ``' O REFER TO MILLWORK DRAWINGS. CONCEAL ALL POWER LY o . SUPPLIES AND WIRING OUT OF VIEW. mi uCO- 1,_10'-a� AF I I€ I! — I a O W N I I Lo r F • '• I 1 10- O INSTALL WIFI ACCESS POINT (WAP) MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF ru LL --:,7,n,./.7%,..-: . :y� ,, _ , EQ . ,1� EQ k t€LIT WON - - I I CEILING BY GC: CENTER WAP WITHIN CEILING PANEL. SEE _ ~ o I a- S i l ) I . = HALLWAY2./ A ^�® A-150 AND ELECTRICAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CO o `! L:, ^.. ry O.. - - -- ., U ^ 125 • IT CLOSET 5 J us) N 4° -;;L• '. .. T 1 Y 105 11 fi" LINEAR LED STRIP LIGHT AT LIGHT ALCOVE W Q 0 Q o 0 rk10 LINEAR STRIP LED AT UNDERSIDE OF UPPER CABINETRY. I a� t Al') ` "` II1 OTS CP , _ \ / REFER TO MILLWORK DRAWINGS. CONCEAL ALL POWER 0 N I AQ I ` -- 1 I SUPPLIES AND WIRING OUT OF VIEW. W W CO U i r 7 ("GYP' PT-4 I W w k''f, 10'-0" AFF a I 1 j ' 1 -6 J - I • 8'-0' LINEAR LED STRIP ABOVE FABRIC REFER TO Z f-: WAITING AREAI • C1/A-804. CONCEAL POWER SUPPLIES AND WIRING OUT OF 0 Ur O B 1'-8 1/2k € . I 1 D 1 - / VIEW -- 1 b- \- 0 /yam :1)111. A A A A A __ A A A �A "y so AK/I - INURTUR CONSULT*1 CONSILT � - - V CONSULT 3 ; ff CV S S 0 ENDHEET YMB L LEG Q�, _ 1a2 103 11041 1a5O — 1 ROOM NAME• /ACPI j�'��\ XXXX I ROOM INDICATOR. � �'="Fc« •1. - I,. k3. `-1 ( �"1 �/ L i ( [ j .q� F— \\g'–b" AFF vV1 �SLi ..\- 'I -� .' y IATfR�AL FINISHFINISH AND CI"ILING HEIGHTISSUED 1 REVISI=C1 DATE .. _ I_ �, . . X � X'–X A�F � INDICATOR Dp SET0910fi119 , PERMIT SET 10/11/19 `_ I ><) I ec1.�X) ACP G_ AFF P (X`-X" AFS) CEILING HEIGHT INDICATOR — 1rr-r If- XI r — - - - A r 1 ! AF) ( 9AF� _t_i_ii ! I l 5'-1 1/2* �, 5'-4" �, 5'-4" 4,2'-0" I A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN :) REFLECTED Al ,/4".1 _a� CEILING PLAN A-130 COPYRIGHT r&l 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 i SHEET SYMBOL LEGEND --- o. ROOM NAME w ROOM INDICATOR U O `. 'T ;;; XXXX •�r� ?+ ,< C (F{ xXXX FINISH INDICATORimp aD Q 0 ,,,,s:i.::,::,: iGIllSEE FINISH SCHEDULE ON.A-141 a) J WALL: ( F WT-1) WALL: (F WT-1) FINISH INDICATOR y0 ,.:. F (f WC-5) (Fi WC-5) KXXXX ( SEE MILL WORK SCHEDULE ON A-840 .v FLR: (F FT-1) FLR: (F I FT-f ) E TOILET ROOM 2 TOILET ROOM FINISH PLAN GENERAL NOTES ' F`' ,.1 MEM 1 123 s.. 0 WWEsc r_ 11 1 I i. REFER TO A-141 FOR WALL BASE AND A l/A-805. z Z W .«• °' -- 2, ALL HARD LID CEILING PAINTED (FI PT-4 ) UON, ••• a `-• r C/) _. \ — Fl PT-3) ._ ( F# PT-4)L _ _ PAINT ALL- ./-,- ) € ,,, {Ft Pr-3}- --- --'� / ---{Fl PT-3 }-•- - —{ F# PT-3 }- - -� ! �- • - -{F# PT-3}--- 3. WALL UON.PAINT GRADE DOORS TO MATCH ADJACENT 1 _. ( ( { ( ) 1 4. COORDINATE HEIGHTS OF FINISH FLOOR MATERIALS AND 1. { ! 1 I { ! i i 1 METAL TRANSITION STRIPS TO BE LEVEL. I I ADMIN I i STORAGE I i CONSULT 11 I ! CONSULT 10 1 CONSULT 9 CONSULT 8 i I 1191 1118 a I E 117 I 111 6 1 ( 115 1 1 114 I 5. CENTER TRANSITION BETWEEN CARPET AND WOOD { ! I I ! I ( i FLOORING BENEATH DOOR, Tv. SEE SHEET A-003 AND i (FI CPT-1) I 1 ( FI LVT-1) I ) (F1 LVT-1) 1 (FI LVT-1) I (Ft LVT-1) ( Ft LVT-1) DETAIL C1/A-8O5. i I ! I , , ! I I I I I ,. I ,' . i (Ft IT�2 ) r • ) ) 6. CENTER TRANSITION BETWEEN TILE AND CARPET E i iI 1 FLOORING BENEATH DOOR, TYP. SEE SHEET A-003 AND I I i { / f-- -- • - -- - - - . I_.-- -- -- �,r- --• --(Ft PT-2)-- / /.- -- - --( F# PT-2)--- -- /' �.- ----{Fl Pr-2}--- 1— •--(Fl PT-2 )- — •-� DETAIL C1/A-805, I I t/ 1 7. CENTER TRANSITION BETWEEN RESILIENT AND CARPET 1 U 4 11 r it u ri ILI, FLOORING BENEATH DOOR, TYP. SEE SHEET A-003 AND { r a - DETAIL C1/A-805. ! -- 1 a-o 1 a-d _ ELEC. I •- - • - - ._ _._ _._ _ ._ ,•._,._ _..,..__ ._. ..,_ .._.,. . ..... _ ._._ . _ _. _... _ ._ _. ,_ _. ,_ _ .`. _.. .- --CENTER•TILE lN � 1 ROOM %0X41 * 4/' (F# CPT-1) FRONT OF DOOR E7 E7 I SI PT-4) • 113 THRESHOLD, TYP A-805 _ A-805 _ __ _ -._ -. _ _I L _. Jair,? ...T g t Fi '5 .,,.., f. i 5_ , i ,, L----r- =1 1: 41: 4" 4 ii Z.N,N. ir;,: • _. —(FI PT-4 )- - ._ _ . �'' / '� (FI PT-2)- _ , 1 F; �` (F# PT-2)- - -- ---(.F# PT-2) / "' ( \I \\,. • II I `` 7 TOILET ROOM 1 $1• * . i I .Ear E ,,Ea . i ► i i I I 110 I I I I 4I I ! I WALL F WT-1) { I V _I__-•---- (F1 WC-5) D Z BREAK ROOM I CONSULT 12 ! CONSULT 7 i CONSULT 6 ► FLR: (F1 FT-f) Z _ 120 1 1 121 a E • I EQ 111 I I 112 L, Is F LVT-1 (f# LVT-1) •E(FI LVT-1) ( F# LVT-t) �0� I W�� ti ) • .O H iii t 11"--------kFI ST-'11.."`,..„ L _ . _ _ J �tlfY I _( Ft PT- } �.. \ / / C Fl PT 3)--- 4 J / v.•-- • - -• - -(Ft PT-6)---._ _- - --••I (F# PT-3)- ,- -� I ,�,i-� \ Ul Cp.to il A __ _-- _ _ _ _ _ _ ! _ I _ _ _ _ _ _ —Ili-- _ ...� z ,_s ,� r \ \ i 1 ! I - �Fi PT-3) /� ! 1 "� ( Ft PT-3)- • - O�� / \ ''.- - ` ( ; i-- _._ _. _ _. _ _. . _ _. (ft PT-3}— ._ _._ �._ I I I € 1 atg3 ge } I t I 1 1 I { tai j I I i ( ( I LAB STATION I CONSULS 5 I I CONSULT 4 I fARGE CONSULT { I 1 *�* 124 II !I 109 1! Ii 108 Ii II 107 F� 2) A F -4) (Ft LVf-1) Ce C I !, I (FI LVT_1) AT S FFIT ' (Ft LVT-11) (Ft LVT-1) I1I I - - ! ABM& U 0 wen Ct ` i 1 ! i _ J L _.... .....i FI PT-2}- _ . — _ - ._ _ . _ _.-� I ! (FI PT-4)--1 /' f. (FI PT- }- _.J L _-_--(F1 PT-2) \ Z ce ini a. I o N � ._ _ . _ _._ . _ _ . _...�'`•�/liji I-.- _.._ _,_ _._ � .___. _-I L . C9 ,_ _ •_ -._ --(FI PT-4)--•.,,- -•- - • - -•� •/ _ _ (3? co Y —(Ft WC 2)- { HALLWAY A-805 {Fl PT-4) .-- IT CLOSET o -I W E9 125 1 106 I ?- i A-805 L __. J LL1 Q a zi ICNI (F1 T-4)0 t IE-7- I I (Ft CPT-3) ! l W : W U Ill ' [ _--� / 1 PT-2)'''"• ,/ -( FI PT-22)-- -•--1 N' �. (FI PT-2}- - -i -1_7)- FI PT-2 � •/ Z cr >, = W. /AT 45' ANGLE r 1 ' (+ i"" I I I ( a a. { Ci CQ I WAITING AREA 1 I t NURTURE I I CONSULT 1 1 I CONSULT 2 I CONSULT 3 1 Q 041 ,,,,:,t_i,,.0,,i,.:tl.:401:., 1 { 1101 is ( F L-1 I 102 I 103 ( I 104 ! I 105 i �r '�'" 1 { (Fi PT-4 { A-805 1 } (FI LVT-1) I (FI LVI-1) (FI LVT-1 i I ~ I r (FI LVT-1) I C-0" -0 I I• I i I t I ISSUED / REVISED DATE DD SET 09/06/19 I w:_ _ J / .PERMIT SET 10/11/19 L_ . _ _ , - - • - -, _ _, • _ _ _- :. ---.-, 7 -- --(Ft PT-4)•--- , ,-.._.._ __. / {FI PT-3) I L_ _-,••-(F1 PT-3)--••--` L -•-- (F# PT-3" •i / (Fl PT-3 )- _• J 9'-11" \, :=_=_ F CPT-"=-__ i ` r' `vl /,' '\ -fir— - - ---T- .LI • ' f C5 A-805 A FINISH PLAN FINISH PLAN A 1 1/4'=1'-0aVIIF A-'140 COPYRIGHT ®2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. �, 1 . nom. m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Y ,„ • FINISH LEGEND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 13 d T • - FINISH RESPONSIBILITY CEILING •V • ' rn TYPE NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL FINISH - COMMENTS ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME FLOOR FINISH WALL FINISH WALL BASE MATERIAL CEILING FINISH COMMENTS PURCHASED BY INSTALLED BY1:3 0 Q WD-1, CPT-2, NJ U FLOORING 101 WAITING AREA PT-4 WL-1, WL-2, WC-2 WB-1 GYP, WL-3, FB-1 P1-4 [F�D-1 ) WOOD FLOOR SHAW CONTRACT STYLE: CAMARET OAK 203UV. COLOR: SHERWOOD 7.48" X 75" ENGINEERED BON WITHMONARCH RUNNING CPT-3 F I 5010 00305 PLY CORE GC GC PLANK STAIR NOSE AT - - C� v STAIR TREADS. 102 NURTURE LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP - co 9" X 48 SMM, 20 MIL, 103 CONSULTi LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP o Q LVT-1 LVT SHAW CONTRACT STYLE: INLET 0926V. COLOR: SPINDLE 26140 LOOSE LAY GC GC -._ -. _ . __ ILI L a 104 CONSULT 2 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP - (Fl FT-19 TILE DALTILE STYLE: EXHIBITION. COLOR TWILLEX09, 12" X 24" 1/8" GROUT: BOSTIK GC GC SUGGESTED GROUT 1/8" 105 CONSULT 3 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP 0 w W E -c SHADOW H195 HIGH SHADE VARIATION z Z w 44" c 106 IT CLOSET EXIST PT-4 RB-1 OTS • •• O a' c F CPT-I CARPET SHAW CONTRACT STYLE: HONEST TILE 5T236. COLOR: GREIGE 35516 GC GC ASHLAR INSTALLATION ••• p �` 107 CONSULT 4 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP (F CPT-2 ENTRANCE MAT MATS INC STYLE: SUPER NOP 52 BEIGE GRIJIS/CHARCOAL GC I GC - - 108 CONSULT 5 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP UNDERLAY MAY BE _ .. .. -I REQUIRED TO BALANCE 109 LAB STATION LVT-1 PT-4, WT-2 WB-1 GYP P1-4 COT-3 CARPET SHAW CONTRACT STYLE: HAVEN. COLOR: IVY ITEM/f: 51235-35375 9" X 36" GC • GC HEIGHT VARIATION. I 110 TOILET ROOM 1 FT-1 WC-5, WT-1 -- GYP WC-5 INSTALLATION TO BE 1 - RANDOM' 111 : CONSULT 6 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP MARBLE h TRANSITION FOR TOILET _ - -: F 51-1 ) TRANSITION TBD TBD TBD GC GC ROOM THRESHOLD 112 CONSULT 7 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-I 2'X2' ACP E WALL I (F PT-2 ) PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: STEAM AF-15 ULTRA SPEC 500, EGGSHELL GC GC 1 113 ELECTRICAL ROOM EXIST PT-4 RB-1 OTS CTPT-3 ) PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: TIMBERWOLF 1600 ULTRA SPEC 500, EGGSHELL GC GC 114 CONSULT 8 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP (F PT-4 ) PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR DECORATORS WHITE 1-04 ULTRA SPEC 500, EGGSHELL GC GC 115 CONSULT 9 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2` ACP (f ?T 7_5 1 : _,- .c.; 1 , .;:. 116 NSUL 10 LVT- PT- P1-3 RB 2X2 ACP I_ii fo,CT - CO T 1 2 -1 j 47 -_ - - 01-Fictp PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: SILENT NIGHT 1613 ULTRA SPEC 500, EGGSHELL I GC GC 117 CONSULT 11 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP I , (f P1-7 ) PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: DOLLAR BILL GREEN 2050 ULTRA SPEC 500, EGGSHELL GC GC 118 STORAGE LVT-1 PT-4, WC-1 RB-1 2'X2' ACP p _ .. 119 ; ADMIN CPT-1 PT-2, P1-3 WB-1 2'X2' ACP w -.- I - _ -- A a r...4., w 1/8" GROUT, COLOR: BOSTIK 120 BREAK ROOM LVT-1 PT-4, PT-6 RB-1 2'X2' ACPN• -¢ .4-11(F WT-1 ) WALL TILE DALTILE STYLE: TBD, 4"X12" HYDROMENT SANDED H152, GC GC , � ,� WHITE 121 CONSULT 12 LVT-1 PT-2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP STYLE: HEDRON 3D HEXAGON FIELD TILE 5" X 4" 1/16 GROUT, COLOR. 40% 3D TILE, 60% FLAT ' 122 TOILET ROOM 2 FT-1 WC 5, WT-1 GYP WC-5 l ! ; . (F WT-2.) WALL TILE BEDROSIANS DECHEDWHI54M. COLOR: MATTE WHITf:(F IWT M 2A) BOSTIK HYDROMENT SANDED GC GC TILE, MIXED TOGETHER I - STYLE: HEDRON FLAT HEXAGON FIELD TILE 5 X 4" H152, WHITE RANDOMLY 123 TOILET ROOM 3 FT-1 WC-5, WT-1 -- GYP WC-5 DECHEDWHI54M. COLOR: MATTE WHITE:(F IWT-2B ) -- -- 1- 124 LARGE CONSULT LVT-1 PT--2, PT-3 RB-1 2'X2' ACP STYLE: TRADITIONAL WALL BASE. 4" VINYL. COLOR: D Q RB-1 ) VINYL WALL BASE JOHNSONITE GC GC -- - - 20 CHARCOAL BASE --- - 125 HALLWAY CPT-1 PT-4, PT-5, WT-2 WB-1 2'X2 ACP, GYP (F WB-1j) WOOD WALL BASE GC I STYLE: 4" X 1/2". COLOR: PAINT TO MATCH WALL PAINT GRADE, EASED EDGE GC GC J C 2'x2' ACOUSTIC ULTIMA BEVELED TEGULAR 9/16". SILHOUETTE 1/8" CEILING ACP ARMSTRONG r . GC GC t3 •W!J CEILING PANEL REVEAL. 9/16" BOLT SLOT SYSTEM. MODEL 1912 o od. c_) te/ i Q WC-1 ) FRP WAINSCOT MARLITE ; P-100 WHITE - CLASS "A" GC GC WAINSCOT UP TP 48" AFF L01) (F IWC-2 j WALL COVERING MURALS WALLPAPER STYLE: RUSH HEAVYWEIGHT DELUXE, GC GC Q ,460 c I PAPER-BACKED VINYL L j WC-5T) WALL COVERING TBD STYLE! TBD GC GC I tn ruiMi.!) J =-_ � CFM--:r) .. .-- - _ . .�_. -- U Jas CF . SPECIALTY - -- -. FINISH RIFT CUT WHITE OAK. (F I WL-1 ) WOOD SLAT GC 2" X 2" WOOD SLATS NATURAL FINISH WITH 10% GC GC SAMPLE TO BE APPROVED C SHEEN CLEAR POLY BY DM !.Y I-- ALUMINUM U ❑ I ( i ) EXTRUDED FORTINA THS-50125 - 50 X 125 MM PROFILE LOUVER TE-940 ABEL OAK GC GC []e LOUVER vi ALUMINUM Z a WL-3 ) EXTRUDED FORTINA THS-5015 - 50 X 150 MM PROFILE LOUVER TE-940 ABEL OAK GC GC .1R. a• LOUVER a 0.. W N `' in - _. - _ -. 0 u_ N r STRH CEILING X4016 SEDNA MEMBRANE, WHITE PERIMETER v o (F I FB-1 � A$RICETCBARRISOL HARPOON WHITE TRANSLUCENT GC GC = ci) 0-) 0 1 -- - _ - - >-- J J (Y cc W < a O o _ ID Ivt z O fy F- W W c1) Q 0 Z ce ? 11-1 0 t7 w I_- Cf B ❑ CO o- Ce x- < N CO1-- i- ISSUED ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE DD SET _ 09/06/19 PERMIT SET 10/11/19 f. r if A FINISH SCHEDULE A- 141 COPYRIGHT .c 2019 CAL.LISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. .,. .... .. • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SYN3OL LEGEND POWER AND SIGNAL KEY NOTES Ca mi r 49 GROUNDED DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET AT 18" AFF U.O.N O SEE GENERAL POWER AND SIGNAL NOTE TO V 0 L AVOID BACK TO BACK OUTLET INSTALLATION. •lo 0 GROUNDED DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET LOCATED ABOVE CEILING TILE LOCATE OUTLETS IN SEPARATE STUD UNITS. 13 0 cmQ 110 11111 - _ . «a °ORDINATE ACC---E•S PANEL LOCATIONS IN CU J U U � DUPLEX WET AREAS. HEIGHT AS INDICATED ON PLANS. �!LLu+>D�r( TO ALLOW ",✓,f�`_'f TOPOWER/DATA OUTLETS. SEE 1,MILLWORKa L O o • F I 9 GROUNDED QUADRUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET MOUNTED AT 18" AFF U.O.N DRAWINGS. - c0 a) Up I O @ ._ I SWITCH © 48" AFF U.O.N. O POWER & DATA MOUNTED INSIDE FACE OF W 0 cJ MILLWORK. SEE MILLWORK DRAWINGS FOR ccv 4 THERMOSTAT, HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLANS MORE INFORMATION. FLUSH MOUNT OUTLETSC • Ja I HORIZONTALLY AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. {Y E ,= I I I I Q JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED OVER DOOR ABOVE GRID W W �, c 1�t I I "� •I I r _ ►� - -' VVTr .. - --z - 'x -- - _ _1 .. - �� w - - pp FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED OVER DOOR ABOVE GRID OO OF€CEILINGS BYOOWNER'S NDATA TO ••• 0 V] ALL03 a3 In 1 6 1- - - - -- -1 �. bI--. . _., I I �I 1= -I 0 BOTTOM I ' 3��J I '*' "' "r i i ^ I '• VENDOR, VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH �� " f�I p� -I " ♦ • - _ -- - -- ... _. _' ;-_� i I k __ _; 1� :� s" 1., L _ _ _. _ CAT 6 DATA JACK. WALL MOUNTED AT 18" AFF U.O.N. NUMBER ABOVE OWNER, PROVIDE J--BOX AT INSTALL POINT I _ _ •12 mtill 11 I I , �I it �Ir'� - ' _ J ., ®�� J - ` SYMBOL INDICATES NUMBER OF DATA RECEPTACLES p,� 0" . e�� f� 1 •"� `[E �-n" I- _ _� �- P FOR MOUNTING OF DEVICE AND CONDUIT Lill I�, .,. 'I� 1 I ! �♦ �'' -- /i �♦ I , N��' V TELECOM DATA RECEPTACLES WITH RING & STRING CONNECTING DEVICES II P I R ' ° j - - - F,. �, ,, TO IT CLOSET. SEE RCP FOR LOCATIONS. II I T • r Fr i'4 () I 1�i - \+ '� {i w1 �. I t` ,t�� .r.,://- WIRELESS ACCESS POINT COORDINATE W/ SOFFIT & DROP CEILING / TO AVOID CONFLICTS. i� iIl Q 2 ( .A {^L i ! (� �' ( \ p / � 5f1n- (-2) s ITf- OUTLETS P �0 r ✓ WALL M \JR D C� 1 71:111 �t 1i11 I. 1 I I 'I i \ n' �' r - ` <E D501 MOUNTED IN CEILING ABOVE �' � r�r-� � I - 'C � =C I - '�C r -- s� SOUND MASKING SYSTEM �, rp ADMIN f I u2-10, STORAGE ,S�1 • " CONSULT 11 7 I v' CONSULT 10 v CONSULT 9 CONSULT 8 v 4 P E E- j �� ` ` 119 ' ' - ' 118 - �'. 117 'r - }1 g 115 114 ""Ss‘ SOUND MASKING SYSTEM<E_ 0502 >, MOUNTED IN CEILING ABOVE 1' b" AND 5' 1". TOGAT� OUTLETS-- .1 L ��C MILLWORK Df2/1WINC5 O�# I == I_ L - _ .' 3'-O" 2'-1i1" i .' . 3-0 J -z -11" J� 3'-0" 2'-11" - -t1" 3�-0" L Q ,� C R ""IFICA N. �" " _ 7ir �'` / `S�' STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER <El 0503 7 R " - •x• I a - - , •x" I I •x I , i r` , I_ • I` e ;r `x' 1 - - I `x I ^ VERIFY FINAL LOCATION FOR SPEAKER WITH ♦ 'I-' - T I / •. 11 . I� - r -, ♦ ♦ 3 - 7 I 1 • . I sl ; . I _! r - , I U ONE MEDICAL PER FURNITURE _I L _ _I yl �, y I ,� �1 h I y, IT CLOSET KEY NOTES REQUIREMENTS. tE .�• 1!` r---, rI r rl 1~ DCO , ,us. ,. 1 n" ,n" En , 4'-9" 1 r 1 IT CLOSET �,��f INCLUDES A I�IdflJ I „I v LOUJ 6C1, iGP I ELEC. ® i -AIRFLOW. REPLACE DOOR i IANDLE ANEt-- �T!I ONE MEDICAL COVER PLATES TO BE IVORY. - CT e 1 ROOM �- P�20V€DLC, DOOR L21;. INCLUDE-SECURITY STRitf£ PLATE COVLR. 1130 PROVIDE J-BOX FOR INTERIOR SIGNAGEQt� CI POWER. CONFIRM MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ic:7* 8'-0" yg2� CENTER LIGHT FIXTURE ON WALL ABOVE DOOR. ONE MEDICAL. �'I .- — r — a- r-iOPRINTER (SUPPLIED BY ONE MEDICAL) AEI .'L gdb dD -` ;- - '1 r7.,y _ _ IT' .'I o* @ MOUNT DUPLEX OUTLET AT 60" AFF TO CENTER. W 0I -- - - [1 2 , 1I I 10 PROVfDESOUND MASKING SYSTEM: INCLUDE4-9 „ 1�1 -7 �� 191 TO€LET ROOM 2 I / s MOUNT POINTHUB ABOVE DUPLEX AT 68" AFF TO TOP. EMPTYCONDUITROUTEDTOCEILINGABOVE. ��1 '_ - ----. W I Il INSTALL SOUND MASKING SYSTEM WITH ap 1 I I' 1 Ll 122 ! ! j Il„11 ,_/ t 0 - - - - - I,• ,J.1 _` I R igi CONSULT 6 �� CONSULT 7 ADDITIONAL WIRING FOR LOW VOLTAGES. I�� L j _ __ L _ _ 6 PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING AT REAR WALLI I CONSULT 12 r- ” ----� l I r t 11 112 BREAK ROOM 121 7'-3" • 120top,. 11 - - -) 1- - i 1 07 MAINTAIN CLEAR DIMENSIONS TO ALLOW FOR SERVICING AND i 1 PROVIDE SOUND MASKING SYSTEM: INCLUDE �� '#k--6 I I I p T - - 10 t€ ACCESS TO RACK EQUIPMENT. EMPTY CONDUIT ROUTED TO CEILING ABOVE. D _, I I t0 -- • D( I TOILET ROOM 1 t I 1 r i I It INSTALL SOUND MASKING SYSTEM WITH 1 } Y - J I ' t k h `� r I 1 I 8 BOND (t) #6 GROUND WIRE TO MGN OR UFER GROUND, ADDITIONAL WIRING FOR LOW VOLTAGES LL - , _ __ 1 $ \ ( _ r- -� 110 I I I .� _ _ ,I I I r INSTALL WALL MOUNT VOLUME CONTROL Z "-1._ i.:11 ..�_ _I I I = ® I: ! �s " s I I 1 TERMINATED TO A GROUNDING BUS BAR AT IT CLOSET. LOCATE ,s . ti .� I =`- AND ON/OFF SWITCH AT ADJACENT STORAGE r p T _ _ t I _ J �.-. _ I �, N -�J " I! _. .J \ ^? _I { �.I ` _ -€ BUS BAR 2" ABOVE TOP OF 1T RACK. ROOM. �Jv/ t? • E 1 1 , i , �� I I ;� ---- T-3 i-: •) , `, - - fy_ .1 - - - ' -,I" ,�7 I .IZ Wt) 4 // �l, • I � '` - �- ."" ,f� 1 t. I� , •' \ QUAD NEMA 5 -20R RECEPTACLES. PROVIDE SOUND MASKING SYSTEM: INSTALL �"" Wd �'jI_ _ r T _ _1- _ _, _ _ _ I_ _ _ i ` h ` 1 12 EMPTY J-BOX ADJACENT TO WALL SWfTCH �y O -�_. r . .I 1 . . + I C . ' {I - . �" LOCATE CABLE MANAGER ON LEFT SIDE OF RACK WHEN ENTERING1 'I ` A• C _ -+ C _ I I " I r , rTO€LET ROOM 3r _ , ,\ , ylW 1 _ ,� _ _ a` I ._I = '� ' `j -- 10 FOR VOLUME CONTROLS. INCLUDE EMPTY _ { '_ f \ \�' ,o 123 II , �' 1 ' ' •�, f`• }1.1 r • h IT CLOSET. CONDUIT ROUTED TO CEILING ABOVE. "�F' 9.-4" 1 _ 1 • 1'- _1 S I I [ II ',, I I! ' �- .- _,16 U x` I I 'K` tj U S r. _ 1 E I �� 11 `, L \ i_ __\-.47 I -�-� I , ~` J LOCATION OF IT RACK. INSTALL STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER IN i,", I L - h.` r IIS I ADDITIONAL J--BOX IN CEILING ABOVE Cl) �F 0 -- _„�,,,_,_ , n L _ -1 x- --9--- L - =1 ♦ STORAGE ROOM TO POWER SOUND MASKING Z",,,_ A - - I - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - 1 R11 t -c-- - - o fi _ -,-� IT RACK EQUIPMENT. SYSTEM. = c� 1 tl ,u. ,a1, II it I I k _ - -I}- - - -1 �� Vt�_ db _—_ m f3 I '- I ci ,v U I _ + I, - ��{I- :._ -- -1I-I- -II- - xl I ,1 r`� 4_ _T � .".+ I'_7�QD_ I I 4"� I " _� �� r7 { 4 i� / - MAINTAIN MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR IT RACK EQUIPMENT. 0v # COBE AS REQUIRED a II I _ _€ f `I�-{�" j_L� ,.J.-; _ �I - 1'_9^ I = -I----=-F=� 1 _ ' ATION r+ ' 1, !1? , r 1 Cd LAB ST - _- @ I _ a _ \ 0 A v -a1��. FORLEPTI:01! DESK r , �a v ,I V f - -fir - II l -J- J.,r J I 109 , 1 - - -jr I" I 1 MILLWORK, SLC- 884 *${� t1R€NG'. ;; b Q..----;." �' �'x '? , f I ! ' r_ 11- DETAILS. X RAY SLAB TO LOCATE-TENDONS, v - I I_ - 1 / . I I - i - I R TO 's-i3 'nc, COO1z0I DATE COIZi�1G I 1O �' I I I �' i> i " ' I I WORK 'H LANDLOrtD'S BUI-LDING ENGtNfER. i1 i 11=1 �,, \ @ I I t I *` ♦ I t MAINTAIN EXISTING-f- FLOOR-- I' - -f , , i II E _ ,l Imo _ -_ 11 C I L`. :: _ ,\ ,' LARGE CONSULT ;, " o , 1 I 10 = O 10 I 1 STRUCTURE. - ` FS n I 1 I I b 'n 124 ^ I ^� CONSULT CONSULT 4 ;, I I - ,` •` _ _ _ _ 4 PF :IOE J BOX FOR EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 0 0 �. ` '0-', \ @ 108 107 � �� POWER. CONFIRM M0 NTIN HT WITH X , _ 4r-/1 I �� p, tnl MOUNTING LiEiC I © • • - S.C.. SHOP DRAWINGS' r.�}-.'� 1. % 0 - :<1'..- ",..,t ,, , \ ` �d - ; N A8 15 ELECTRICAL PANEL SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS- ..II CL Ce C'. • I. \ ,-----, I------ - 1 'I -1_ ...r........ ....m. , •••11111 4CL N { LLI in I - ITI= r - /-� "'�'; FO I�,'l+e1E-R, F:}.�3'P��v[J G�------ N r I FE1. I -A -C._IL; . .OEC ELECTRICAL SHEETS r^ 6y rn c i f1r1a V I Q CD Cl) I v, II i r HALLWAY _== J Ce 1 , 125 IT CLOSET 17 PHONE MOUNTED AT 4'-0" AFF. W }' J 0 o Y.. 2'- 106 O L ,_ _ , 2 S �/ F - ) I Li.. � i - 1 1 � _ y i„,,, � _ �, f«_ _ 1 I W W Q I i ! i it f I 1 - !1 +�� I-� I I ` + ! 18" Z _ 0Iii _ -7 III 1 Lv J I / - `I fit if I ) ` ..._.. r 24" a r CO 1— O I { LJ I I NURTURE W CONSULT 1 \� VI,1 tL`L I�.- CONSULT 2 CONSULT 3 tir J ', I 10 1 VCC B #fl ,r, I 102 _ != - - i 103 e - - 104 105 L - - I _ _ ._ 0 © O 0_ 3 '7 co II Ill 'II I II- 1 r •- ! n WAITING AREA ; LII -1, I, I t -IT - 1 -IT - 1 (- - i I- I 1 I I CC r f r 1 10 11 11 10 II 1 - _ 10 I 1 € 1I 11 1 Q C\1 I 101 "~' , 44 I .F� 11 Ir I �_ -� H I , ,� . 1 ! : 11 I 1 +-:. r I I -x '` II 1 r 1 , '� I1 f m\ I f Li I I4111 I1 I " I . \� It i rtJ ♦ -1I_! I 1I 11 �; ° 1n1r - I _ _ I_ ti" . ` 1 f \ / l I _ _ 1 / \\ 1 `" -- - - - - L .....ii e''''' C �� , r I I ISSUED ! REVISED DATE rim,I f A! I -i -� ♦ I J '+"_- ` b - 471:'1'. 1 -I d \ v.I I 1 0 \ f _ j1 I a �, I 011641-:1 I \ .` i L _� _1E11;7_ ISSUED— — 1 DD SET 09/06/19 1 �, n i� 1 ii I p r 1 .� i*I �... - r_- r.' O i 1 : �� ,- Q . / �1i IT CONDUIT TO vPOE NOTES PERMIT SET 10/11/19 u € N3 i l �I' \\ i f'a` f rE-—""..-r--21 (a- m .,1 *'7 / / p7 �.1 n �� G7 '`.I R I I 1 x I. ♦ I t:• ry- , ' I ' ! x I I x /" ` I \ I I- + . - ♦ 1 x 1 1 -I , ' 1 11 I i ! I ;�` `,i,i _ ^� k - - ,� _ > --- _ J`-- _ 1. PROVIDE (2) 2" CONDUITS WITH PULL TAPE .__ .�_. �_ __ �- - _ _ _ -._._.._,� -•---� w _a ;: ! r. _ _ ti ._-_ -_- r._ -- - \ N. © FROM TELECOM MPOE TO IT CLOSET FOR USE BY ONE MEDICAL IT INSTALLATION. - T.(1---- - a 2. MINIMUM 3-FOOT SWEEP RADIUS, NO RIGHT -- / \ I ANGLES. �J3. PATHS LONGER THAN 300' OR WITH 3 OR A I MORE 90 DEGREE TURNS WILL REQUIRE A PULL BOX. I I r,--n 4. MINIMUM DIMENSIONS FOR THE PULL BOX ARE POWER 12" W x 12" H x 6" D. /-+ & SIGNAL P LA IT CLOSET 5. CONTROL LIGHTING VIA OCCUPANCY SENSOR. POWER AND SIGNAL A1/4"-1'-0" ((:)1 AB 3/4" -0" 6. DEDICATE SAME CIRCUIT FOR ALL POWER PLAN OUTLETS IN IT CLOSET. A- 50 COPYRIGHT C; 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SHEET SYMBOL LEGEND —110 d r ROOM NAME - XXXX ROOM INDICATOR V O m rn _ •IIIA EL GI GI EI XXXX > EQUIPMENT INDICATOR m < [ SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON A-161 J0 0 E 4 ° g F u r U .• _a rA U ° co ... W . c „_ 1.- 05 W .aLL J I ED402 II JI 0 zZW c I 4 • rn all a {EID201 } ! � ! { rl ♦ 1� I 1 �' ' I I rl I I ! G � � 1 1 rl I t I I 1 � � J ! + I 1� I • �nr(� m E D311 I�I n - - � �♦ 1„i J L-� _ J 1`'_ �♦ J 1-� �� k� �♦ J I ff _ J L� _ �1 J L J r/ L _'� -... I ti "AI P11 IL,k ( •• '1/4 C\• I. .I.,-4 • ‘ (..\ - © E10 H © K"..\\ 1 I I ADMIN + I -- - STORAGE - _ ♦CONSULT 11 -- _ CONSULT 10 - ' _ _ ♦ CONSULT 9 - - CONSULT $ ` �' L _ [EI D402 }� o r1 - wrn� 11 I 118 Q >117 R 1>116 . '� 2 > 115 +` • d I 114 < \, _0 rid I , I I 119 I I 11 n 1 h j k ♦ -I%-4 ,a ♦ , ` - ,a ♦ , - = = - ` , 0, A ,L'9 J -<EID311 >-----\. U1 W - iii _i v + -{ED2a1 -- 1 �E� Al _,...„% E D303 ' I I I rx♦ 1.4_4_4.1 � 1 rX♦ 1) fx♦ 1 + ,x, II 1 ,x, I 1 ,x. +I 1t I+ /X I r rr4'" ! ,x. + II ' r L -I j_ ] r L _ yl I II IL _ -I - - -1 I i I= _ -1I 'i! r � _ �I I I � � - I r ii I'- _ y I I I'- - - ©m © E18 C © A16 ELEC. ' oCT • ROOM j46 R7 E A6 113 -64S.. � A7 �,,,, Cl. r A-845 ” .. — _.._. — (EI D303 >, — — A-843 '7 _ •. _ TYP AT G? r G -L12 i 11 I Iy III I fu L. I LI r E•-1- L11:1„1/1 1 , CONSULT Qi! I L - - L I i I I I _ _ I �r�1 - - - I n f',� i ,/1 r - _ l ROOM 1�' :'s Q I�-s 1,�— �JI { n in ! I - 1 , TOILET ROOM 2• �!` + r -1 c% In 1.-1 , I _ hili ,� ' r I` r1y�' cn �J ©■l. \T. / - - - - , illi I 122 k? 14 'x, ` J ` f N, BREAK ROOM �` I L - / ■ - - l - - - • E D402 120 <El E2 }�� ` , 1T - 1 `i��='! E E35 � i - - i I1� Pr i {EJ E26 EI. E10 > E1 I t ^ EI E35 I 1 ' . . r<' \~ t _ �I_ ri I I 1 i1 I I > I � � (9 �� Wf,>f v 1 I �r L _L _ J , ( i� A-844 - ■ J I 1 T01LET ROOM 3 k I 2 O�Y I ik: 123 I lk- „ l 4 r - JF-{E A22 > , ` j > <E�E30 '� .- of e11 -'� l �, ' 1 ,,' , a 6iir,,", 1 ' ,",j 6_ I ' I 0 E E19 / r - � r - -I , I �v� _ A '' a J i ii Wn ti. EP - I - � - �` "' - ± - � - { <£j0201 >- ; �� C 44-_Z - II f E E SII — �— ! = o 1' J 9� g Jct4-,\�a _ �vU I I 111 I I I 1 + I I I I I illI . / ` 1 ( <7_, .IL - - _ - - - - _ - - _L._ - i ! ©® E_E4 _ -E ® , . , II '* I J�� --LIE D303 I— j� L _ f_ E D401 ` - - 1-_ J�£ Q311 \ [EI D303 ,F ,L'- ��-© D311 I I 'BENCH BY OM VENDOR ' Ela >----`� (":_ E Q401 ( , / �I Lam_ — �.__© f10 ! 1 r - ! 1 - -- �ELE32 > \�• •' I L - - J- I <♦ ti !1 1 . I f F ♦v' i II 1 `b [E( E25 r I E25 ! r CONSULT �I F`x' I I 11 .x' + I I 1 �I B� AT 2-17.8"31-F F' 1 ! I I CONSULT 4 I 11 LARGE CONSULT . € -. - $0 AT 28" AFF `- r 1 I 108 I �-Y'! - -_� 107 + I I I ter` ,� ♦ , 124 , ♦♦ ,♦ !- •1,- ! I 1 _ i II ce - ,' >A, /I • �{ •♦ - 11411 � LAB STATION J _ J l_ _ II_ 1 1 ♦>,/' ;, \\ r, ♦♦ ♦'♦ r a 109r 0 0 E A21 E E9 .♦ 1 E £9 > + I I ,( 1 ♦ / ' ( / �' U) I 11 iII E II 11 <El S2 > II \�.' p r' X ♦ N.:31'1-01/./,// 41 J4��/!I._ .,,, (_'_Ir----- r ( I LII �� z II • I I ♦ ter, r _ , \ r _ , ♦♦.0 r 1 - - J �� pz� L - - -i JI [.L CO in C\I <El E25 � Li <E1 E25 _/ © A16 r — — ' 1 0 CL = tL I` O BO AT 28" AFF BO AT 28 AFF • , 1 1 11 - (l) C") 0) ch BEVERAGE STATION � HALLWAY L_ - - !Li__ J J j BY OM VENDOR 125 IT CLOSET lc- \` [ 106 W < o ° o 1 I I t I - - - - 2 V 0 L J_ J P Ii 1 '- �T Z I- r — —+_,IL.,0i4 L ] I m r 1_ 1 ` - :R%- � 1n 1 - - / 1- ,(moi rii W 0 W n Z E D402 -0114 n © D311 '� 4 1 � a 1I I \ , u I I 1 \ , n u , p \1\ � 4 Elf) ► fi -� �W �� ,�r WNL" r-?W U y 0 C7fx B �vo rit f~_n <El E12 }- - - - � - - - J L - -� d CO a ©@ WAITING AREA (Ej,D2O2 >-+-- 1W 4 pAJ NURTURE r^ -IT - 1 IT - 1 r - TI 102 1 I I I I I CONSULT 1 ,I I CONSULT _ _ _ CONSULT 3 I 11 (V I 101 I +- �; I L;, I! I I I 103 �'I I I I 104 .� F♦ r 105 I I r Q E O3 -r-i 1 x I I( I I x II 1 1 I I > 1r ii xI I H v II '+ I [EI 51 �. �y E f2� } ! . I I II 1 n I . '. I I I ^ . ��€ tic, • n I 1 t 444..,,,'..JrLT f`[EI E27 ,>l L _ I I_ I I I , I I I ♦ / ♦ I I I I I , _11 _ J • I _ II _ J \),.. I r - - - 1 ,/ 7,-...,„ L _ 11- ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE �. �EI D310 ( rlW,l -.0 E10 * • .••• .., <, t 14--L- - I , ---7 —�f I E31 _ ♦♦ _ f' 1 -F J l �.L ,.t1 1 \. �� L DD SET 09108119 PERMIT SET 1 /,,CEID312 > E D402 I D311 ► ., ( .\ ,' ,/ , 9- 1 cif 9- Q i±„..ti 9- Q `// `\i I� <E1 A21 >---\--_____________ ©� ♦♦ , r �- 1 r"' -r + , . 1 r -h F- 1 f x ♦` �r I ♦ , ,, ( � !`� 11 `x' I I ♦ I �, C ` /� x 1 1 x �. '1 �` t E A22 (.1___A22 t�' _ 2. - Tom__ .___ ______.._ ©® OM" 41111BE, I 0111144 A FF&E PLAN FF&E PLAN A1/4"_1.-0. A- '1 60 COPYRIGHT ,c)) 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. i 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 EQUIPN ENT SCHEDULE DATA AND DEVICE SCHEDULE MM. ILr PURCHASED INSTALLED ! IL DESIGN ID ITEM MFR MFR PRODUCT ID DESCRIPTION ROOM QTY COMMENTS BY BYi DESIGN ID QTY DESCRIPTION LOCATION MR I PRODUCT ID PURCHASED INSTALLED COMMENTS L) O '- - BY BY w a) E1 DISHWASHER GE GDT226SSLSS STAINLESS STEEL TUB 24" TOP CONTROL BUILT-IN BREAK ROOM 1 GC GC DO (IT CLOSET) 73 C7 «v Q E2 REFRIGERATOR GE GWE19JSLSS STAINLESS STEEL, COUNTER DEPTH W/ FRENCH DOORS BREAK ROOM 1 GQ CC U 0 D1 1 STANDARD RACK 3"D (80 MM) 106 CHATSWORTH CHATSWORTH RACK, GC GC J HORIZON SCIENTIFIC PH-ABT-HC- REFRIGERATOR, PHARM UNDERCOUNTER W/SLD DOOR 4.6CU LARGE CONSULT, 55053-703 4 O E3 VACCINE FRIDGE (MEDICAL GRADE) 2 OM OM # F INC. UCBI-040 FT LAB STATION v - . E4 SPECIMEN FRIDGE (STANDARD MINI FRIDGE) COMPACT DCRO44ABSLDD DANBY ENERGY STAR 4.4 CU FT LARGE CONSULT 1 OM OM D2 2 HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGER 106 PANDUIT NM2 GC GC _ -13APPLIANCE REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER-SPOTLESS STEEL G N V E5 FREEZER COMPACT CMF151L-1 LAB STATION 1 OM GC 03 1 VERTICAL CABLE MANAGER 106 PANDUIT WMPV45E GC GC W L- - al APPLIANCE ca --- L £6 EXAM TABLE BASE MIDMARK 204-001 BASE, EXAM TABLE RITTER 204 33 INCH FIXED CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM BY OM OPS D4 I SHELF 106 KENDALL HOWARD 1906-1-001-01-1U GC GC CD ui Iii E .c 2 Z W rn m JOM OM BY OM OPS • E7 EXAM TABLE TOP MIDMARK 0020871-216 UPHOLSTERYEXAM STOOL RITTERI 204 SERIES BACKLESS $ � • CONSULT ROOMS 12 05 3 48 PORT POE SWITCH 106 CISCO C1-W53650-48FD/K9 OM (IT) GC ••• O 0 r E8 SPIN LIFT STOOL MIDMARK 270-001-2016 CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM BY OM OPS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT 5 CASTERS PEBBLE GRAY E9 PHLEB CHAIR WINCO 6700-07 RECLINER, CARE CLINER 3POS GRAY LARGE CONSULT 2 OM OM BY OM OPS D6 2 ESP SWITCH 106 CISCO W5-C2960CX-8TC-L OM (IT) GC I VL521 SERIES MID-BACK CHAIR, MESH BACK, FABRIC SEAT, CONSULT ROOMS, WAITING I D7 4 SWITCH BRACKETS 106 CISCO RCKMNT-19-CMPCT OM (IT) OM (IT) E10 CHAIR 1 BASYX BSX-VL521VA10 BLACK AREA, BREAK ROOM, LARGE 30 OM OM BY OM RE I CONSULT I 1D8 2 PDU (POWER SWITCH) 106 TRIPP LITE PDUMH15ATNET OM (IT) OM (IT) E12 SIDE TABLE TBD TBD TBD NURTURE ROOM 1 OM OM BY OM RE D9 1 UPS 106 APC SMX2000LVNC OM (IT) OM (IT) E £13 SOFA TBD TBD TBD CONSULT ROOMS, NURTURE 13 OM OM BY OM RE D10 1 POWER EDGE 8430 SERVER 106 DELL PART #731804865 OM (IT) OM (IT) (210-ADLO) £14 CASTER DESK TBD 20" X 30" CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM BY OPS RE D11 1 KEY CABINET 106 KEYGUARD SL-8548 OM (IT) OM (IT) £15,1 PROCEDURE CART (FRAME) CONTAINER STORE 10013318 CONSULT ROOMS, NURTURE 13 OM OM BY OM OPS NARROW 7-RUNNER FRAME PLATINUM 14" X 21" X 29" H D12 1 POINT CENTRAL HUB 106 ALARM.COM ADC-NK-100T OM (IT) GC E15.2 PROCEDURE CART (DRAWER-1) CONTAINER STORE 10033531 ELFA NARROW MESH 1-RUNNER PLATINUM CONSULT ROOMS, NURTURE 39 OM OM BY OM OPS �CT • ,gyp 12-7/8° X 20-3/4° X 7-1/4"H 1 .sb�� ,Y ELFA NARROW MESH 2-RUNNER PLATINUM 013 1 PATCH PANEL (2U-72 PORT) 106 PANDUIT CPP72FMWBLY GC GC � E15.3 PROCEDURE CART (DRAWER-2) CONTAINER STORE 10022531 12-7/8" X 20-3/4" X 7-1/4"H CONSULT ROOMS, NURTURE 26 ON OM BY OM OPS _ cY _`-� EISA PROCEDURE CART (TOPS) CONTAINER STORE 663200 ELFA MARROW MELAMINE TOP WHITE CONSULT ROOMS, NURTURE 13 OM OM BY OM OPS I D100 (POINTS) A w N `� CD 14 X 21 X 5/8 H 1 , a ., D101 TBD WIRELESS ACCESS POINT MERAKI MR42 OM (IT} GC E. rs., E15.5 PROCEDURE CART (STOP PINS) CONTAINER STORE 10063870 ELFA DRAWER BACK STOP PINS PKG/10 CONSULT ROOMS, NURTURE 13 OM OM BY OM OPS i I I ._ O Jt. _ 0200 (DESKTOPS) 410 4;'j OPTIPLEX 7440 A10 E18 SHREDDING BIN TBD TBD 21" X 15° X 36"H ADMIN 1 OM OM BY OM OPS I D2O1 18 PROVIDER DESKTOP COMPUTERS DELL XCTO OM (IT) OM (IT) � 1 F'S • E19 MAGNETIC WHITE BOARD TBD TBD 4'-0" X 8'-0" BREAK ROOM I GC GC ; 0202 2 PATIENT REG DESKTOP 101 DELL OPTIPLEX 7440 AIO ON (IT) OM (IT) COMPUTER I XCTO [20 PRIVACY CURTAIN CUBICLE CURTAIN PRIVACY CURTAIN WITH CEILING MOUNTED CURTAIN TRACK CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM BY OM RE; REFER TO RCP FOR LOCATIONS. D300 (ACCESSORIES) D FACTORY NO 1200, STYLE 1 CURTAIN FABRIC: CARNEGIE OMBRE 4588-12 ---- _... CUBICLE CURTAIN PRIVACY CURTAIN WITH CEILING MOUNTED CURTAIN TRACK _ SECURITY SCREWS (ONE-WAY BY OM RE; REFER TO RCP FOR LOCATIONS. SCREWS FOR SHEET METAL, E21 PRIVACY CURTAINLARGE CONSULT 2 OM OM 0 FACTORY NO 1200, STYLE 2 'L' SHAPE CURTAIN FABRIC: CARNEGIE OMBRE 4588-12 0302 TBD ROUNDED HEAD, 18-8 MCMASTER-CARR PART #90090M97 GC GC 0 ° E STAINLESS STEEL, #8 SIZE, 3/4" WU 0 FOLDABLE LAUNDRY HAMPER. MAIDMAX 74-LITER . C] E22 LAUNDRY HAMPER MAIDMAX 903018 NONWOVEN CLOTH STORAGE CUBE WITH DUAL HANDLES CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM BY OM OPS LONG I -- — 2I' pd J FOR CLOTHES STORAGE FOR GIFT, WHITE I LASER ,LET PRO 00D303 4 PRINTER 119, 124, i 25 HPM402DN OM (IT) OM (IT) .a� E23.1 SIT/STAND DESK ONE WORKPLACE 30" x 48" ADMIN 4 OM OM BY OPS RE 0 ._v g E23.2 SIT/STAND DESK ONE WORKPLACE 30" x 36" LARGE CONSULT 2 OM OM BY OPS RE D304 1 SCANNER 101 FUJITSU FI-7160 OM (IT) OM (IT) W o N [24 SMALL SHARPS CONTAINER BEMIS 102030 2 GAL SHARPS CONTAINER CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM BY OM OPS; RED PLASTIC SHARPS BIN / i SECURITY STRAPS (STEEL CLAMP J Z•-.- I Z „ SMALL D306 TBD WITH TWO MOUNTING HOLES, ID MCMASTER-CARR PART #9439T41 GC GC J Oa - £25 LARGE SHARPS CONTAINER BEMIS 102030 3 GAL SHARPS CONTAINER LARGE CONSULT 4 ON OM BY OM OPS; RED PLASTIC SHARPS BIN / 9/16" < !0d 3 LARGE Act BY OM RE; U a E26 SAMPLE CONTAINER TBD TBD TBD HALLWAY 1 OM OMDIMENSIONS: 14" W x 6.5" H x 6" D SECURITY SCREWS (ONE-WAY } a SCREWS FOR SHEET METAL, v [27 TRASH AND BIOHAZARD CART TBD TBD TOD CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM BY OM UPS 0307 TBD ROUNDED HEAD, 18-8 MCMASTER-CARR PART 900090A197 GC GC W-. STAINLESS STEEL #8 SIZE 3/4" [28 MONITOR ARM TBD TBD TBD CONSULT ROOMS 12 ON OM BY OM OPS LONG) C [29 INFANT SCALE TBD TBD TBD CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM BY OM OPS E30 STORAGE LOCKER TBD TBD TBD BREAK ROOM 4 ON OM D308 TBD SECURITY CABLE BRACKETS TBD TBD OM (IT) OM (IT) 0 CI C E31 GLIDER CHAIR i TBD TBD TBD NURTURE ROOM 1 OM OM D310 1 WIRELESS SPEAKER 101 TBDTBD O (IT) OM (IT) Z }` p _ Ce E32 LAB MILLWORK TRASH CAN TBD TBD TBD LAB STATION 1 GC GC J d a• CONSULT ROOMS, I d N c� E33 MICROWAVE GE JES2251SJ STAINLESS STEEL BREAK ROOM 1 GC GC , D311 20 WIRELESS KEYBOARD ADMIN ROOM, TBD TBD OM (IT) OM (IT) Q LWL N lil WAITING AREA o V = t` 4 E34 STACKING STOOL CORRAL TBD BARN STACKING STOOL, COLOR: TBD NURTURE, CONSULT ROOMS 13 OM OM - D312 1 WIRELESS SPEAKER STAND 101 TBD TBD OM OM = co Cr) 0) .. _ . ...-..... .. _ ..__ - i E35 WALL SHELF TBD TBD TBD TOILET ROOMS 3 BM et w GC CONSULT ROOMS, W >- _i - o 0 D401 14 PROVIDER PHONES LARGE CONSULT, POLYCOM WX 450 OM (IT) OM (IT) < 0 E36 HEIGHT MEASURE TAPE TBD TBD TBD CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM GC BREAK ROOM 2 I C u I -- ACCESSORY SCHEDULE D402 7 ADMIN PHONES 101, 110 POLYCOM WX 450 OM (IT) OM (IT) W CO c I H I- . PURCHASED INSTALLED I W Q DESIGN ID 1 ITEM MANUFACTURER PRODUCT ID DESCRIPTION ROOM QTY . COMMENTS W il.l BY BY CONSULT ROOMS, Z D403 13 PHONE MOUNTING BRACKET POLYCOM 2200-48843-001 GC GC Al STANDARD AND BRACKETS KNAPE AND VOIGT HEAVY DUTY 85 FINISH: WHITE STORAGE GC GC VERIFY DIMENSIONS PER PLAN AND BREAK ROOM ,n ( ) 1.'^ O AND 185 SERIES ELEVATIONS CC B HBOKABOO HOOK I D500 CD d A2 WALL COAT HOOKS UMBRA RACK COLOR: ESPRESSO CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM BY OM RE ❑ 00 GC TO CONTRACT OWNER'S SCHOOLHOUSE i D501 14 SOUND MASKING SYSTEM CONSULT ROOMS LENCORE LM6 GC GC VENDOR FOR EQUIPMENT AND CN A3 DOOR HOOK ELECTRIC & MISSION HOOK CONSULT ROOMS 13 OM OM i BY OM RE INSTALLATION Q CN A3 SUPPLY CO- I _ I 0 - i CONSULT ROOMS, LARGE REMOTE CONTROL SOUND INSTALL VOLUME CONTROL ON A4 CURTAIN TIE BACK TBD TOD TOD 14 OM OM BY OM RE 0502 1 117 LENCORE LM6-RCVC-LOF GC GC STORAGE ROOM WALL ADJACENT TO F- j CONSULT MASKING SYSTEM A5 SCALE TBD TBD , TBD CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM OM I BY OM OPS i LIGHT SWITCH - - ISSUED / REVISER DATE AB EYE CHART TBD TBD TBD HALLWAY 1 OM OM BY OM OPS D5O3 1 STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER 118 LENCORE 95T-16V GC GC I DD SET 0 9/06/1 9 A7 CLOCK BLBMUS ERA 9.45" WALL CLOCK CONSULT ROOMS 12 OM GC BY OM RE I N I E R O I� S O N AG E SCHEDULE PERMIT SET 1 0/1 1/1 9 A8 CRUTCH HOOK TBD TOD TBD STORAGE 3 GC GC I EACH SMALL, MEDIUM & LARGE -- - i , EACH UNIT CONTAINS: 2 MEDIUM 7 RUNNER DESIGN ID QTY DESCRIPTION LOCATION FINISH DIMENSIONS PURCHASED INSTALLED COMMENTS j FRAMES (10013321), 1 LARGE PLATINUM BY BY ELFA, THE ! MESH DRAWER (10022535), 3 MEDIUM A14 DRAWER UNIT CONTAINER STORE SEE COMMENTS PLATINUM MESH STORAGE 7 GC GC I PLATINUM MESH DRAWERS (10022534), 5 51 1 ONE MEDICAL LOGO 101 TBD TBD OM OM SMALL PLATINUM MESH DRAWERS (10022533), 3 DRAWER BACK STOP PINS (10063870) IS2 1 STROLLER PARKING SIGN 101 TBD TBD OM OM AM ERA PRODUCTS 128 EL SERIES: SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER 1-1-8-EL-NON-R A A16 CABINET STRIKE FIRST, ATED-SSF-012-G1 STAINLESS STEEL HALLWAY 2 GC GC SEE C7/A-803 EL-SERIES I 1-005R j FLEXSHADE MANUAL ROLLER SHADE PROVIDE SINGLE SHADE TO FULL WIDTH OF A21 WINDOW SHADE, TOP DOWN DRAPER WITH R16 CLUTCH STYLE: PHIFER SHL=ERWEAVE SOLAR SHADE 2500, 1% WAITING AREAGC GC GLAZING AND MOUNT TO OUTSIDE FACE OF AND 1 1/2° OPEN. COLOR: P12 OYSTER MULLION, UON FF&E SCHEDULES ROLLER BOTTOM-UP STYLE: PHIFER SHEERWEAVE SOLAR SHADE 2500, 1% LARGE CONSULT, CONSULT PROVIDE SINGLE SHADE TO FULL WIDTH OF A22 WINDOW SHADE, BOTTOM UP DRAPER FLEXSHADE MANUAL OPEN. COLOR: P12 OYSTER ROOMS, NURTURE ROOM GC GC GLAZING AND MOUNT TO OUTSIDE FACE OF A-161 SINGLE ROLLER MULLION, UON COPYRIGHT ® 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 — T CO a. = T V .� ° � Cr)o� � a'-°„ AFF — 1:30 a BO CEILING J U U Q o 0 F E 0 m v .o v, <E D303 > __ O al U W U c _o IL LL W / zZW c d_al-o" A '-.-7 ------- i j • o Y FINISH FLOOR 0-6) 8 411111 PRINT STATIO \J T 1/4"=1'-0" E ll Ilif BO CEILING BO CEILING Y BO CE LING B19-1 O CEIA NG - ocrf • /\ /\ /\ /\ E D303 /� ��. .�� ,\ � E D303 {EI 1=21 - ....T, Er� gz 't E D201 �` N,, �. N l/ E D201 `. \ c I� 47 Wzg E D401 E D401 �``, f- LARGE SHARPS \, -.-... _. - LARGE SHARPS LARGE SHARPSEt; :11 C E 0311 �� E D311 CONTAINER<El E25 > --�Y CONTAINER<, [25 �� CONTAINER<EI E25 > ' �j •:-..-- IIIII 4 � _ _ -'"f ENCLOSURE, SEE o ENCLOSURE, SEE ENCLOSURE, SEE t� E [10 _... ,..._t, 1 �r:., . ;;1.-_-t:=:; I. 1_ -• © E10 E1/A-842, TYP El/A-842, TYP E1/A-842, TYP V1 I rST - j!I • } / 8 • a.--, / �� iI • �� YI t�j�t3 D $ 0'70" ..-4-7--;--v-,..„� I! Wim. a 4. - — Q'_0" - - _ 0'_0" 0 -0" FINISH FLOOR -f — — — FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR {EE [4 >---• © E8 A-843 Z D LARGE CONSULT LARGE CONSULT ,/4a-,'_O D6LARGE CONSULT 1/4"=1'-0" LARGE CONSULT J1/4.. ° /� ' WOO 1/4^=1'-O" T1/4"_t,-p„ Cg 0 . a.o r Lta .1 Xi-i-Ce U c a Igo 0) Z-- f-{FI FB-1) R5 RECEPTION {Fl iTy <El S2 >- A-003 DESK/SIGNAGE ,j f (FI PT-4} P < JW3 luouoliur o a D a aaa [L-- . a� .g--a— 41-- " ! �a , • 10 -0" AFF 10-0" AFF ! , BO CEILING i V BO CEILING �' �%%� \' v / �i� \‘" : ',t`-‘ � ( F1 PT-4 }- ( Fl PT-4 � �', OPEN T 41 1 . lb / /�� . .�. _��,1.WVwA___Li.::: - CC BEYOND ; �� - F�- -- ( F! WL-2)TYP TYP C FI WL-2}� - - I `/ I ,/ - I ; I ! /�� \:_ _ _Z >- a - rY \„..,_ / _- I- � ` In in 1 ---- -- -, T, . LLI 11 / . ‘, je It FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR —.0 U) I`tF� WB-1� (FI WB-1} '' /' BENCH (IN FRONT) ( WB-1 ( FI F�-4 O _..I RECEPTION DESK (DASHED) ED W < o 4 0 31 4 WAITING AREA WAITING AREA = o 1/4-=1'-a- 1/4---1'-o. Z Lu W 00 LU Ce ct �c Fl FB-, Q _./...-( N --( FI WL-3)TYP 0 ildh a aaUDaaaaaaaaaaaaaaoaaa }0'-0" AFF 10'--0" AFF F I- 1-) BO CEILING BO CEILING f/�// / f/// / / 1 //// j/� %//// '� %�� / 1' %,� ./ , jJ - r/- ISSUED / REVISED DATE /.if � / ' F PT-4) %%/// %%// i / %%/ DD SET 09/06/19 � / / %/ = PERMIT SET 10/11/19 ( F! Pr-4) I (Fl PT-4)---.....„,„,, i i A , SEI A21 � / /////// j f = --<EI A21 �; 1 'I ! TYP ALL TYP ALL ! WAITING ROOM I} WAITING ROOM--1/ j STOREFRONT % ,// ;; �: = STOREFRONT1 ' 7 - L— } n 1 1 it - A 0'-0^ , - . I -i tI> 0'-O".. FINISH FLOOR / FINISH FLOOR ( FI WB--1)--� CV! W&w1 { F1 w6-1}_ WAITING AREA WAITING AREA INTERIOR A 1 ,/4"=1'_O" A6 1/4"=1'-0^ ELEVATIONS A-701 COPYRIGHT ,c. 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.G. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4- %- %- U0 UO - v. •.... cg rn Ma O Co Q J U 0 F E 4 o v m v Q� W ` c iL Lull z = LL1r-' m rn ••• O � rn • E agik 9'-6"_AFF 9'-G" AFF7FI PT-4 cik 9 -6^ AFF Y 30 CEILINGS �` --., BO CEILING\ • - BO CEILI�- - - c • oi_A8'-6"_AFF 4I 8'-6' AFF — r 8'-6" AFF — • I 8'-6" AFF — — — — — j A\�� BO CEluNG BO CEILING '` '`/ \ // '` '\ BO CEILING BO CEILING '�' �® J I _ _ _ _ I I x x ; I in A � � v-0... 1 1 ,, �\ ,. \ ,. \ i" \ , A wca c'� E. - = p ©® � io I ❑ ❑ ❑ I - d _._ I a i"'•"t =AVM 1.f:3ii:ciis o' •t/�''t '.1;1 `� 1 1 Al ii�siiirei •r eVio%••t •�� • .��i . •:'orf t.r� i':••:asa•t• ��]t :•ist�:f xf 3 � • E�• *.� t•tt�ltt, a r rt • .4'001 ••.' i ! :I .7/N,,., ' - N7 N I I l. %`� I'\ /\ 'r'''iiiis.•s ii�iiti' y.;�i' s .'i� � #� �`� a!�•orlt,-e•s. t °fes :5 s'0�j�` •'�•' •i�al�°. r kerflIss: < (1 J 0t:: 0111 40 rir: il*** �� i.'t �•401001100 '.°aft•"••I0d: i �: �\ �\ / is!i�a0t�.a's�+i,.I:�0.14410at.�'ii41i:. •,.�!i0:a' •0 • A_A__0.-0" ±----- Z 7 1 w i ) ,...L6_0.-0- 1— I 'NZ NZ NZ NZ _- i d_ii -0" '-•i� .�eltsi1 lIlittl .>r•t:Fie Mal kVEll l ti wi. FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR D —� ..-.� FINISH FLOOR \ FINISH FLOOR --� A-803 Al B = C3 E3 A-803 J p {EI E32 A-844 A-$44 LAS STATION LAB STATION LAB STATION LAB STATION l 0D7 D9Wv 0 k' D 1cg/4"=V-0" 1/4"=1'-0" 1/4^=1'-0" 1f4"=]'-0" J s r o•- J�� W ggF ra J z.= MILLWORK PANEL, J O= 05yu u. REQUIRES BACKING • AT MONITOR ARM, " -<E1 A7 > aa F J 9'-6" AFF 9'-6' AFF / SEE PLANS 9`-6" AFF_ 9'-6' AFF_ _ Q BO CEILING V BO CEILING V BO CEILING $ BO CEILING 0• <E E36 >------- --____________4. (Ef E20 E E28 y/ C <Ej A3 >-------... �, -� . E D201 © D201 �_ 0 F L ' E D401 <EI D311 }- imozwf E29 7/— , I— E D403 N E D40� 3 U CI V---- <E E28 © D403 'rI� �'U SMALL SHARPS — 0 E D311 <E E10 - #"" } '---- ------------<E1 CONTAINER ENCLOSURE, ® �-<EI A2 � ONE, Z >- - Ce-�El E10 � f 14 ~�` I SEE Cl A-842, - I "i \ t1 r? - Ce o -<E.I E22 > 7YP 4111E11. _.___-__.--------- )E1 C#i �\ co {EI E14 <El E20 > MTs Lii.F-I _ ❑ I obi `s a ` Q IZ W CV cn :.. ; 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OPTION FOR PARTIAL-HEIGHT FRAMING 111111111111111110. v.- =_ Al Al WITH BRACING BACKING PLATE TYPES -801i,..... A-801 � � �,...----•'METAL STUDS (PER ICC ES REPORT " r 1 a 'CO z - .1-- 1-- A "....) A-801 o ESR-30064P), MAXIMUM HEIGHT 20-0 (1__ ,r �-- TYPE 1 - FOR LOADS LESS THAN •.ter �r 03 z - ( POUNDST METAL STUDS 20 GA MIN 0 43) 1 .--) f FINISH MATERIALS VARY MAXIMUM ° t9-- I / 00 { __ BACKING PLATELOCATIONS. � .. .-„� f PARTITIONS cr asNOTE: ALL �' WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS 6" SIZE AS SCHEDULED. '' \\ '.1.1.1 11111!•00. // a GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS WIDE 18-GAUGE FLAT STRAP ,,� 0 U I / HERE MAY BE v) L.v ATTACHED TO EACH STUD WITH 3 ,.., E R \ / cn o .APPLIED FINISHES) Q' E. p F \\1°7\ MASONRY OR o NO. 8 FLAT HEAD SHEET METAL \/\/ C3 T FRAMING FASTENERS: SCREWS. .. a as A-803 W/FINISH n AT PLYWOOD FLOOR MINIMUM 3 4" CDX): r 0 'r -i ( J } TYPE 2 - FOR LOADS LESS THAN I U ____ .— ____ - .� — �. _ _- - MATERIALS. SEE ,y v WHERE CEILING OCCURS, +�+� Tv) _,, - m PROVIDE (2) NO 8 X 1" WOOD SCREWS AT 50 POUNDS PER FOOT: +� _ „ .� PARTITION-TYPE_ z o. .� C 2 �xi ,,,,_ tcs FRAMING, INSULATION AND FINISH MATERIALS TO 6 AMINO, INSULATION WHERE CEILING OCCURS, WHERE CEILING OCCURS, WHERE CEILING OCCURS, WHERE NO CEILING INDICATOR FOR 1 24" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER FINISH MATERIALS (OR ABOVE CEILING FINISH MATERIALS FRAMING, INSULATION, FRAMING, INSULATION, ,�,»,�,, FRAMING, INSULATION, OCCURS, FRAMING, SPECIFIC _ ( GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16" MAXIMIM OC 16-GAUGE TRACK CHANNEL, 6" X L MASONRY) TO DECK ABOVE ,(OR MASONRY) TO DECK AND FINISH MATERIALS AND FINISH MATERIALS AND FINISH MATERIALS // INSULATION, AND CONSTRUCTION. a -8 STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD 1-1 4" MIN ATTACHED TO EACH /� Ziii c WHERE NO CEILING 6" 6" J z Z LU ABOVE TO ABOVE CEILING TO ABOVE CEILING z TOB ABOVE CEILING. FINISH MATERIALS 3u- EACH SIDE STUD WITH 3 NO. 8 FLAT HEAD • CD 03 OCCURS, FINISH FOR CONSTRUCTION Q a --', s " f1 BRACE TOP OF FURRING T FULL HEIGHT FRAMED ••• O .- .r- Cl) MATERIALS TO 12'-0 OF THIS PARTITION, / o z SHEET METAL SCREWS • p AFF SEE E5/A-803 W PARTITION AS NECESSARY / , PARTITIONS a z m AT CIP CONCRETE AND POST-TENSIONED AT STOCKROOM SIDE °' W/FINISH a <¢ CONCRETE FLOOR: TYPE 3 - FOR LOADS OF 51 ONLY Ln T MATERIALS ARE t; PROVIDE HILTI X-U 0.157" DIAMETER TO 100 POUNDS PER FOOT; cr GRAPHICALLY o o POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS, EMBED 3/4" I E7 E7 INDICATED a a vs 1- PER ESR-2269. 24" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED 16-GAUGE TRACK CHANNEL, 6" X A-801 A=801 '-y.,, --.4)' -.4)' HERE FOR FOR 1 LAYER GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 1-1/4", WELDED TO EACH STUD. - CLARITY IN 16" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS REFERENCING GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE TYPE 4 - FOR LOADS 101 DETAILS AND POUNDS PER FOOT TO 250 FASTENERS PER TYPE (AT LEFT) _ = p II FRAMING }- POUNDS A U E ATTACHMENTS. Q « 14-GAUGE STEEL PLATE METAL 6 WIDE BACKING PLATE TO SPAN 3 STUDS MIN AT EACH LOCATION E NON—FIRE RATED ON—FIRE RATED NON —FIRE RATED NON—FIRE RATED NON—FIRE RATED '�— -"5 — STUDS oCA GA s" SING FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION PARTITION WITH FULL AND PARTIAL-HEIGHT FINISH PARTITION BRACED AT CEILING PARTIAL-HEIGHT PARTITION FURRING PARTITION SCHEDULED MATERIALS . PIN -TO-FLR CONNECTION (110 PARTITION CONFIGURATIONS FOR SEISMIC SITUATIONS BACKING PLATE TYPES Avg • 44 NO SCALE C1010P-03-MOD E7 3"=1'-0" C 101 OFP-08 E NTS 02010-101 m Lo,...) ten,, THE PARTITION-TYPE DESIGNATION OR ,---•--5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ).4411).1 5/8"5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH S)E 5f8� GYPSUM BOARD Pt '` � '4� WALL-TYPE DESIGNATION IS A THREE-UNIT /" 51 CODE THAT INDICATES THE CONFIGURATION, METAL STUDS ; �r_ � METAL STUDS ---` _7----HAT CHANNEL 1 A � 1 E 0 I CONSTRUCTION AND INSULATION OF THE �- r • - Ili • I PARTITION AS FOLLOWS: ; " �FP� i � � I •-� .• ,q INSULATION (PER THIS DETAIL, BELOW) � INSULATION IF NOTED •. 1 . . D CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITION/WALL -�+i f . _ -44 � VERTICAL CONFIGURATION OF PARTITION/WALL �r� • AIDINSULATION IF NOTED ,r PARTITION/WALL SYMBOLOGYilla -:: 10P ~ ilia O I • 2 0 ..... '21 - NO INSULATION4.11°- - 1 .r1l�rt in a BATT ACOUSTICAL J r2� INSULATION Q= tc wx 3 ~ LI.] BATTTTKRMAL 1.1.1 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 7/8" HAT CHANNEL 0 '")� INSUNd INSULATION DESIGNATION _ILL 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 5 S NOTES: C 1. SEE SPECIFICATION FOR STUD SPACING AND GAGE. it 2. WHERE FIRE AND/OR SOUND RATINGS ARE INDICATED, THE GYPSUM BOARD I 3 6 9 REQUIRED SHALL BE CONTINUOUS BEHIND ABUTTING NONRATED PARTITIONS SO 111 THAT FIRE AND/OR ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE IS NOT COMPROMISED. 0 Ce 4 PARTITION PARTITION FURRING PART1TION -TYPE LEGEND a CL >- c, Gil NO SCALE C1O10FP-01 NO SCALE CIO10FP-21 NO SCALE C1O10FP-22 NO SCALE C1O1OFP-76 a In- W N N - Lo= LL h- o mom co co C) ch l0Li - CL' 3/4" CDX MINIMUM, FLOOR OR ROOF DECK, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL ( I I I I i R 1 dB AI ( I) - I I AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN ANGLE c' i. I 1\ /1 J +,= I + ) -Fk TO BRACE WITH (4) NO 10 SCREWS 2 I p + + �, X 3" X 3" ANGLE j Z Ca re F- 2 X 6 (MINIMUM) FLOOR OR ROOF X + I� + + ' - (20 GAGE MINIMUM), AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN DOUBLE W U30 FRAMING (JOISTS) AT 24" MAXIMUM OC, + .. , S + +#- __ FASTENED TO TRACK ,� BRACE TO BOTH ANGLES WITH (6) NO WUJ W J z AND BRACED PER 10 SCREWS THROUGH BRACE AND Z -, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL 1 t, i� :` DETAIL AT RIGHT c. - - _ ! BOTH ANGLES C� CO i-" U B _( I / + 20 GAGE MINIMUM 7 - 0 Ci. 2 X 4 MINIMUM BLOCKING AT j I I r " -{- DEEP LEG TRACK OR 48 MAXIMUM OC, CO I 2 X 4 MINIMUM BLOCKING, ,� ---a 2 X BLOCKING MAY BE ADDED FOR FASTENED TO SLOTTED TRACK _ — Ce x..... : FASTENED TO JOISTS WITH (1) ACOUSTICAL SEPARATION, HVAC ��° JOISTS WITH (1) A34 ANCHOR -� - - - ----- — ; j'� T N GENERAL NOTES: ►-- -- SEPARTION, OR DRAFTSTOPPING r- ---4 P`' EACH END Q } — �- A34 ANCHOR EACH END `� FOR WALLS TO 10.-0" - BRACE ' - 20 GAGE MINIMUM DEEP LEG TRACK` OR WITH 362S137-33 AT 8'-0" OR SLOTTED TRACK TO ALLOW 1/2" �``1-SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A AND B: f SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A AND B: CoQ ATTACH BRACE DIRECTLY TO — - DEFLECTION, MAINTAIN DEFLECTION (2) NO 8 X 1 1/4" SCREWS AT 24" OC f (2) NO 8 X 1 1/4" SCREWS AT 24" OC 1 / ROOF STRUCTURE WHERE MAXIMUM OC AND AT EACH WALL F- METAL STUDS, CUT o ,.---- END. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF m m AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN STRUCTURE IS PERPENDICULAR 3j4" SHORT FOR CAPACITY AND FIRE-RATING AT ALL BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL = = ISSUED f REVISED DATE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, Q, E, TO PARTITION 3/4 DEFLECTION m ANGLE TO TRACK WITH $ NO 10 DD SET 09f06119 STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WHERE POSSIBLE. { ) AND F: (2) NO 10 X 1 1/4" WOOD AND F: •-,,/- g g - SCREWS STUDS CUT 1/2" SHORT TO ALLOW SCREWS AT 24" OC MAXIMUM (2) NO 10 X 1 1/4" WOOD _______,./ _ SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A AND B: FINISH MATERWS VARY PERMIT SET t alt 11t s (3) NO 8 X 1 1/4" SCREWS FOR WALLS TO 15'-O" - BRACE (MAXIMUM WEIGHT EQUAL o o a 1/2" DEFLECTION SCREWS AT 24" OC MAXIMUM WITH DOUBLED 362S137-33 AT TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM :n -C, AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN (2) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F: 8'-O" MAXIMUM OC AND AT EACH BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS ANGLES TO TRACK WITH (8) NO - AT TOP OF FINISH MATERIALS (WHERE (3) NO 10 X 1 1/4" WOOD SCREWS WALL END. ALTERNATE DIRECTION APPLIED FINISHES) - 10 SCREWS AT EACH ANGLE - OCCURS) PROVIDE 1/2" CLEAR SPACE OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF I . TO ALLOW 1/2" DEFLECTION. DO NOT WALL. FASTEN DOUBLED STUDS - SCREW FINISH MATERIALS INTO TOP BRACE OF STUDS (OR A7 TOGETHER WITH NO 8 SCREWS TRACK - FASTEN INTO STUDS ONLY I 4'-O" OC MAXIMUM I DOUBLED STUDS) AT TOP A-801 AT 24" MAXIMUM OC. - BRACE SPACING OF PARTITION PER DETAIL I f �-.� V Y 1 A ( A } PARTITION PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS 0 PARTITION PARALLEL TO JOISTS 0 PARTITION LOCATED AT DECK EDGE/OPENING CI PARTITION BRACE TO STRUCTURE CI`✓ SECTION ACROSS PARTITION 0 SECTION ACROSS BRACING i INTERSECTION OF NON -- RATED METAL- STUD PARTITIONS TOP OF PARTITION WHERE BRACED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE - WITH SOLID- LUMBER STRUCTURE AND PLYWOOD DECK ABOVE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F PARTITION PE S A3"=1'-0" C1010FP-2fi A7 3"=1'-Q" C1d10FP-48 A-801 ,.. COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 11 ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 s-BLOCKING4x 4 WOOD EXISTING WOOD ) 7,1 EXISTING WOOD 4x4 WOOD7-- SIIMPSON FC32-5/97 .73—ur... i za.!Lou.Jo uitio....„...00! ,_co....._ coco:10. 11,444117,:titilit,:,l.1,,,,;ill'111,,,,,-'.:::.:' CL JOIST BLOCKING JOIST i CUP W/(4) #10 SCREWS W/SIMPSON LUS44 W/SIMPSON LUS44 (2)110 x 3* W.S. HANGER EACH SIDE HANGER EACH SIDE 0 32* 0.C. EACH CLIP R cii ,. ..,..,. ...1 bi,.. I ...... * b WI' '/ --ic' __1 - F I I L. E utz c) 362S137-43 -V j Ifv."Ailik I I STUD 11) 16* OC 1/ (2)#10 x 3* W.S. 0 EACH CLIP I I I , 4/ ) 2 CO C Jo LI ` SUSPENDED ACP CEILING — \ WE E SEE A-130 A3/A- SIMPSON FU2-5/97 (2)#10 x 3* WS. (2)#10 x 3* W.S. , 0 EACH CLIP 0 EACH CLIP CLIP W/(4) #10 SCREWS • ••• 362S137-43 3625137-43 • 0 ___ PER A-130 --- STUD 0 16" OC BRACE 0 48* OC 362S137-43 ___------ - BRACE 0 48* OC 362S137-43 BRACE 0 48* OC 362T 125-43 " PERA7 130_1$) TRACK AT TOP AND BOTTOM W/ (2) #8 SCREWS SUSPENDED GYP BD CEILING AT EACH STUD SEE A-130 C5/A-802 E ti 0 PERPENDICULAR TO EXIST JOIST 0 PARALLEL TO EXIST JOIST t i ."1 IIV 4 1 1/2.= (ill TYP 11 ° 'TSFFiKtctir • 4( ':11;7: 3/4* CLEAR AT ONE END IN EACH DIRECTION. DO NOT FASTEN TO STRUCTURE PER CISCA 3-4 EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN DETAILS C AND F, COMPONENTS FOUR 12 GAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 0,r gal "4 FASTEN THIS END TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. AT OTHER END (FIGURES 2, 3, 4, AND 5) AS MODIFIED OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE DEGREES (IN PLAN) FROM EACH OTHER AND Ifr -4 c'l Nk4-k'' IN EACH DIRECTION, FASTEN TEES TO CLOSURE ANGLE BY ASCE 7-10, SECTION 13.5.61.2 PROTECTION SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF / i I , , BRACED FROM STRUCTURE INTERSECTION. BOTH ENDS OF EACH WIRE TO / -,‘ . i BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 4l'f0 I i t. .. A r_ WITH 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2* '---,....-/ 12 GAGE MINIMUM HANGER WIRES WHERE HANGER WIRES ARE D 12 GAGE HANGER WIRE AT w.7"---AT 4,-0* OC EACH DIRECTION - r_.,--------7--MORE THAN 1:6 60- EACH PERIMETER MAIN TEE NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT-OF-PLUIvIB, PROVIDE , 4 Z AND PERIMETER CROSS TEE OUT-OF-PLUMB, TYPICAL COUNTER-SLOPING WIRE oLi 00 0 NI'%Nii.„, 2* X 2* SHEET METAL ANGLE ara -LIU o WIRE LOOPED MD WRAPPED I 1 -• lime 1 1 - eg a. k-'//'/' ---- AROUND ITSELF 3 TIMES MINIMUM AT EACH END OF HANGER WIRE TRAPEZE AS NECESSARY : -0.0. -- -, ,,.. , 2 011.--i .Y AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS v.11„,,i1;-e- 1 WITHIN 3* MAXIMUM LENGTH . MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE SPACING 0 „......0 c 7-GRID-TYPE SUSPENSION SYSTEM ---_____ ti) r-uj 0 3,..„..,„1._ AND CAPACITY BELOW OBSTRUCTION1 IC. 0) ! i ''' •( 1 i . I ----• ' 1 . I 41111°,40•044114‘. ' - 17'' • ....1 ZL.- ,....11 FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-O", USE A SINGLE 20 GAGE 2 1/2" 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD------av METAL STUD OR STEEL SECTION THAT HAS AN L/R RATIO OF 200 MAX. FASTEN STRUT TO MAIN TEE WITH (2) NO 12 8" MAX , . LOCATE BRACING AT 12'-0* OC SCREWS. EACH DIRECTION MD WITHIN 6'-0" FASTEN TO WOOD STRUCTURE WITH (2) NO 12 X 2* SCREWS. GYPSUM BOARD CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF IBC SECTION 2506 AND 2508. OF PERIMETER WALLS, PARTITIONS, FASTEN TO CONCRETE STRUCTURE, CONCRETE DECK OR STEEL METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL CONFORM WITH ASTM E580, ASTM C635, ASTM C636, ASTM C754, AND OR EXPANSION JOINTS DECK WITH 3/16* DIAMETER ANCHORS. ASCE 7-10, SECTION 13.5.6. • C FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-0", USE BACK-TO-BACK DOUBLE STUDS ATTACHED TOGETHER WITH NO 8 SCREWS. 0 PERIMETER SUPPORT 0 GENERAL SUPPORT ( ) LATERAL BRACING FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 1000SF INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING — SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY CI Dt El F NO SCALE C3O3OGB-06 •t-- mom FASTEN TO STRUCTURE PER CISCA 3-4 EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN DETAILS C AND F, COMPONENTS LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 POUNDS SHALL BE FOUR 12 GAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 filla 15 .ctC1.!.ce a .o ll.•'Z':-In If.gu-ir ec::: c:,cfro1 ..:111: (FIGURES 2, 3, 4, MD 5) OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE CONNECTED FROM FIXTURE HOUSING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY DEGREES (IN PLAN) FROM EACH OTHER MD 2 Tcis 4t PROTECTION SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND (2) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRES SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF Z LI re 1_, _ BRACED FROM STRUCTURE--- INTERSECTION. BOTH ENDS OF EACH WIRE TO . Lu 1-U (f) < 0 ---,,- -,:- I I - I \ I I ! , , BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND asay LU 1 1 z c e 4/7- 12 GAGE MINIMUM HANGER WIRE „,,,,,,,,,,,,,7---WHERE HANGER WIRES --,,,, LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 10 POUNDS AND LESS THM 56 POUNDS, ''''''''''''''''-1 WITH 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" 4‘siiiii%41004;111,1k.. 0 0 (f) .}... 0 0 co cc ic- re B \ 12 GAGE HANGER WIRE AT iir„..-----------EACH PERIMETER MAIN TEE AND PERIMETER CROSS TEE AT 4,-0* OC EACH DIRECTION - NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT-OF-PLUMB, TYPICAL ARE MORE THAN 1:6 OUT-OF-PLUMB, PROVIDE COUNTER-SLOPING WIRES 110* AND AIR TERMINALS/ SERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN 20 POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL BE CONNECTED FROM Ni%\ ,,N, / STABILIZER BAR TO MAINTAIN PERIMETER WIRE LOOPED AND WRAPPED METAL-FRAMED TRAPEZE 1 105 0 1 I FIXTURE HOUSING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY (3) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRES ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS -4 1-- \ TEE SPACING MAIN TEE OR CROSS TEE AROUND ITSELF 3 TIMES MINIMUM AT EACH END OF HANGER WIRE AS NECESSARY --- OBSTRUCTIONS LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERM1NALS/SERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 POUNDS AND ALL 40 ISSUED / REVISED DATE DD SET 09/0 6/19 / z (SUSPENSION SYSTEM) HEAVY DUTY WITHIN 3* MAXIMUM LENGTH MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE SPACING AND CAPACITY PENDANT UGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE USING APPROVED HANGERS ,..-•(;',di••• '..111°.1 ' '1/4..''"'s-44'4 k•-., PERMIT SET 10/1 1/19 . BELOW OBSTRUCTION 0 Jr00 . \ i ' I ZI i I i ,-'". A I FOR SPANS UP TO C-0", USE A SINGLE 20 GAGE 2 1/2* .1 1 I --.,,,,,,___ _ ,,,,, METAL STUD OR STEEL SECTION THAT HAS AN L/R RATIO OF / ' '''' ---,-__ ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS LIGHT FIXTURES, AIR TERMINALS, AND SERVICES SHALL BE POSITIVELY 200 MAX. FASTEN STRUT TO MAIN TEE WITH (2) NO 12 SCREWS. ATTACHED TO THE CEILING SYSTEM 8" MAX , 2 X 2 CLOSURE ANGLE, MINIMUM. SEE NOTE AT TOP FASTEN TO WOOD STRUCTURE WITH (2) NO 12 X 2" SCREWS. \,' LOCATE BRACING AT 12.-0* OC 1 COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF ASTM E580, FASTEN TO CONCRETE STRUCTURE, CONCRETE DECK OR STEEL . ASTM C635, ASTM C636, AND ASCE 7-10, SECTION 13.5.6. EACH DIRECTION AND WITHIN 6`-0" DECK WITH 3/16" DIAMETER ANCHORS. OF PERIMETER WALLS. PARTITIONS, / FOR EXEMPTIONS, SEE ASCE 7-10, SECTION 13.5.6. OR EXPANSION JOINTS FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-O", USE BACK-TO-BACK DOUBLE STUDS A . ATTACHED TOGETHER WITH NO 8 SCREWS. C) PERIMETER SUPPORT 0 GENERAL SUPPORT 0 LIGHT FIXTURE AND MECHANICAL SERVICE SUPPORT 0 LATERAL BRACING FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 1000 SF A3 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS — SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D1 E, AND F CEILING NO SCALE C3030AC-02 DETAILS A-802 COPYRIGHT ()2019 CALLISONRIKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. ..."...'"......k4m'' :Z.41------------ ,, ''''-4,,ta .=.4-Th."4,44‘.Th'''47-2-' -20' .-ri- ‘L-,.':, ,,,, 7*-7-,7-'''- , 77-,"..--:-------,--77"---- "----,---, , 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 � 1pA /�1�p1:4'0 F.loSSj -0�q i;p4 l[O = -c- NOTES: lDlCa , D Qp�NG `DR�I�j '�'�}£ S f *„_, •.i 0 " PRRDON �? SG' N 0 G PROVIDE GYPSUM ARBOTH BO C S 1! s H .r D Y PARTIT NTO 10-0 LONG, BETWEEN 2 D PARTIAL-HEIGHT I{} UP S 4 F F f SIDES OE SDp lJpp -j U ql - i .. .._,._.. . cPARTIAL-HEIGHT OR FULL-HEIGHT PARTITIONS (EACH AT LEAST ,� po�0�' a�6 Ade ��, .� x . � �-- � �� 1'-6" LONG) NEED NO SUPPORTS AS LONG AS TOP TRACK IS — �q 'Pis,44,,�� 1 Hr �. . � � ��,�1E�'t�P J LI U . SPLICED TO ADJACENT PARTITIONS PER DETAIL C " L jAFy�l1��Fi, D " / \�,A, ,kt > Ak S 4\ E . 0 o 12 i, 4 1/2" i, 4 1/2" i Slq�p .r¢S3DF�, .' �,CP�q`� 'v = FRF FS D 'r IY . .' �� t*`5.\ • c U , . D R,f6 lg _pry � r r cP W `aIII 3/16" X 3 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" • ``' 6.3,1 �g, „- ��, s4�p�1+• to I M X 2•-4 PLATE r ~' 124+5i; r ! c,\©F-1 0�' �- Li... r w ~r'\ — l' t4Q �l� 0 cu W c c C 4'-0" MAX FROM 4'-0" OC MAX, 1'-6" ' ¢) - - -�� r 0. - z Z tit �- ANY CROSSING . TYPICAL ALONG MAXIMUM TTOM TRACK 3/16" THICK " « a PARTITION, OR r PARTITION FROM END B EATH SUPPORT STEEL PLATE (NI `„,, i ••• • O Q ,�- ,r- t/) F..-± FROM END OF OF ) N, N FULL-HEIGHT PARTITION1,,,,„,-V 41. 4) - // - -- - 1 - -•AI. z PARTITION SN.. �\ i w } 4'-0" MAX FROM 3j16* „�~� } i i , ANY CROSSING — 3/16 -. --, • PARTITION, OR �` . FROM END OF _ (4 TOTAL) FASTENERS - SIMPSON TITEN HD 3/8" m n c::$ r` `' a N FULL-HEIGHT = DIAMETER X 2 1/2" EMBED INTO CONCRETE PER ICC ES =5 i t `-- PARTITION — REPORT ESR-2713. `'- ,, o , IN POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE, ANCHORS TO BE 4" MIN ms w W '. \x ----- . i FROM TENDONS, AS VERIFIED BY X-RAY PRIOR TO • ;",w' ^ \ r E DRILLING FOR ANCHORS 0 SUPPORT-LOCATION DIAGRAM ti,:) SUPPORT DETAIL (PLAN VIEW) 0 PARTITION-FRAMING DETAIL I , — al, SUPPORTS : REQUIRED FOR PARTIAL- HEIGHT PARTITIONS USING 3 5/8" STUDS (UP TO 5' - 6" An OCT. • 3 =1'-D" C1010FP-04 '4` O --- t_------- Y_f__ WATER HEATER , 4 :143 t4 1 • 1.5" 18 GA. MIL STRAP, G V - PARTITION ATTACH TO ADJ. WALL 4, . PER SOLID SURFACE, SEE ELEVATIONS ROUGH OPENING 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD • • PLAN PER CABINET MFR , OR ACCESSORY MFR '4. iCEILING WHERE —, D /// ///// / / / OCCURS/ / / // MIL STUD FRAMING Z / / / . La 0 • ,, �,. Vie— e • ° CEMENT Ir'--- . 2 r SCHLUTER-DECO ��" BOARD j .a .. POWDER COATED TO °' I' s' / r MATCH(F I WT-2 ) ,�3/4 ,, L: ; . - - '�1�~ s i . �•W o FURRING _ -' .:. � 1_- ► I F X� ,i:.. .. ...... . .. .. .:<:'.:. . _ �� MOP BRACKET J O= as METAL FRAMING = EMI-RECESSED FIRE - PARTITION `J �� -- - EX i R ER R P FRP WAINSCOTCF 1 WC-1 ) .. PARTITION• PERTINGU SHE CABIN E LANS ... . ... . : ._.. _ 1 2" CEMENT BOARD ---- ' .. �,-' ON ALL S1QES jj � jQ 3 / P PLAN to AT MOP SINK V $ • PAINT GYP BD J`/ CEMENTITIOUS • _ 1 €[ 4 PER ELEVATION MORTAR J WALL TILE - - fi( / 1/2" CEMENT moi CORNER GUARD 0 WALL TILE PER PER ELEVATION _ • :' BOARD m' MOP SINK J-BEAD ELEVATION _ _ '� _ �- THIN-SET MORTAR -\ C CEMEMITIOUS • �__ AS NECESSARY MORTAR POWDER COATED SCHLUTER-OUADEC WALL TILE PER SEE PLAN i, 0 Ci. CORNER TRIM TO MATCH (F1 WT-2 ) ELEVATION SEMI - R EC ES S E D ISO BALL TILE TRANSITION PA'-OTITION OAP BALL TILE GORIER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABNET C9 SOP SICK a1'-0"=1'-0" 6"=1 " C10IOFP-66 6"=1'-O" 11/2"=1'-O" C101OFP-89 3/8"=1'-O" a- W N CN4 1- 0 rn 0 MITER JOINT AT CORNER TYP 11Q 0 O Q WALL TILE SYMBOL LEGEND 40. HEDRON 3D > /. HEXAGON . SEE FINISH to 4t . • Z I-- FIELD TILE 1 0HEDRON FLAT SCHEDULE ON Q W A- 141 /1/ HEXAGON (e .... FIELD TILE PARTITION PER A-110 0 (, co re B A-803 f p co a- �� \ WALL TILE PER ELEVATION �` 40. y �, f f WOOD WALL BASE PER •SSSS*SGSSSS 00011110440111100001-LasitilaipilliA011111111.166% 010104.1100 DETAIL Al/A-805 t- •4111/110•0•1111410000....4041810Posiiilleirorlirs'SPOTO ••• • .• C5 .►�;• •414r0•0•iiktottolOsittietki. . ► %. �., A-803 ��.� ISSUED / REVISED DATE '.' ". . ••••�.•••t.•4. ••t.•,.••• �440,.� '� �/.l 11010181100 DD SET 09/06/19 4► 4► N 4y4 ► �► PERMIT SET 10111119 ►4.• . 1►IPI►A►PIP1� 40. � �044.400.00.11110.0 iAl/B C5 4a"t#�i► � ' Cl sfi •• 4 ,o1. 1 • �4�� • 1 .� ►� C3' 1 y1 ► ► - ► �r ►► 1yA-803 A-803 Iy ry ,,�N,,, A-8t33A-803 4 .00 �.G. 4.••'h.' •••'�.••••4.••'4�►40001111k40.vomoo. 4.•..•►.• SIM FINISH FLOOR y ► 1► t► 1► 4► 1y► .•..ef.r.111,111140. ..••• ..••.. •• �,�It06►i� ,. • ,0 0 PER A-140 •�. ► ••.. ••` ,0••ti►•• lik0 ••�•• •�••4.•4►••► • *WOW.* • 01401VAlltota "100110101000011S0011400100•04001100110110100•04110110 _ 04011010010 , • EQ A ��4. goilkowurwurov•-.40110400voillow� t* *,010 ,%.•4►•t. \EO SS ..øS AL ! I 0 0 LAB STATION TILE A-803 WALL BASE AT ' LAB INTERIOR Al 3/4"=1'-O" A7 3"=1'-0" DETAILS A-803 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 .■ o. T a ,---- r GWB BEYOND V r _ i rp O) 7,/____----__--'----4----.-----1----i--------:<----,'-'- -e:-.-------'"\ —'�� - GYP BD 4 o U �F � V/� ��- ��.. k PARTITION AS SCHEDULED. E V o Mt �� -_� _-�� FRT W00D BLOCKING SUSPENDED GYP BD v AS NECE55ARY W L c — ., CEILING SEE DETAIL C Jr VARt PER PLAN Jr A3/ A-802. RECESSED LED i / --\\ LIGHT STRIP AS ICI W 0 A ELEVATION E16 I \ / SCHEDULED 0 W �_ L., • Z W Cr) (0 2 3/4" TYP sss a0r .- U) A-804 \ / j' • ,/ I / \ \ „.. + . - -- • • • . .. !-'11- PARTITION PER PLAN /,//;A:43 - \ . T I re// , Z — _ - MGN jr ... WOOD LOUVER (fl WL-1) r * �` 2" nP x,3/4 Tv2" X 2" WOOD SLTS, STRETCHCLEARANODIZED ALUMCEILING FABRIC SEE DETAIL EI/A-804 DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO GWB O SECTION (F I WL-1 ) ALUMINUM PERIMETER RAIL •;, PER FABRIC CEILING MFR N.,_L FASTENER PER FABRIC CEILING MFR C E I L I N G MOUNTED i.WOOD LOUVERGI STRETCH FABRIC CEILING LED0. LIGHT REVEAL Itv;CT - A a Li H o Q BO EXISTING DECK c k) I - j CSBc � \ Y - - - A-804 j c� 6" i, -- 1/01 5/8"X6" PLATE LOOSE • a ' IN TRACK SLIDES OVER ANGLE Ir SOFFIT FRAMING SEE DETAIL E7/A-802 -� i t 2" �e ___--1 I' 1 1/4" SCREWS TO ANGLE D METAL FRAMING f .�tl U I - FIRE TREATED BLOCKING 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD I - AS NECESSARY Z BACKING 11� 1"x2"x4" ANGLE J p . ,,, .•d„ ,; ;,,,,,, FASTENED TO WALL 0 . E * Wv \ ,, td- / 1 2 40I E3 ,1 L- LINEAR STRIP LED • I 0 F�o A-804 STRETCH CEILING W r� Iin CCI., TYP FABRIC (FI FB-1 ) 5EE ELECTRICAL SHEETS i z_= �r C� /J I -J ANGLE AT WALL J01 (13 / (_ ,,, J o� U I J� 3 U/.. / . i A .41' / % / F,.\- iiiiPER RCP 2" 1 -I/ 1 CJ� FI WL--3) GYP BD FINISH 0 0 I U Q { SUSPENDED GYP BD CEILING _/ PER A-130 / '------ SUSPENDED GYP BD CEILING SEE DETAILC5/A-802 SEE DETAIL C5/A-802 It CEILING SECTION CONNECTION DETAILCL 3/4"-1'-0„ 6 _r-0. Q CL cew in U IL a can to a' Ci ›- J , o `D W < 0 Q - FLOOR DRAIN WITH ADJUSTABLE TOP AND FLASHING CLAMP SAW CUT AND REMOVE MULLION (CONFIGURATION VARIES) - 1/8 ADHESIVE GASKET i I 1 4t U EXISTING SLAB ` SILL EXTENSION BELOW PARTITION CLOSURE Z 0 ce ; i_ .% BEYOND - FACTORY CC �`- -- THINSET STONE TILE OR CERAMIC TILE / W Q ! U m. CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE TO / PARTIT10N CLOSURE - FACTORY FINISH FINISH TO MATCH (� {{ W MATCH EXISTING WITH #3 BARS / / CURTAIN WALL FINISH Z f '� TO MATCH CURTAIN WALL FINISH ce o a 1116 DC EACH WAY AT MID DEPTH / (n € O N J `N' OF SLAB. DRILL AND EPDXY 6" ' END CAP SEALANT OVER 1/8" 0 (� o ' CC B o ct o d INTO EXISTING SLAB --- ADHESIVE GASKET 0 CO 11 c� o c? o --- FLOORING AS SPECIFIED �/`, T— = 1/$ SEALANT JOINT i z ,_ EXISTING Y (TOP AND BOTTOM) Q CV � � SLAB--- \ �I Ii i PARTITION-TYPE VARIES (� �` NA I V/////�/�//�////�//�/�i/ a Z . 1) . "w i� U C - - �: ISSUED I REVISED DATE ` �- - � , • . D -D SEALANT OVER 1/8" GASKET % D ° SILL EXTENSION DD SET 09{U6/19 r �a 9 D --SEALANT BEYOND �. PERMIT SET 10/11/19 4 ..,r ;� +�� ,..moi r I. 9-. _4 4. cr ..—.. . ......... ..... ...._�--- • ; 6 • '!t0' • f r_ . . =1 -1/8" ADHESIVE GASKET a _ ymf PARTITION BEYOND [. ' 1 - d/ iii:4;1141.- , *iii �� 4L �- .411, f:". is AA804 a -':-:---.:::: r fig r M z is, r •` • . • 1 . • 4 '''...)... . 4: , 411VV/6"..1.004:: '•or ' "'fa 4141 ''.. fir 1r• ..r e,..- .. HOLE CUT IN EXISTING / y COMPACTED FILL / �' - LAP 6" MINIMUM AND '' A SLAB FOR INSTALLATION OF ' ! DRAIN BODY CAST INTO CONCRETE SLAB AND SEAL NEW TO \2 7/8" MIN TO 14" MAX DRAIN BODY AND PIPING SECURELY FASTENED TO STRUCTURE PER POUR STOP i' MANUFACTURER EXISTING SUBGRADE RETARDER TING VAPOR t.J PLAN O SECTION AS NECESSARY ----- LJ NEW FLOOR SINK IN EXISTING SLAB TRENCH PATCH IN SLAP PARTITION CLOSURE AT GLAZED WALL INTERIOR DETAILS Al3"=1'-O" A5 3"=1'-a" A103D-14 A7 3"=l' C1a10FP-4a . A-804 COPYRIGHT (9) 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. A co f7 O m m Q Vl m CN7 * • - VmS sy D I.-.-._.. - rn --•1 -n-1 n Z m �C m fr : !!. O :-' I rncn0 Xd C7 Ar121 mrr-- A "C7 O � Opp L p0 ! � _ -a m orn M h0 o � O mz0 O n � zQcrn o g n a3 --1 p �'im - ggg cs+ -1 xi � � r*� 4 rn T1 1/1 -0zz � Iia O �7 C"� pCJ `'O,y .Z7Q � }' � � � � rn A O _ I ii. 0 / ' Et- (.8.) -----":-,--------------7:"----"---I/ (../) CU \\\ J '�.i Z / \ I \ \ c)00,\/(3 1 I IIIIN'�/ , -}\ \ L- IIIIR - - ---<70 \ . 0 \` 1 33 M cn \ 0 CD Pa 73 = rnx7 NJ - 2 r O r,i ti _\ _ o Q' L/7 p ® „, \\\:,\,,,:.,:s../ „::,.,, •.• \\......:.__ ::......__ „, >. _,., r„.,... _. .,0 ,,_. , „...___ . >. ...,., _. _, ,,, (J., , , :::. .... ,,, :::„..... . ., , . ,., .• :::. F § ,, . , V) O � ' ll, O '� ' • c� \ `\ r- -.-CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT a mo 0=1 r `'' C) \s.- C --I ", 1=-- 0 C � � N_: -�.. - 9 _ -GLUE-DOWN CARPET �I 1Fri � +: -- ENTRANCE MATFri " n i '�----=. °O" 0 I o� \cn ::i CJI _ 0 n \ 0 '� _- -RESILIENT REDUCER STRIP . .. = \ \ Fri • „. -:-:„. _ • \. 6/ �" ENTRANCE MAT FRAME �` DIMENSION POINT I I— -..' �—`"--- STONE THRESHOLD 0 4 0 q —u. - - -- - - - DIMENSION POINT _ _ — _ g i I,��I \t SEALANT Fri — 1 \*\\ - ---- SETTING SYSTEM 1 ---GLUE-DOWN WOOD FLOORING • a 8 (5/8" MAXIMUM o.., \. :IX -- ri o No n \\\\ g t-r 7 '' '' X-..il n V) O -/ m 2Z) r r I� Q > >. (Ji r - CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT p_ o a a D40`= -- ENTRANCE MAT ., ... (---) \� , „.,., _..., , \@,\\, . .-. ....7z-,.._ \ \ . FIN ›,.. ; ._ ----I - - ENTRANCE MAT FRAME O --- DIMENSION POINT rn 70 --METAL THRESHOLD, BED IN SEALANT n AT EXTERIOR CONDITIONS 0 Q T 0 4110 A o �, \ - - GLUE-DOWN CARPET A \\- 'i:I. ----- ' 41I1) • --- - CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT, zi - `="` ,u-) AS NECESSARY. BUILD UP c —I C) n �, f LEVEL OR TAPER TO ALIGN V r r— o ;; .- GLUE DOWN CARPET n o CARPET CRUSH LINE ON cn ; I� BOTH SIDES OF FLOOR STRIP —1 Fri D I— I o 0 a r...,-.. 1 „. _ I� 0 ',:i::-:F-- -- _ -- •_CEMENTMOUS UNDERLAYMENT --� CD m \ AS NECESSARY. BUILD UP 1•---� \ , \ LEVEL OR TAPER TO ALIGN 0 "� o CARPET CRUSH LINE WITH TOP \ DIMENSION POINT C7 o \ ':' OF TILE FLOORING ' — _ _ --4- 1C) - \ \''A \ 4.. C) -•- _ DIMENSION POINT_ �(��.. — ;.� Y ;: ...... GENOTEK ALUMINUM WALL �, CAPPING 867, FINISH 61 ``, \--~_ METAL SCREED .:...>").------........„_,.....„ �- TILE o0 E,\ NA on73 \ A \. J 0p � -p -ti 0 'O -+ O M 73 PI 70 ::\ F.. F., r, r-i, t:.,,,.; _,.-g Fp ,-,-, T Q I P tG Q I O %: g O a LA LA C rn ..---- -GLUE-DOWN CARPET p C C rn i GLUE-DOWN CARPET --�^� 1-1-1 n Fri tto mo -- CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT, '' n1 1 1 o 0 Ni = .'` AS NECESSARY. BUILD UP 1 = RESILIENT REDUCER STRIP °D LEVEL OR TAPER TO ALIGN , 73 0 � \` '' TOPPET CRUSH LINE OF WOOD FLOORING IH 0 En ;4;1 \ _ :; NA - 'I ' METAL SCREED 8 * Ac..- .”; _ _ _ ...DIMENSION POINT- __-- 0 �1 D - _ _ - — DIMENSION PONT z. 1— 4 C) >I. xi :: OWN RESILIENT FLOORING ' WOOD FLOORING O o02:3 Q N\\\\:. i (5/8" MAXIMUM) z " :8C)4 0 I r- w \\ '\\\\\\H; , i. N 0 co )1:0 0 m m 0 0 ni r-II � � Kyo ONE MEDICAL ,RED • O w �_ � •E• one medical m CALCI SOI\�TKL ��' \ ,,ki.,-' Q i- 73 c, TIGARD GREENWAY SHOPPING CTR CFI m _ NA �!'�►� L. ��'45�IN n OWNER: 12180 SW SCROLLS FERRY RD CALLISONRTKL OREGON � � ONE MEDICAL GROUP c 'o ARCHITECTS P . C. •[!� SEATTLE • 1 Embarcadero Center, 0 0 TIGARD , OR 97223 www.callisonRTKL.com Lic.#4299 A 4 19th FIr "' ' OF �C3cot. San Francisco , CA 94111 CD (DI FOR PROJECT # 006- 190153 . 00 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 TOILET ACCESSORY SCHEDULE RESTROOM GENERAL NOTES RESTROOM KEY NOTES DESIGN PURCHASED INSTALLED 1. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY TENANT (Th CONTINUOUS BACKING SHIM BEHIND U 2 ID ITEM MIR MFR PRODUCT ID DESCRIPTION ROOM QTY BY BY COMMENTS AND ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR \--] MIRROR TO MATCH THICKNESS OF TILE. •�„ W O id- 0) TO CONSTRUCTION. TAKE ALL DIMENSIONS SHIM TO BE RECESSED FROM MIRROR 4" MOUNT AT 40" MAX AFF TO BO FRAM DESIGNATED DATUM POINT. EDGE 2" MINIMUM. 73 0 O REFLECTIVE SURFACE OF MIRROR. V U SEE ELEC TOILET USE SURFACE MOUNTED BRACKET 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FINISHED VARIES TM BACKLIT VANITY MIRROR SHEETS -- ROOMS-- 3 GC GC 0ALIGN TOP OF ACCESSORY TO TILE GROUT EQ O FROM MANUFACTURER. SEE A-110 SURFACE UON. JOINT SUCH THAT OPERABLE PART IS NO L O F /6/ /.1, FOR TOP AND BOTTOM BACKING HIGHER THAN 40" AFF. v O U _._ REQUIREMENTS. 3. TILE SHOWN FOR GRAPHICAL CLARITY ONLY .. 13col AND DOES NOT REPRESENT ACTUAL TILE CI ay O HORIZONTAL TWO-WALL » TOILET PATTERN. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR 3 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY J c� TA2 BOBRICK 8-6897 BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL, 42" X 54 3 GC GC MOUNT © .34" AFF PROVIDED AT ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS AS L ,cts _ / �E TA1Q -<E� TA6 GRAB BAR ROOMSTILE SPEC, GROUT JOINT, AND LAYOUT PATTERN REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION. SEE DETAIL `- INFORMATION. PROVIDE QUANTITY AS REQUIRED LS.. TO ACHIEVE FULL COVERAGE OF AREA E1/A-806 FOR SYMBOL AND MOUNTING Q w W E ' '— —}- �- I I 71 TA3 VERTICAL GRAB BAR BOBRICK 8-6806 BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL, 18" TOILET 3 GC GC MOUNT ® 39' AFF TO BO GRAB INDICATED. HEIGHTS. z Z W rn c / `... I 'l �, E I ROOMS BAR ••• a O �- r (A _ —I I • ll TOILET SURFACE MOUNTED, DOUBLE DOOR % F' .W ;`{E� TA4 I� TA4 TOILET ROOM DOOR HOOK BOBRICK 8-672 BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL ROOMS 3 GC GC HOOK r'SIGN PER = I �' -� itl% U TOILET ICC A117.1 0TA5 SOAP DISPENSER KOHLER K-1995-CP 3 GC GC SECTION �, _ ROOMS 703.6.3.1 B-35903 TRIMLINE TOILET MOUNT ® 34» AFF TO BO \ m <E( TAI TA6 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL 3 GC GC SERIES ROOMS OPERABLE PORTION, RECESSED N I - --- A-806 — v TA7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK 8-4353 BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL ROOMS 3 GC GC CONTURA SERIES, RECESSED E © f CLQfAR / 54"GRAB BAR _._-._ .. --` .. TA8 TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER BOBRICK 8-3013 BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL TOILET 3 GC GC RECESSED CODE SIGNAGE - _ ROOMS OUNTING HEIGHT/L O G AT I O N m TOILET MOUNT AFF TO BOTTOM q I{ 1 TA9 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER BRADLEY 5127 POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL ROOMS 3 GC GC ROLL, RECESSED 1I�C T • NTS C1030SI-13 ��_ 1 I p s `V KOALA KB110 SSRE TOILET MOUNT ® 33 AFF TO TOP OF Q� <El TA2 >- ., `1 TAIO BABY CHANGING STATION BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL 3 GC GC "? . .`' i Q KARE RECESSED ROOMS TABLE IN OPEN POSITION V� 1 w i1IT-.La C ', I I H s — — - - --I ! -<El TA8 > ''<EI TA9 > <El TA7 > �� :Iii + 1 `' (9 ) SS-''''c' f • D z J O � WO o ENLARGED TOILET SOON PLANS °`� U r O � D3 .� 1/2"=1'-0" J� I- F ce u InnQ .. ! — CeF-� • p= ca mu 0 V _11as 4 t. v [: C - <El TATO > •<E.1 TA4 > ~ A x--11I. U ❑ c <E TA2 > A5 8 -6" AFF 8'-6" AFF 8 -6 AFF "'7' 8`-6" AFF W _� 3 <El TA8 } D A-806 B BO CEILING ,, 2'-O"�,. lir BO CEILING - --<El TA4 > � BO CEILING 3'-113" BO CEILING CD - • 42" GRAB BAR ., C (FI WC-5 )-. ' -'�- EI (� •------(F1 WC-5) (FI WC-5 )� - Q <Ej TA9 } � 1�-6" CLR a CL - -- ______ ( FI WT-1 !- ,- —t -� _ nu moi �� FI WT-1 } _ 11 co AT TILE g �` _ - - - -- .—.— +1-1.1. TAI �TII . _ -XE TA3 > N r EI TA7 ! 5'-11° ~ 2 - - _ _ -_ ,�;; ._-_ - { � Iij -- I —"� SEI TA7 >---_,,_-_ 54_.-.. , -- E TA2 0 _ O) rn r 0 - _ 1 {E I TA5 E TA 10 _ -------...__--.._ _______- —T �1 co R - \ =I �E I TA6 } • N I ,- © TA$ C� J LL \' iTA1 .•. �E TA6 } __ - T _ .w. ! ( FI WT-1 =►l' a I ■�= o �_r4 _ 4 TA9 Q O ci y ,% W O O s " _ \ MK ev o'-o" a i s n `V s • SHFLORHFLOOR• *flNHFLOORFINISH FL Cn Q W w iii — J OA ELEVATION 0ELEVATION 0ELEVATION 0ELEVATION Z CC L G 0KW' v 0 0 Ie o ® TA6 —..._. B 1 D i -<E TA5 > a co a 4 1 / 511 f < N <EI TA7 > .. \J czu, i Q 1'-7 1/2" r �� 2'-O" / f' 1'-6" CLR c AT TILE _ ! 60" 8'-6" AFF f 8'-6" AFF 8'-6" AFF 8'-6" AFF H <EL TA9 } ---__ ,1- 19, ,� j BO CEILING " BO CEILING BO CEILING I 42" GRAB #BAR C BO CEILING Y -6 A5 / I •, •,-(,FI WC-5 ) • E TA4 ISSUED I REVISED DATE ( FI WC-5 ) (FI WC-5}� ( FI WC-5 ,A�Q EQ <E1 TA8 - a A-806 D -- _._ -.-1 - Q . t 1[----i--:— --- - i __ DD SET 09!06/19 �{E TA2 > 1 1 1 WT-1 ( F I WT-1 )____±. -_�- . - ( F I WT-1 } i�■Ir� F � � ��---'�? � � �� PERMIT S#=T 10/11/19 vMIR `-��—— 111111311 im' - --- --+ a 1 3'1±7.1, 1.� _ E TA3 Miami L - - CEf TA4 ) i - Irw�rlr- w <E1 TA10 >. . Y © ..;----4--- ' �TE TA6 E TA5 _ ( _ ,---.. �E TA7 > E TA24"-) := -_ ❑ �4 MIN _ '''''1.---:\.(c, ; ' \:„.. „.41--- - I -En _ I Lo k I ! - 1-- ------_-A t='r .+.--_-- ��_''` ___:-- _ --�--i- <44E1 TA8 �� / - o L- �_ ( FI WT-1 } t o �• iirE� TA9 > I�wii-� - " teal �' c '_'�",.` _ - = _ I ' 'I H I I „.41 1 i� ”' �� `" `� �- Q'-0" i-- 1--- I 0'-0" - -- - - I -- 0'-0" -; O-O - /� -'� FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR V FINISH FLOOR ;" FINISH FLOOR A (i') ELEVATION C ELEVATION 0 ELEVATION 0 ELEVATION TOILET ROOM ENLARGED TOILET �OOir PLANS TOILET SOON ELEVATI0 \ S PLAN AND A 1/2"=1'-0" A5 1/4"=1'-O" ELEVATIONS I A-806 COPYRIGHT .:c; 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. E I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A33 EV ATIO \ S co ; r Vo vt � ._ Ce ADDITIONAL ABBREVIATIONS ARE DEFINED IN LEGENDS THROUGHOUT THE DRAWING SET. -0 0 ca, AB AIR BARRIER D NSIDE DIAMETER Q AB/VR AIR BARRIER/ VAPOR RETARDER GU NSULATED GLASS UNIT Iv J U 0 AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE, AIR CONDITIONING NCL NCLUDE INCLUDING ACC ACCESSIBLE NFO NFORMATION F ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL NSUL NSULATE, INSULATION EV O 0 ACST ACOUSTICAL NT NTERIOR •a AD AREA DRAIN WD NDIRECT WASTE DRAIN ADDM ADDENDUM ADJ ADJUSTABLE JAN JANITOR V/ W0 rill e rill e d ill C a I ` AESS ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED JT JOINT4110 STRUCTURAL STEEL i` co AF ACCESS FLOORING KIT KITCHEN W W AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR 0 w W AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT L LONG000 z Z W a) ALT ALTERNATE LAM LAMINATE, LAMINATED • ALUM ALUMINUM LAU LAUNDRY •«• 0 GO ANOD ANODIZED LAV LAVATORY �- APPROX APPROXIMATE LT LIGHT - APT APARTMENT LTG LIGHTING ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL AUTO AUTOMATIC MAS MASONRY AV AUDIO VISUAL MAIL MATERIAL AWP ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL(S) MAX MAXIMUM MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD BB BULLETIN BOARD MOO MEDIUM DENISTY OVERLAY BD BOARD MECH MECHANICAL BLDG BUILDING MED MEDIUM BLKG BLOCKING MEMB MEMBRANE BO BOTTOM OF MEZZ MEZZANINE BOT BOTTOM MGT MANAGEMENT BRG BEARING MFR MANUFACTURE, MANUFACTURE BRZ BRONZE MH MANHOLE E BSMT BASEMENT MIN MINIMUM, MINUTE BUR BUILT UP ROOFING MISC MISCELLANEOUS CABINET CBB CATCH BASIN MSO MOP SINK OPENING ;LNE A E V I L EVA O < NOTES I F I \ I S Sc - E D L__ D AVII I \ C I \ D E X CEM CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS MTD MOUNTED CG CORNER GUARD MIL METAL CH COAT HOOK MVBL MOVABLE CI CAST IRON MWP METAL WALL PANELS CJ CONTROL JOINT 1. COORDINATE MILLWORK BACKING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FINISH DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL FINISH COMMENTSLa `GC` CIP CAST-IN-PLACE N NORTH NUMBER CL CENTERLINE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT I ,-- +� CLG CEILING NO NUMBER 2. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED BRACKETS FOR COUNTERTOPS TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE STABILITY AND SUPPORT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I Go m a CLO CLOSET NOM NOMINAL LM-1 LAMINATE WILSONART - COLOR: BEIGEWOOD 7850--60 MATTE FINISH a W o CLR CLEAR NRC NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT ! SHEET NO. SHEET NAME CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT NTS NOT TO SCALE 3. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS; WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL GOVERN. DETAILS SHALL =a LM-2 LAMINATE WILSONART COLOR: BEIGEWOOD 7850-60 MATTE FINISH MILLWORK CO CLEAN OUT, CASED OPENING GOVERN OVER PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. A E. • w COL COLUMN OC ON CENTER A-840 MILLWORK TITLE SHEET • t 0 COMM COMMUNICATION OH OVERHEAD 4. PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FINISH FACE TO FINISH FACE, UNLESS I LM-31 MELAMINE TBD COLOR: WHITE TBD �� CONC CONCRETE OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OTHERWISE NOTED. MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR". ALLOW FOR THICKNESS A-841 RECEPTION DESK MILLWORK • CONN CONNECTION CONNECT OPNG OPENING OF FINISHES. SL-1 SOLID SURFACE STARON STYLE: SOLID COLOR: BRIGHT WHITE BW010 POLISHED A-842 MILLWORK DETAILS (S-\"CONSTR CONSTRUCTION OPP OPPOSITE _...._ .. _ .. _ CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN I l3 CORR CORRIDOR OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 5. IN ITEMS WHERE METAL INLAY IS PRESENT, MILLWORKER SHALL INSURE THERE BE SL-2 SOLID SURFACE LG }IAUSYS AMERICA, INC STYLE: HI-MICS. COLOR: ARCTIC WHITE S006 A-843 CONSULT MILLWORK • • • CPT CARPET NO SEAMS IN VENEERS OR LAMINATES EXCEPT WHERE METAL INLAY OCCURS. -- CSWK CASEWORKA-844 LAB STATION MILLWORK • CTR CENTER PBD PARTICLEBOARD 6. SOFT CLOSE HINGES REQUIRED AT ALL DOORS. SOFT CLOSE GLIDES REQUIRED AT WP-1 WOOD PANEL GC 3/4" MDO (MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY) PANELING VENEER TO MATCH(.FI WL-1) I A-845 BREAK ROOM MILLWORK • 1 CU CUBIC PRCST PRECAST ALL DRAWERS. D PD PLANTER DRAIN RIFT CUT WHITE OAK. A-846 RECEPTION WALL DETAILS • • D DEEP, DEPTH PERP PERPENDICULAR 7. ALL MILLWORK LAMINATE FINISHES TO HORIZONTAL GRAIN ORIENTATION, UON. DBL DOUBLE PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE WL-4 WOOD SLAT GC 2" X 3/4" WOOD SLATS NATURAL FINISH WITH 10% Z DEMO DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION PLAS PLASTER 8. AL CONCEALED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BE WHITE MELAMINE, UON. EXPOSED SHEEN CLEAR POLY I J O DET DETAIL PLYWD PLYWOODINTERIORS AND EXTERIOR FACES OF MILLWORK TO BE AS NOTED. 0 • E DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PNL PANEL DIA DIAMETER PL PROPERTY LINE DIAG DIAGONAL, DIAGRAM PR PAIR 1' Ega.J DIM DIMENSION PRKG PARKING - DIV DIVIDE, DIVISION PROP PROPERTY L ONC DMPF DAMPPROOF, DAMPPROOFING PT PAINT, POINT, PRESSURE ,_ .��I- DDN DOWN TREATED R DOOR, DRESSING ROOM PIN PARTITION J E\ E A L IY ,� O T E S A C E S S O Y S C H E U I-E a „� ce DS DOWNSPOUT (.1) FW a DW DISHWASHER R RADIUS, RISER ■+++ MF co DWG DRAWING RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN J Z- DWR DRAWER RD ROOF DRAIN, ROAD 1. CONSULT ROOMS - ALL WARDROBE CABINETS TO BE KEYED DIFFERENTLY FROM EACHo= co RECPT RECEPTACLE I SYMBOL ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL FINISH COMMENTS _I E EAST REF REFER TO, REFERENCE OTHER AND ALL OTHER KEYS IN THE CLINIC. I -!) 3 EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND REF REFRIGERATOR I G-2 SATIN CHROME -1 FINISH SYSTEM RUNE REINFORCED, REINFORCING 2. LAB STATION (INCLUDING DETACHED PRINTER STATION WHERE OCCURS) - ALL LOCKS EJ EXPANSION JOINT REQD REQUIRED TO BE KEYED ALIKE BUT DIFFERENTLY FROM ALL OTHER KEYS IN THE CLINIC. Cl.©� GROMMET COVER MOCKETT 4 EL ELEVATION REV REVISED, REVISION �d CABINET DOOR PULL BERENSON 11061-4BPN-P BRUSHED NICKEL u ELEC ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL REG ROOFING 3. RECEPTION DESK (AND CREDENZA WHERE OCCURS) - ALL LOCKS TO BE KEYED ELEV ELEVATOR RM ROOM ALIKE BUT DIFFERENTLY FROM ALL OTHER KEYS IN THE CLINIC. ENCL ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE RO ROUGH OPENING 41. DRAWER PULL BERENSON 1052-4BPN-P I BRUSHED NICKEL EOS EDGE OF SLAB RT RIGHT EP ELECTRIC PANEL I <MI 6 > Z-CLIPS, HEAVY DUTY ROCKLER 46357 ALUMINUM - CONCEALED LOCATIONS ONLY ORDER FROM WWW.ROCKLER.COM Of C EQ EQUAL S SOUTH,SPANDREL EQUIP EQUIPMENT SCWD SOLID CORE WOOD SURFACE MOUNTING, ORDER FROM WWW. ~ ESCAL ESCALATOR HED ii6HUD AIN ©a COUNTER SUPPORT US FUTABA 72531 80 213 BLACK BLACK EW EACH WAY 5 � USFUTABA.COM 0 EXH EXHAUST S ECT SAFTYOGLASS SINGLE LOCK AT DOUBLE DOORS. INCLUDE— (] CC EXP EXPANSION, EXPOSED CB250 SERIES AT DOORS TIMBERLINE SNAP-IN LOCK CORE. VERIFY MODEL SGL SINGLE EXIST EXISTING SHT SHEET <MI 8 > CYLINDER MODULE LOCK TIMBERLINE CB235 SERIES AT DRAWERS N/A NUMBERS IN SUBMITTAL. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. - O FA FIRE ALARM SHTHG SHEATHING FCIO FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ SIM SIMILAR COORDINATE KEYING WITH OWNER. J a Of o INSTALLED 8Y OWNER SPEC SPECIFICATION <MI 9 WIRE MANAGER MOCKETT WM4 G-SHAPE MATTE BLACK MOUNT TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH GROMMET HOLES. Q W N u, FD FLOOR DRAIN SPKLR SPRINKLER FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT SPKR SPEAKER E - I 1 O I L FE IY V CONNECTION SQ SQUARE V = _ 0)r•-- ~7 rn FDTN FOUNDATION SS SERVICE SINK SECURITY BRACKET 15 1/2` ELECTRICAL CONDUIT � u) {/) 2-HOLE STRAP. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER SST STAINLESS STEEL Q --.1 FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS <M110> SECURITY BRACKET 1 BY CONTRACTOR . BY CONTRACTOR GALV. STEEL MILLWORK SUB-CONTRACTOR. REFER TO GROMMET }- Jca CABINET STD STANDARD DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, PROVIDE LLI < 0 ' 0 FH FIRE HYDRANT STL STEEL FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET STOR STORAGE SECURITY STRAP AT EVERY GROMMET LOCATION. i I i FIG FIGURE STRUCT STRUCTURAL )0( 3. Z 0 FIN FINISH, FINISHED SUSP SUSPENDED I-- FLEX FLEXIBLE ILI W Q U SECURITY BRACKET IS 1/2" ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FLR FLOOR, FLOORING T TREAD, TEMPERED 2-HOLE STRAP. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY W0 w FLUOR FLUORESCENT T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE ALIGN INDICATOR KEYNOTE CD OUTLET TRIM RING FASTCAP ETR-SINGLE WH WHITE MILLWORK SUB-CONTRACTOR. REFER TO GROMMET Z IY FO FACE OF, FINISHED OPENING TC TRAFFIC COATING DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE (/) F,. FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER/ TEL TELEPHONE SECURITY STRAP AT EVERY GROMMET LOCATION. 0 C7 B INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR TEMP TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY ❑ Q 0 a FP FIRE PROTECTION FIREPROOF TER TERRAllO CO FR FRAME, FIRE RATED THK THICK, THICKNESS ©® HANGING FILE CHANEL TBD TBD TBD FRMG FRAMING TO TOP OF XX XX ___ ITL 't"` FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC TSTAT THERMOSTAT i A-XXX A-XXX I Q N FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED TV TELEVISION l Ur FT FOOT, FEET TYP TYPICAL .) N FIG FOOTING �, FUT FUTURE UGND UNDERGROUND ENLARGED DETAIL INDICATOR SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR FVC FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET UNF UNFINISHED FWC FABRIC WALL COVERING UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE FWP FABRIC WRAPPED PANEL(S) VERT VERTICAL DD SET 09/06/19 GA GAGE VEST VESTIBULE /XNX GALV GALVANIZED VIF VERIFY IN FIELD PERMIT SET 90/19119 GEN GENERAL, GENERATOR VNR VENEER K1004 XXX GFRC GLASS-FIBER VR VAPOR RETARDER REINFORCED CONCRETE VWC VINYL WALLCOVERING - GFRG GLASS-FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM W WEST, WIDE, WIDTH MILLWORK FINISH INDICATOR INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR GFRP GLASS-FIBER W/ WITH - REINFORCED PLASTIC We WITHOUT GL GLASS W WATER CLOSET, WALLCOVERING GYP GYPSUM WD WOOD GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD WH WALL HYDRANT WP WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOF, ©® + . ____ H HIGH WATERPROOFING, WORK POINT HB HOSE BIBB WR WATER RESISTANT A HCWD HOLLOW CORE WOOD WT WEIGHT HD -- HD HAND DRYER WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC I MILLWORK ACCESSORY INDICATOR DATUM INDICATOR OR WORK POINT HOBO HARDBOARD i HDW HARDWARE XMFR TRANSFORMER HDWD HARDWOOD HM HOLLOW METAL YD YARD HO HOLD OPEN HORIZ HORIZONTALHR HOUR MILLWORK HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL STEEL TITLE SHEET HT HEIGHT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING A-840 COPYRIGHT ®2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 roma d M __ -------- FINISH ALL EXPOSED SURFACES O " ':r a) rn - -- EQUIPMENT BY OWNER _ - - EQUIPMENT BY OWNER (1) Q —1 SL-1 17-7--.„-, / a a FE00 i _—_ 3" X 3" NOTCH IN DESK ,�+ 3 -0" Ccolo TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUIT, o ! w . . ;, , . , ., _____-- ~ r� CABLING, AND WIRE fa) SL-1 ® SL-1 L to } • r MANAGER. ALIGN NOTCHES 7 �I - -- COORDINATEI. I -" L �.:. .. .- > . ACROSS MILLWORK h \ } " HOLE u- u_ `'n -TNN---- , EACH SIDE / y a w W c 4:HMITER & EASE EDGE, t„ - © A z Z W rncu TYP 0 COUNTERTOP = _- a_._ •i* O t!) I (1, LOCATE POWER & DATA ¢: WP-1 M-1 _ E LM-1--- DRAWER • O r..�.,..' �- -_ WP 13 a n ```_� RECEPTACLE HIGH AND r. - LM-3 r. TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF -4 E LM-1 `i' WP-1 - _ DRAWER INTERIOR CONCEALED • =.�. �-` COUNTER. SEE PLAN FOR • .., ,,,,,,r ,.,,,.r �m,.._. ....- ,�J ©� `r`. `' CABINET LOCATIONS ! IN 1 _ DRAWER -- TROUGH FOR WIRING. _ ---0-3ii_tLM_3ERIOR o� a:: LOCATE WIRING AS HIGH tE CONCEALED �. -- DRAWER ,,~ AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE kv ,r SURFACES . . . .. . . . . -i V'a �j ADJUSTABLE FEET `,_ c=Y - W/ELEC INSTALLATION �' - \ \ / LEVELED TO FINISH '..r i�"l 6 ": :r `. / xa.. - AIF. irl \ 111 FLOOR SURFACE E 3/4- CABINET OR i 6 1/2" 2,_0" _ _ ADJUSTABLE FEET I � -- 1/4" GAP TO FLOOR ,{► ` PANEL BEYOND ? s ' LEVELED TO FINISH (F I WB-1 ," LM-3 INTERIOR (F I WB-1 r N. (FIWB-1 } " FLOOR SURFACE " TOE KICK ,1 3�4 1 3/4 CONCEALED 1-1/� SURFACES 1/4" GAP TO FLOOR SECTION THROUGH SECTION © WORKSTATION SECTION © PRINTER CA3INET WITH DOOR CT , 1"=1'-0" 1'-1'-0'. E9 ,-.1,_0- �� o a Q W a' A l9 � S SL-1E9 ® ® E9 A-841 A-841 A-841 A-841 TYP TYP -- EQUIPMENT BY OWNER D • J 0 . 1= 'IN.- WOO D _ 1SL-1 I i " OXY �aqY cc ` s O atV --I SL-1 - - - _ _ .: I_ - _ -l _ . - HWS _-: � I�F- ir/7 ILM-1 1 ,,..I Z -== m lo _ — - - My NI �LM 1 -- i rr�,, J4 3 s V Ja tM-1 —� .i a c c I U (9 QC RECEPTION DESK ELEVATION 3/4"=1'-0" © RECEPTION DESK ELEVATIONCL01 C 3/4"=1'-O" 4 a cc w N coco, CV r. v 2 r- o 12 J OC A-841 >" Jco Al W < o ° 2 I o 4t 11'-6" L Z 0 f I-- ` 11.-6" W W Q U " w Ili 11'-3" — 1'-6" 2'-6 1/2" 2'-6 1/2" 3.-3.. r Z �/ �_ B EQ �• 8'-6' / EQ r \ - 0 a r a co ` ~ —�� T� I <R-i":>- 1 i <<"*- U ao WP-1 1...., i r E 1 WL-4 t i1.1 i I " ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE L� 7 4 DO SET 09!08119 ' \ \\NJI iPERMIT SET 10/11/19 \ WP-1 �3/4» WL-4 , 1 PROVIDE 1/4" GAP TO • FINISH FLOOR AND i 1, 2'-6" CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE _ FEET AS NECESSARY TO LEVEL CABINET \ i ^/// \ 1'-6" 3'-6" }'-6" �. 3'-6" 1'-b' 4 ,,, ( \.. \ r,/ \ C6 48" x 30" ACCESSIBLE A-841 CLEAR SPACE RECEPTION DESK ELEVATION RECEPTION DESK PLANRECEPTION DESK A3/4" -o" A6 3/4"=1'-O" • MILLWORK A-841 COPYRIGHT ® 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. ,w. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 NOTES: Imama. nLroor CO ' :- 4— --- ----- SHARPS CONTAINERIt , TYP SHARPS CONTAINER PROVIDED BY TENANT. ( ] 0 Cg � It - 7 • LARGE SHARPSCONTAINER SHALL BE BEMIS 3 GAL MODEL #102 030. rn G "..,r e'$ -------------- E I o o -- a . ': • I DIMENSIONS AND VIEW WINDOW MAY NOT WORK WITH ANY OTHER MODELS I I • COORDINATE BACKING LOCATION WITH TENANT TO ENSURE PROPER 0 0 Q - ©� '•---- - __ I I LOCATION. J 0 0 E Li I I - - MILLWORK FABRICATOR MAY REQUEST SAMPLE CONTAINER FROM TENANT a p PRIOR TO FABRICATION TO ENSURE PROPER FIT AND VERIFICATION OF L o 6 DIMENSIONS. a� cn x ��_ FINISH CUT EDGES OF OPENING �� L - N R- v TO MATCH EXTERIOR OF BOX I WINDOWOPENINGINFRONT, �� BACKING PLATE PER PLAN 1/2" 1/2" - 1 16" FELT BUMPERS TO PROTECTCU v -5:2 '''''.--. / ---- - VIEW ON , _ / W v ��. > > COORDINATE BACKING HEIGHT WITH WALL FINISH EACH REAR CORNER -• VERIFY WITH SAMPLE CONTAINER F BACKING PLATE PER PLAN. y 1 R.` �'� x PROVIDED BY TENANT COORDINATE BACKING HEIGHT WITH - CONTAINER AND MOUNTING CLIPS 0"MAX. GAP ' W �` - CONTAINER AND MOUNTING CLIPS .- HEIGHTS © WALL \ OFFSET REAR PANEL TO ACCOMODATE O cr W -' `i `, , Z-CLIP. SHIM CLIPS ON REAR PANEL E c 7.2 BACKING PLATE PER PLAN COORDINATE _ HEIGHTS -- PROVIDE NOTCH IN FRONT \ / ------ AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE CLEAN Z Z W rn cu t BACKING HEIGHT WITH CONTAINER AND �____ PANEL TO VIEW FILL LINE _ • MOUNTING CLIP HEIGHTSalln MOUNTING TO WALL. • ••i 0 - .- U) ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, i _ ~`� - 1 2 THICK REAR PANELS INCLUDING BOTTOM I -- -.- INSIDE ��I� ,- _ - _ / ---- LM-2 EDGE OF BOX _-R tri c`iii INTERIOR OF CABINET A-842 ©M �: LM-2 --\ w T--.,,,_, INTERIOR OF CABINET, ��' - " EQ 4" EQ - _ \ - 1/2" THICK SIDE AND BOTTOM PANELS 6 1/2" PROVIDE 1/16 FELT BUMPERS TO PROVIDE 1/16" FELT BUMPERS TOPROT ,. / / -ok LM-2 LM-2 LM-2 REAR ECORNER FINISH EACH REARECORNER CT WALL FINISH r� EACH 1.'.-3" / ALL EXPOSED SURFACES / 1`-2" VIF \ ,� �� ---_. IMI E O SECTION 0 SIDE ELEVATION O FRONT ELEVATION INCLUDING BOTTOM 0 PLAN 1'-3" `. 0 TOP EDGE OF FRONT, SIDE, .. AND REAR PANEL E1D A-842 EIB A-842 -------- VIEW WINDOW OPENING, SEE FRONT ELEVATION 1111 SHARPS CONTAINED E N C 0 L S U R E, LARGE . 3"=1'-0" 09.27.2019 4 • q Dg W W ... 4,4' ag Ca NOTES: i i ,ids" O cosCID <MI 6 > • SHARPS CONTAINER PROVIDED BY• TENANT. ' ) 4 .s4 0 A-842 -�~ • SMALL SHARPS CONTAINER SHALL BE BEMIS 2 GAL MODEL #102 030. -<9 DIMENSIONS AND VIEW WINDOW MAY NOT WORK WITH ANY OTHER MODELS r(` • COORDINATE BACKING LOCATION WITH TENANT TO ENSURE PROPERLOCATION. • S i� ___- _ SHARPS CONTAINER, TYP - _ MILLWORK FABRICATOR MAY REQUEST SAMPLE CONTAINER FROM TENANT �!` .� - - FABRICATION TO ENSURE PROPER FIT AND VERIFICATION OFMIs 3 PRIOR D __- DIMENSIONS. �o , -- - ACKI G 11 B N PLATE PER PLAN, .�� - ©� :- I COORDINATE BACKING HEIGHT WITH 1/2" 1/2" • 1/16" FELT BUMPERS TO PROTECT € 0 BACKING PLATE PER PLAN, IJ - „1._ - - CONTAINER AND MOUNTING CLIPS r— WALL FINISH 0 EACH REAR CORNER "v • E COORDINATE BACKING HEIGHT WITH I / FINISH CUT EDGES OF OPENING HEIGHTS 0"MAX. GAP —�!/,,r WV o F -\ TO MATCH EXTERIOR OF BOX - - OFFSET REAR PANEL TO ACCOMODATE ' I ` ? CONTAINER AND MOUNTING CLIPS 5 \ _ - PROVIDE NOTCH IN FRONT WALL , , y1 d J -----------,. ...--- N PANEL TO VIEW FILL LINE y Z-CLIP. SHIMCLIPS ON REAR PANEL O - VIEW WINDOW OPENING IN FRONT, - E LM-2 �_ �`� AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE CLEAN 2 J� I- !:-.. VERIFY WITH SAMPLE CONTAINER o ® ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, o ..- - MOUNTING TO WALL. 12 IH _ PROVIDED BY TENANT INCLUDING BOTTOM -- -- - INSIDE EDGE OF BOX -------- ��. 1 „ THICK 0 #�W 0 BACKING PLATE PER PLAN, Allik '. - /2 H CK REAR PANELS V� �, : w COORDINATE BACKING HEIGHT WITH - -` — F- " CONTAINER AND MOUNTING CLIP HEIGHTS A-842 T J CM o= In T1. F •fr U �� `, \ - -- LM-2 �Q 3 {' INTERIOR OF CABINET, V J CONCEALED SURFACES 4 I LM-2 t EQ 4" iirEQ \ \ n7w- \ \ U LM-2 PROVIDE 1/16' FELT BUMPERS TO �- LM-2 LM-2 1/2" THICK SIDE AND BOTTOM PANELS 6 1/2" / INTERIOR OF CABINET PROTECT WALL FINISH 0 EACH 1,_3� 0 AL EXPOSED SURFACES ' �_ CONCEALED SURFACES REAR CORNER / /ImoINCLUDING BOTTOM 1'-2" VIF f `� cc 1'-3" \ , 0 TOP EDGE OF FRONT, SIDE, C \�' AND REAR PANEL - PROVIDE 1/16" FELT BUMPERS TO / OSECTION PROTECT WALL FINISH 0 EACH SIDE ELEVATION 0 REAR CORNER O O FRONT ELEVATION ( A ) PLAN C1B - --- U ❑ t; A $42 VIEW WINDOW OPENING, SEE Vr FRONT ELEVATION Z >" SHARPS CONTAINER ENCLOSURE, SMALL �, cp co 3 =1'-O" 09.27.2019 " Q o w N U 2 >L o u) co - SEAL BACKSPLASH TO WALL W/ PAINTABLE SEALANT -- 1/2" SOLID SURFACE W Q 0 0 o c� COUNTER TOP OVER 1" I \ L 2'-0" �f THICK SUB TOP ❑ * ® •/ SL_2t . -—--- EASED EDGE _iv W z Q U \ 4" 1+ --- 1/2" SOLID SURFACE 1`-8" W W T_,---_- 1 I.. .- --___111/4\,\;,... \ SPLASH 4" TALL 0/ TYP � z a. 8 LM-3 - EQUIPMENT BY COUNTER - 0 C� EASED EDGEk.,_3______L. ii W OWNER • ; +� -- BONDED JOINT, NO COVE c co Cr 1-- i r F1/�" Q N / 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STL TUBE (} I I VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL - _ LM-3 INTERIOR 3-i) i � � � :� i( \ i . � J i. I. SHOP WELDED AS SHOWN. I 1 k.., CONCEALED ISSUED ! REVISED DATE SURFACES 1 - - DO SET 09/06199 3/8" THROUGH BOLT - - = LM-2 �_ {M1 4 r WITH WASHERS EACH PERMIT SET 10/11/19 //7 4,4 1lea " - BOND VERTICAL DROP EDGE TO Q SIDE. 3 LOCATIONS MIN '� ! ADJUSTABLE FEET 2► UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOP. DRAWER SAND AND POLISH JOINT PER �=' E:- LEVELED TO FINISH _ 2' LONG NESTED TRACK FLOOR SURFACE CABINET FRAMING •` MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. EACH SIDE OF STUD E1 .�b_4, / 6. SECTION # „....„, _----- N. - ----- 1/4” GAP TO FLOOR •46,./ ADHERE WOOD SUPPORT STRIP TO A 3' SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP WITH 1' 8" UON 2`-4' . ti SILICONE ADHESIVE BEHIND VERTICAL PLAN A ELEVATION `•\:; STRIP. FILL 1/8" GAP BETWEEN O Al B 0SECTION ^, SUPPORT AND VERTICAL DROP WITH A-842 -_- SILICONE I PAINTER MILLWOR < SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP DEAILA9 COUNTER SUPPORT BRAC < ET MILLWORK DETAILS Al1 1/2"=1'-0" A5 6"-1'-0" 1 1/2"=-1'-0" A-842 COPYRIGHT © 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 tim SEE DETAILAllialk E3 D FOR SOLID SURFACE C COUNTERTOP A-842 A-845 (1401) • Ce N Q) a _ 9'-10" 8 EQ CABINETS I. • 0 N Q Q.4-7.,c \ 1 .J o 0 Lt SL-2 0 F .� 2'-0" L / vN �, _ \ _ �.�/ /- - - _- \\_,./ 7_ BACKING PLATE E v o I r \ /� ___ ___ _ _ X _ Z-\ / PER A-110 O 0tia U \ \ i n \ � - �\ / N / �. / 1 LM-2 W c° C Yaia11111iltlYtl ma�WJlAnildi�mhlBgi,!dia,i,�y, — — — — J L In Il \ LM-3 TYP AT 4 EQ PANELS Z W rn co `�' I I 'IC CONCEALED N ©© • {M� 4 } •�• O Q , r u) LM-2 Q • 1 - - - CABINET SURFACES LM-2 LM-2 4 EQ PANELS F • `�' `-- ANCHOR BASE CABINETS 3+ a nu uuumni in uumuw nmmuu"n nuumun un muuun w i; TO STUDS ' r n i „ r;n) - -▪-•. — nCNI .. DRAWERS ` _ ©� rs -. 0o = �_-. 7 LM-3 TYP AT .._ - N II 'ISR CONCEALED ' -\ - - CABINET SURFACES i I - 1� ri \ , m • ,* — 1/4" GAP TO FLOOR 1 1/2" `.1 1/2" <EI E3 '<EI E4 •\1 1/2" 1 1/2" ADJUSTABLE FEET LEVELED TO FINISHalh L FLOOR SURFACE A-843 SIM A-843 CABINET DRAWER BASE E8 LARGE CONSULT MILLWOR `oicrr 4/0 _ e_____1'-2" ` SEE DETAIL a ��``.,, �r ,�// 1 LM-2 "' FOR SOLID SURFACE (-842 fr' �,, `' Q I `` COUNTERTOP .[4` SEE DETAIL fe (S• ~ w4 C ----- POWER OUTLET, SEE ELEVATION & FOR SOLID SURI ACE uu ll HIGH & LOW SACKING, SEE PLAN A-842 !� � JJ _ �-�~ � POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN, TYP COUNTERTOP in.liuemnu wmoio did o. nompi.w I =_ - LM-2 , /: _ 11 D • jl+.+l.""Y,I" ,/ _ _ _ _ -• ._- ___ PROVIDE COLOR MATCH COVERS I �_2 OVER ANCHOR SCREWS I O • 71 _ J LM-2 I I 1 r' E 0401 O " E — INTERIOR OF CABINET, SL-2 ',47 - y,` i __-- - E 0403 > Wv 4 " ■ U CONCEALED SURFACESI A36 I ' � ' I +�. AT 48 AFF Q - Il - HIGH & LOW BACKING PER © I I _= = MIRROR ADHERED TO DOORFACE, MIRROR ELEVATION - CONCEALED SUPPORT BRACKET c-, I !1 `-_ ' I I- -"1 2 �Y j - PER A9 A-840 18" MIN CLR._. I I I_ _. SEI E14 1 i ,I =�EI E28 O JFH = TO ALIGN TQ EDGE OF DOOR ® EACH SIDE I / ' ©© '� '4•�► 5L-2 --CEI A3 "> " D201 C a P -n �� + v� - _ \ 7 rP_ i AT 48 AFF & 72 AFF r1 -_ j 1 r 1 , , r � �W.Ci) +rt VINYL EDGEBANDI NG, MATCH INTERIOR \ \ I } �EI D311 } --t--------_i �� r��-�►/ r 1.._ E A5 + Ir I I �r (�� ri 1—� LOCKING DOOR BEHIND MAIN DOOR i * ` / I I 1 I I I ►i r i- �' j �.1 ��_ i \ r I I I I r! 4= c6 ,1 INSULATE DRAIN LINE / <El E10 } �� 1� i i i ril /r >y�Ir ri IC' J� ;). '�w / 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C 1 ` EA-3A--N\ mo A-844 84CC M 7 2,-Os 11'-10" 8 EQ CABINET DOORSl'. o • �: a? W 1 ° : \ s ,7" . .7\ , ,-..' \ ,i \ /11:3 0 c Q W J O 0 \ ao ° F a o ` // \ E 1 �- ADJUSTABLE to \ \\ / MIca ° SHELF, TYP CU 5W L 1... cu 0 i ,1-11-11:1-° I ) ` L \1/ \ \I/ \ r' �/ IL SEE DETAIL A5 til_e e___ Ii 1 O z LU c FOR SOLID SURFACE _ I LM-2 c, g " „ „ Cr) A-842 SEE PLAN FOR COUNTERTOP i11 r_i i ••• p O i- t-- CO 2 -D" / oo -�{EI E3 > CM-HP OUTLET TYPES, TYP `i _ - - - - • _ VIEW TYP 1 , _ / I ° a�M� 37f`�P +Q® 1 0 -�� ° • �- ---_ LM-3 I -NV -II -13 [ ,%:, _--- _ ° � ' INTERIORS ` E ©® 0 ° �—- ANCHOR CABINETS o e co ° I F TO STUDS ° �+ r V ° 'Z DATA BEHIND I <1, ,,, L,' - E ° ° �. _ -- ADJUSTABLE 1I .11 FREEZER `` ` I ♦ a Y.' ° 0 SHELF, TYP ( '` � � � ; ( � _ I ti.. / 2 " --I LM-3 AT CONCEALED 3 ' +E INTERIOR O SECTION O ELEVATION 7 1 U 0 0 . LAB STATION CA1NET WALL CT - I II II o `�_ EQUIP.PER ELEVATIONa E-. z SEE DETAIL a AE.-5) I ,: - _ FOR SOLID SURFACE91rcoa 8COUNTERTOPLM-2 EXPOSED ` {EIE32> L.,,!, I " IR SURFACES � $ �� _ F cri FS SL 2 , SL--2 , s D / — PROVIDE GROMMET HOLE n ,,,/ \., n _,,, . 2'-0" ,k �. SEE PLANS FOR € 0 = FACE OF CABINET BEYOND, OUTLET TYPES, TYP - ©© �`^ ;... I 0, Ca� E SEE ELEVATION o ;Ela 'L .., F 11 pC �_-- ! C7 Al A5 ® (�� ods -- r�_r�- ANCHOR BASE CABINETS TO STUDS A-$44 A-844 A-844 A-844 �, L TIDY a� -- LM-3 TYP AT J --' - • ® I `IrR CONCEALED 0 k�0+ • i EQUIP.PER ELEVATION _ ' •� - — -- - o� �- CABINET SURFACES W /• ~ 0 • LM-2 � - LM-2 EXPOSED il- — if r ©® / fill l - ANCHOR BASE CABINETS Z~�' ' "11R SURFACES ' LJ _ ) i ,� 7 TO STUDS F -_ pZf OI ca `�` J tau u Iil i.m04,,, , „ 14.1 .,_ M� 4 CO NN) N " --<M1 4 >TYP AT OL'' °O " DRAWERS Al PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL �Q 3 , CitNA-803 ©RAWER �- __ LM �i z/ / 27-11,,,,, _� _ -- LM-3 TYP AT Q 11 +. INTERIOR �, a N \ / = „ , ,,�t„ r I • OR CONCEALED '_ - -� dY~IiliulilYlJiiY�Y�l liiluifdiiuiuilijiiiii 1`zz, �,.- I YYCABINET SURFACES __, 'X -IY'YIII 'hl li~itil�► - 1/4" GAP TO FLOOR `. \ _ ` E4.. .J. \ - � cc ,�,_ �; ~ I " ` �� _- 1/4" GAP TO FLOOR I~ ADJUSTABLE FEET 2'-O' / 3'-a" BASE CABINET 31-0. BASE CABINET L 3*-1 BASE CABINET 1, 3-1- BASE CABINET �� - LEVELED TO FINISH W/ 2 EQ DOORS W/ 2 EQ DOORS W/ 2 EQ DOORS �f W/ 2 EQ DOORS ADJUSTABLE FEET (.) in FLOOR SURFACE LEVELED TO FINISH FLOOR SURFACE lell ELEVATION CBINET �RAWE� BASE QLAB APPLIANCE CA3INETLABSTATION Q LAB STATION PLAN a CO 1"=1'-0" 1/2"=1'-0" 1"=1 -0 C J 1/2"-1'_0" Q W cV L r O CN °' Cli J o 0 SEE DETAIL W < 0 0 FOR SOLID SURFACE A5 SEE DETAILall SEE DETAIL A5 COUNTERTOP A-$42 FOR SOLID SURFACE 2 I 0 FOR SOLID SURFACE A-842 COUNTERTOP A-842 Z CC 1- COUNTERTOP �_ W W (J) Q U _ SL-2 _ -- EYE WASH STATION W - - Z Ie "- SL-2 0 i 01�A:' 2 1/2" SL-21 2, 0'B ih* 2,-0" TYP________7y 2, ._ ,_ c,(21 1.--°°C3 a_ , ', -- FACE OF CABINET �- .�� Q N BEYOND ,,,,.•111 (� --- NO OBSTRUCTIONS. - �' --- SEE ELEVATION FOR ix HEIGHT CLEARANCE i'l_:: - ANCHOR BASE CABINETS `� _ ® ISSUED / REVISED DATE - ANCHOR BASE CABINETS TO STUDS DD SET 09/06/19 TO STUDS a LM-2 0 ----- -- INSULATE DRAIN LINE . _- - ANCHOR BASE CABINETS PERMIT SET 10/11/19 7 i TO STUDS N �\ _-- - ®INTERIOR i -- I I' ' ED CABINET `"I ' - ~_ -_- FLOORING EXTENDS UNDER 4_,..-----' BEYOND, END ELEVATION CABINET • •- - LM-2 I - - - BASE ATTACHED TO DOOR }-- _ LM-2 ' EXPOSED INTERIOR ' -'k - SURFACES / 4 \ SURFACES EXPOSEDINTERIOR • A /...,..z„, • ---- BASE ATTACHED TO DOOR I �3 / --- FLOOR SINK CENTERED UNDER \\ .. ---__BASE _---BASE ATTACHED TO DOOR / - FLOORING EXTENDS L CABINET -_-- EXTENDS UNDER CABINET UNDER CABINET CABINET OPEN SASE CABINET SINK BASE CABINET CART BASE LAB STATION A1=,'_0~ A3 1"=1'—a~ A5 1~=1'-0° MILLWORK A-844 1 COPYRIGHT ,c) 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. - - x.,,. - ....r� af �:�. s � . d- „ ,: „ �y: •,,,,,,,,, y dam% - : / /° 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 V 0 1- •. . Cgtp a) 113 0 ia 0 0 CV j1,_2" BACKING PER A-110 Q o ' `� .• v�` U F �,...... .............. BACKING PER HIGH & Low ! / 1' " -2 -o ELEVATION O co .( 1, ° 0 W / E 1 L2 co L T. ` n o LM-3 AT CONCEALED :4 .. -O D' u_ "� *111R • >L W E s o : : 'I7'-6" 9 z Z LD -cy) co ILM-2 - •••• 0 C3 A18 - SL-2 • • A-845 ©Q A-842 I W ADJUSTABLE SIM TYP J_ 5'-2" "' Q ° SHELF, TYP `v -1_ k O ° ` c ` \.. •,/ \ \ Bo CABINET N FOR „, ` ° LM-2 �- OUTLESEE TTYPES ' ' f ©©TYP _i. `• LM-2 INTERIOR OF CABINET i PER ELEVATION \ ....... .. ....-.......,,; = I I NI y B.O. OF CABINET1 \ `_ - UNDER CABINET 'yF LIGHT FIXTURE, I 1 5 E REFER TO RCPI 1 3'-O" CABINET 11'-6" „. W/ 2 E0 DOORS I W/ 2 EO DOORS ' STANDARD UPPER CABINET ELEVATION — PRINTER STATION UPPER CABINETCZ' •• s O c S. }.�� ...fi g.} g'a C) SEE DETAIL `01 �. FOR SOLID SURFACE A g 2 �� = COUNTERTOP k9 Wa `-2"JR4 _ --- HIGH & LOW BACKING / 2'-0" TYP • z • 1__llr---------- PER A3/A-845, TYP o �< SL--2I — LM-3 LIJLd . D - INTERIOR OF CABINET Z 5 \ LM-2 _ 11© ;J 0}i E I1'-4" TYP,i, ac . --I i 0 0 L u/I— NN LIGHT FIXTURE PER PLAN I v \; �� 2'-0" TYP 1" ANCHOR BASE CABINETSI ° o ----- _ F. p T �� 4 > ANCHOR BASE CABINETS W TO STUDS k% �F cn ummw ` `—_ TYP c O TO STUDS LM-TI Z-= DRAWER 7 z'� -- r__-- ADJUSTABLE SHELF o= 0 -' 3 . -.< - _ ~ 2 a 0 •_ ' (2) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES V J ® ' 3" TYP , —� a Tr e e = ; ® I `ISR OF CABINET 11 ` - ._ INTERIOR OF CABINET Ce • 3"/ ADJUSTABLE FEET " U 10 LEVELED TO FINISH /� 1/4 GAP TO FLOOR FLOOR SURFACE �- Cn, r CABINET — BREAK R00v1 BASE CABINET z 1/2"=1'-0" OMCULV AUGUST 19 1=1'-O" a � W Nin CV (J} CD rn COo >- _ o W ¢ O AC1845 (A:45 2 _ ci it CE 6'-11" z 0 ce �'_2" TYP,;„. - HIGH & LOW BACKING / " » W W (!� U ti '� PER PLAN, TYP 1 -6 , 2'-1 1/2" 3-3 1/2" ✓ / �' ��_ LAMINATE TO <Et E33 > 1" 2" W 0r / n Z _ `. `. _/_- ___ MATCH CABINET @ / ,+, 1 ' f/3 F- 0 i - LM-3 x r / N. \ EXPOSED SIDES 0 B LM-2 INTERIOR OF CABINET " � �� WHERE OCCURS I - Oa. ❑ CO _ o N/ / �� BACKING PER I f --a C_ i #Y r -- (2) ADJ. SHELVES ,, `. ` PLAN, TYP �� Q N N -Y / � - I 1 $" L / SCRIBE TO WALLH — I - -_�` ♦ \� ` / s —� �-f WHERE OCCURS 4 . — LIGHT FIXTURE PER RCP " �E E33 } <11,1M-<-------- a \/ ISSUED ( REVISED DATE SL-2 ANCHOR BASE CABINETS UNDER CABINET `� eo TYP - 2 ISL-2 I a __ DD SET 0 9/06/1 9 il -- TO STUDS LIGHT FIXTURE, -^ - - ¢ `�! ° 2_--p" TYP_ PERMIT SET 10!11119 REFER TO A-130 _� _- 6"-- - ©® ;� f____r- INSULATE DRAIN LINE FOR TYPE \ -1r`' A3 E _ Q a I II A-845 - 1 - m ` o ' -- SEE PLAN FOR �+; v—i 1,____ T ��'` OUTLET TYPES ›mc ; -- SCRIBE TO WALL I = I • = -- i --.. LM-2 r� ` WHERE OCCURS I - E In — I --._-. 4.`, INTERIOR OF CABINET (F I RB-1 ) � - s DOORS WITH `-KEI E2 A J(MA?� MIN '1411NII 1- --------- ATTACH BASE TO DOOR 21,, 1'-5" if. 12'-1 1)f2- ,4, 35" MIN CLEARINTEGRAL TOE \ , ' REF SPACE '� ,_ ! 3'-3 1/2" SINK BASE CAB, PROVIDE 30" {£ El MIN CLR WHEN DOORS IN OPEN POSITION 0SINK EASE — BREAK ROOM ELEVATION — BREA< ROOK PLAN — BREAK ROOK BREAK ROOM A1/2"=1,-0" A3 1/2"=1'-0" A7 / MILLWORK 4A-845 COPYRIGHT ®2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 lism V c ". •=NM Cg CI) a) 49Q ] c, G U F v 0 O .0 u ) a) O co U W L c czCC W 1:1 IL 0 w E c Z Z UJ- cv • 0)0 0 r r • E ��GT • [ -1 Io...k1 n 0 c..1. A � C1114°‘ '.$, tg # 4.) i9 j f • fi `j D Z J 0 W" 0 Cg . ca r QJ L ,,,,Y 0 ~~ uc Cn ig1-11101 Z"= J 0= N jO C < :g 3 U -I a CC C I-- 0 ❑ o cc Z >- 0 4 CL o w Nto O = O EQ EO -1 y co IBO CEILING ‘l WI Q Q o z U ct I— W W (!) U W Q w � 2" x 2" WOOD SLATS Z -) .may - CHANNEL FOR O Ur }- CL B ' �, 2'-0" / HANGING FILES 0 a .\\\\\ .' EACH SIDE OF ❑ CO � IN �+ �\ / 7" ). 1'-2" /3" OPENING W/ r 4EIIi,/ C•1\ — SL-1 Q {F I PT-4 }BEYOND SLATS - \\\\ 'n' i'-- erelt► ai I - ..... 1- �. N . RECEPTION DESK DASHED A-804 - r OPEN SPACE ISSUED / REVISED DATE FOR REFERENCE -- DD SET 09!06119 '.1r, POP Ak _ . .. \\...................... .., \ i 104-1 � PERMIT SET 10/11/19 a,L2 -c..,14 - \t: 1--- -C.0- \ .1 \\ \ j DRAWER f4Y-STARTING POINT LM-3 / N N :1 i c11.\\(..:5__H �(FIWB-1 ) A zik_ 01N10SH FLOOR x -- - - - ` ! 46 11-11 1/2" 11 EQ CABINET DOORS & DRAWER / CEPTION WALLELEVATIONSECTION FILE CABINET RECEPTION WALL 1`1 Al 1/2"-1'-O� A5 ,�-,'-o" DETAILS A-846 COPYRIGHT (.§:1 2019 CALLISONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2. 3 4 5 b r ilii 2. Product Data: � 3, Remove temporary systems or facilities when use is no longer required. Clean and repair damage• f *" 1 J. Existing Utilities: a. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models,options and other data;supplement caused by installation or use of temporary systems or facilities. . ' iiiiii 1, The Architect or the Owner assumes no responsibility for the completeness or accuracy of existing manufacturers standard data to provide information unique to the work. �. 0 '- 1 DIVISION 00-PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS utility line information. Utility information shall be verified by the Contractor. b. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires,plus 2 copies which will be retained by F. Construction Cleaning: ;0 os 2. Unless otherwise required, maintain all existing utilities undisturbed during progress of work, Architect. 1. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish,Periodically dispose of off-site. 0 g 3. Where temporary utilityshutdown is required for theperformance of the work,schedule and coordinate 3. Samples: 2. _Maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants duringfinishingoperations. PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS � � � P � .� � �' _ with the Owner/Landlord Building Manager. Should the Contractor in the performance of the work, a. Submit samples as specified in the technical sections. 3, Clean and sweep site daily. 4 o_ ;*' disturb,disconnect or damage any existing utilities required to remain in service,all expenses arising b. Include identification on each sample giving full information. I. j F 002113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS from such disturbance,replacing or repair thereof shall be borne by the Contractor, c. Submit three samples,one of which will be retained byArchitect,unless indicated otherwise in theme ibir i ; o P � 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS � 4, Maintain and operate utilities systems to assure continuous service,except as otherwise approved by technical section. , A. Furnished by the Owner under separate cover. the Owner/landlord Building Manager. Give minimum 7 days'notice of proposed utility shutdowns. A. Delivery,Storage,and Handling: .. ,,, 5. Obtain approval from the Owner/Landlord Building Manager prior to cutting any utility lines, D. Certificates: Submit the original signed version to Architect. 1. Transport and handle products by methods to avoid product damage. i; . B. References to'The Owner"shall mean One MedicalGroup, 2. Manufactured products shall remain in manufacturers containers or packaging,stored in accordance 1L K. Additional Conditions: E ; 014500v. QUALITY CONTROL with manufacturer's instructions,until ready for installation. .• .► CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 1. Scope:As defined in the Agreement and as indicated on the Drawings.Unless otherwise noted or s� itiliti:1-11,directed,items scheduled and items indicated in the technical specifications shall only be required to A. Standards: B. General Installation Requirements athe extent indicated on the Drawin s,This shall not be inter reted to exclude accessories and005044 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT g p 1. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements 1. install each product in accordance with the product manuf�turer's instructions,as supplemented by the procedures related to those items,as specified,and as necessary to complete the work, indicate more ri id standards or more recise workmanshi . specifications. Where manufacturer's installation tolerances ares ial or more restrictive than those 2, Definitions: g p PA. Furnished by the Owner under separate cover. 2. Perform work to meet or exceed the requirements of applicable codes,ordinances,laws,regulations, specified,manufacturer's instructions shall govern. a. Where"as indicated,""as shown,""as detailed,"or words of similar meaning are used,references safe orders,and directives from authorities havin urisdiction over the work. 2, Do not omit an re arae ste or installation rocedure unless s ecificall modified or exem ted b" to the Drawin s are intended unless stated otherwise. � g j Y P P �'Y P P P Y P Y B. References to the Owner"shall mean One Medical Group. 9 3. Accessibility: Equipment,accessories,and work shall be in accordance with Federal,State and local Contract Documents,b. Where"as directed,""as required,""as selected,""approved"or words of similar meaning are codes with respect to handicap accessibility,and with The Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA).The 3. Distribute copies of manufacturer's instructions to parties involved in the installation, used,it shall be understood that"by the Architect"follows unless stated otherwise. more restrictive code shall a I 4. Maintain one set of co fete instructions at the ob site Burin installation and until corn letian, 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS PP Y i g pc. "As necessary"shall be understood to mean"as necessary for a complete and fully functioning 4, Perform work with persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. 5. Protect installed components and products from damage, Components and products which are installation in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents,applicable codes and A. General Conditions and Form of Agreement will be furnished by the Owner. 5. Install products in accordance with the manufacturer`s recommendations.Where conflict exists between damaged shall be replaced or repaired to like-new condition, jurisdictional requirements,and accepted trade practices. manufacturer's recommendations and the specified requirements,notify Architect immediately, E B. References to"the Owner"shall mean One Medical Group, d. "Furnish"means"Contractor shall procure,pay for,and deliver";"install"means"Contractor shall C. Product Options set in position and connect or adjust for final use";"provide"means"Contractor shall furnish and B. Examination Prior to In:tallation: 1. Product Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only. Provide product meeting those install." 1. Prior to starting wo.t of each trade or location,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify standards. f e. Where"includes,"is used,it shall be understood that items following may not be a complete list of that such work is complete to the point where work mayproperly commence. Notifythe Architect of 2, Product Specified byNamingOne or More Manufacturers with an"ora roved"provision: Use r components to the exclusion of other items not listed but which maybe reasonablyinferred as p PP PP DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS P conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work, specified product or submit a request for substitution in accordance with the specified substitution necessary to complete the work. 2. Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes requirements. When approved a substitute product may be used. OCT • A} acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused byprior observable 3, Product Specified byNamingOne or More Manufacturers,Without a Provisions for Substitution: No I 011000 SUMMARY 012200 UNIT PRICES conditions. substitutionnwwill be allowed,except as specified under the Article on Substitutions. VO t:� A. Definitions: 4. Basis of Design 6 g .... Ce4 1 -Leveling i I r Sl • C, Services: a. Specifications namingproducts as the"Basis of Design"are not intended to imply preference and . 1. o - _ A. No. 1 of Existing Floor ab. Testing Laboratory PYw Q � 1, Landlord: As indicated, .-a 1." Item: State the price for leveling and filling existing exposed floor substrate to specified tolerance,in 1. Where the scope of the work requires,the Owner will arrange for the services of an Independent testing should not be construed as restrictive. The product named as basis of design is deemed suitable Gl F. * : 2. Owner One Medical Group,Tenant. to inspect and test the Work to verifycompliance with the Contract Documents. t F" a accordance with section 035416. Price shall include labor,materials,and equipment necessary to laboratoryReports of #or use as indicatedwith regard to characteristics such as function,performance,size,color, w ,,; C� B. Use of Premises: recondition the floor including preparation, priming,and filling as specified. all inspections and tests shall be submitted to the Architect for review. texture,pattern,strength,and configuration, free in project lines ev) I 2• Unit Measure: Per square foot to a depth of 1/4 inch. 2. Contractor's Responsibilities: b. Where other manufacturers are reamed,they are deemed to make products of comparable quality 1. Unless noted otherwise,Contractor shall have ee and complete use of the site with p 1 a. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel,and furnish access,tools,samples,certifications,test with similar characteristics. There is no implied warranty that standard products of other named t0 S indicated on the Drawings. reports,design mixes,equipment,storage, and assistance as requested by the testing laboratory. manufacturers are suitable for the work without modification. The Contractor is responsible for • 2. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with the Owner and Landlord. 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS " 1 3. Limit noise producing work to the hours required by the Owner and Landlord, Cooperate to minimize b. Notify Architect and testing laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring assuring coordination of the product as if no"basis of design had been named, noise impacts on adjacent properties. A. Preconstruction Meeting: inspection and testing,When tests or inspections cannot be performed,through the fault of the c. Unless otherwise specifically noted,where salient attributes are listed with a numerical value, 1 D 1. Prior to the start of work,Contractor shall schedule and administer a general pre-construction meeting Contractor,reimburse the Owner for the additional costs incurred. without qualification such as"maximum,""minimum,"or statement of an acceptable range,then C. Special Work Requirements: within 2 weeks prior to Construction start at a central site,convenient far all parties,designated by c. Remove and replace all work found not complying with the Contract Documents.Remedies shall values within 10 percent of those specified will be considered acceptable. Z 1. Obtain a copy of,and comply with,all design and construction requirements of the building Landlord. Contractor. be in accordance with the Contract Documents and code requirements, d. Products of manufacturers not named in the specification may only be submitted subject to product ;,j 0 Notify Architect immediately in the event that Landlord's requirements conflict with requirements of the 2. Agenda: d. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work,the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for substitution requirements described elsewhere in these specifications, t9 *E g Contract Documents, a. Submission of list of Subcontractors,list of Products,schedule of values, and progress schedule. the costs of all subsequent tests and inspections related to the deficiency. 1, C U e, All damage which may occur to the work as a result of normal testing operations shall be repaired D. Product Options and Substitutions: „ 2. Limit use of premises to only those areas involved in the construction operations and as required for b. Procedures and processing of field decisions,submittals,substitutions,applications for payments, = . to match surrounding surfaces. 1. Intent The Contract Documents require consistent character and quality of design. All components, A access, proposal request,change orders,and contract closeout procedures. a 3. Coordinate use of premises under direction of the Owner and the Landlord, and in accordance with the c. Utility shutdown times,demolition procedures,protective enclosures,barricading,construction f. Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel wiN be as including visible items of mechanical and electrical equipment,have been selected for a coordinated continuous and brief as possible. design in relation to the overall project appearance,function,and performance. Proposed substitutes requirements of jurisdictional code authorities. sequencing and phasing,work times,access,security and all other construction issues which Ina s 4. Occupancy Requirements: Adjacent tenant spaces may be occupied. Cooperate with the Owner and would affect the operation,use,and appearance of the work. g. Reimburse the Owner for travel and lodging expenses incurred for testing and inspection services which in the Architect's opinion would be out of character,obtrusive,or otherwise inconsistent with the il �,�! the Landlord to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the operations of adjacent tenants. performed outside a radius of 100 miles of the site. design intent,will not be approved. N X-= 5, Perform work during normal working hours,unless directed otherwise by the Owner. B. Progress Meetings: Attend progress meetings called by the Owner or the Architect throughout the progress 3. Tests and inspections shall be in accordance with code requirements, 2. Furnish products specified,except where"or approved"is used;substitute products may be submitted imll 00 v of the work. 4. Contractor's Convenience Testing: Inspection and testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's to Architect for approval. 6 ... D. Separate Work: convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, 3. Substitutions will be considered only for the following reasons: 1� 1, Items noted"NIC" (Not In Contract)or F010,will be furnished and installed by others, C. Pre-installation Meetings: Convene a pre-installation meeting when it is specified for a certain portion of the a. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. t° 2. Perform work so as to allow the performance of work by other contractors. FOTO and NIC items are Work. Require attendance of entities directly affecting,or affected by,the work of the Section. 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS b. Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not perform as 0 indicated on the Drawings. intended. D. General Contractor is responsible for meeting agendas,minutes,and distribution thereof. A. Temporary Utilities: Provide temporary utilities,services,and construction as necessary to perform the c. A substitute product will be in Owner's best interest by providing a cost savings or schedule benefit. C E. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed Products: work. Coordinate temporary facilities and controls with Owner and the Landlord. I 1, The Owner will furnish various products as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified in the technical 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES, SCHEDULES AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Electricity:Connect to existing service. Owner will pay costs of energy used.Take measures to 4. Document each substitution request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed ; Sections. FOIC items are indicated on the Drawings, conserve energy, substitution with contract documents. 0 CI 2. Coordinate work to facilitate installation of these items, A. Submittal Procedure: 2. Lighting:Permanent lighting maybe used duringconstruction. Provide additional temporary lighting as 5. A substitution request constitutes a representation that Contractor: f . g 9 P ry g 9 3, Owner's Responsibilities for Owner Furnished Products: 1. Identifydeviations from Contract Documents, Leave space for Contractor and Architect review stars. necessary. a. Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds performance of P P P ry ified product,in all respects. Z a. Arrange for and deliver shop drawings, product data,and samples,where required,to Contractor. 2. Review and sign each submittal prior to submittal to Architect. Unsigned submittals may be returned 3. Heating and Ventilation: Permanent system may be used,Owner will pay for the cost of energy used. the spectL o b, Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product, t b. Arrange and pay for product delivery to Owner's storage facility,unless otherwise specified. without review. 4. Telephone. Coordinate with the Owner. CL. tL -� �, c. On delivery,inspect products jointly with Contractor, 3. Unless specified otherwise,submit the number of submittals the Contractor requires,plus one which 5. Water:Utilize existing facilities.Owner will a for water used. c, Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be ' in Pe P 1 Y P q 9 pay complete in all respects. 0 E d. Submit claims for transportation damage. will be retained by Architect. 6. Sanitation: Confirm with Owner's Project Manager if existing facilities may be used by construction ti a e. Arrange for replacement of damaged,defective,or missing items. 4. Transmit each item to Architect unless directed otherwise. Include project name,Contractor name, p g thoroughly y g d. Waives claims for additional costs that may subsequently become apparent. ;,a Cr) ar personnel. I#use of existing facilities is allowed,thorou hl clean Ball When existing facilities are not t!3' ,-, f. Arrange for manufacturers'warranties, inspections,and service, subcontractor or supplier name,and drawingsheet,detail number,or specification section number inplace or use of existingfacilities is not allowed,provide suitableportable sanitation units. e, Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. ,�„ g P ppt P 6, Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product - A m 4. Contractors Responsibilities for Owner Furnished Products: corresponding to the submittal as appropriate, a. Review shop drawings,product data,and samples,as requested,and as necessary to facilitate 5. Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the Work. Allow sufficient time for possible revision B. Controls: data submittals. W 4 e " p installation, and resubmittal of rejected submittals. Coordinate submittal of related items. 1, Dust Control: Provide temporary enclosures as necessary to prevent penetration of dust into occupied 7, The Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution,and will notify Contractor of 'r ,* Z . 0 qk b. Receive and unload products at the Owner's storage facili •inspect for completeness and 6, Revise and resubmit rejected submittals as required to obtain approval, identifying made since areas separate from work areas,damage to operating systems and components,and to create acceptance or rejection within a reasonable time, Z C , a9 facility; P 1 eq PP changesP 9 p 9 Y P re y.- damage;transport from the warehouse to the site,and unload products. previous submittal. environmental conditions necessary for the proper installation of materials and systems. til Ili w < a c. Handle,store,install and finish products,in compliance with Contract Documents and 2. Safety Barriers: Provide and maintain,all lawful and necessary barricades,railings,lights,warning E. Bidder-Designed Items: Ltd w 1. Items designated in the Contract Documents as"Bidder-Designed"are documented as necessary to `-- ' manufacturer's instructions,as applicable. B. Progress schedule,vendor schedule,submittal schedule,Schedule of values, and progress photos: Submit signs,signals,and precautions as may be required to safeguard persons from injury. 03 i. describe design intent The Contractor shall be responsible for the final design,engineering, ermittin . a; d. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract the following to Owner and Architect. 3. Smoking: Smoking shall be prohibited in all interior spaces. g Pn gpermitting A. � B (if required bylaw),furnishing,and installation of the complete item, includingcomponent required to e. Coordinate all work required to accommodate Owner furnished items, 1. Progress Schedule: Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, 4. Noise Control: q ) p A q ":, r 5. Coordinate use of the site with the Owner and the buildingowner. identifying first work dayof each week. a Provide necessaryprecautions as required bythe Landlord, yield a fully functioning,structurally stable,and warrantable item in compliance with documented design�. g y intent,and applicable building codes. i�:. i 2. Vendor Schedule: Submit list of Owners Vendors indicating name of Vendor,Contact Name and b. Unless approved otherwise,limit excessive noise producing activities to non-business hours. 2. Except as specifically indicated,the Contractor shall be responsible for interface of bidder designed *`' F. Applications for Payment: Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions for Phone Number,and date of arrival onsite. c. Use saws and hydraulic impactor equipment instead of pneumatic tools and compressors to :- Construction. 3. Submittal Schedule: Submit List of Submittals required by Specifications and indicate Specification reduce noise, items with other components of the project,including connection to utilities if appropriate. -- Section and Date required for submittal. Allow time for Owner,Architect and Consultant reviews and d, Equipment shall be muffled for quiet operation not to exceed 50 decibels at a distance of 20 feet 3. Submittals for each bidder designed item shall indicate the scope of the bidder design work in detail '""' G. Coordination: resubmittal as may be required. from the source, sufficient to clearly describe interface with other items or work, 1. Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderlysequence of installation of construction elements,with ISSUED REVISED DATE eq 4. Schedule of Values: e, Portable stereo equipment shall be inaudible from occupied spaces during business hours OD SET 00a06/19 provisions for accommodating items installed later, a. Submit typed schedule on form provided by Owner. 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING 2. Coordinate space requirements for mechanical and electrical systems. b. Subdivide into each major trade or category of work. C. Maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to site and within site to provide uninterrupted access: PERMIT SET 'Militia 3. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of the Work. Remove ill-timed and defective work c. Include a line item amount for each Allowance if applicable. 1. To temporary construction facilities,storage and work areas. A. Repair existing surfaces and construction as necessary to make Work complete,with all components . and replace with new work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. d. include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. 2. For use by persons and equipment involved in construction of Project. matching and consistent,so as to conceal transition from existing to new work. 4. Seal penetrations through floors,walls, and ceilings. 5. Submit progress,vendor and value schedules within 5 days after Notice to Proceed, 3. For use by emergency vehicles. 6. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment;revised schedules shall reflect changes, 4. To minimize impact on adjacent operations. B, Provide a smooth,even,and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are cut so that H. Applicable Codes: Conform to the codes listed on the Drawings, including change orders,since previous submittal. an invisible transition with new work is not possible,terminate existing surface along the nearest break line, 7. Submit progress photos weekly using template provided by the Owner or as approved. D. Fire Safety: joint,or corner. I. Request For Information: 1. Comply with applicable provisions of Oregon Fire Code for fire safety during demolition and 1. A Request for Information (RFi)is a request from the Contractorr directed to the Architect for C. Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples: construction operations. C. Major patching procedures shall be reviewed with the Building Owner,prior to proceeding. A clarification,interpretation,or direction regarding the Work as described by Contract Documents. 1. Shop Drawings: 2. Coordinate and submit in timely manner so as not to impede delivery,work,and other conditions that a. Submit shop drawings in the form of electronic copies. E. Temporary Construction: may be detrimental to construction progress. b. Unless specified otherwise,shop drawings shall show quantities, materials,methods of assembly, 1. Obtain approval from the Building Owner for modifications to existing systems or facilities not indicated. 3. Use a"Request for Information"form or another form as approved by the Architect. adjacent construction,dimensions,and other appropriate information to fully illustrate the work. 2. Barricade: 4. Allow sufficient time in construction schedule for Architect's response to the RFIs. a. Provide full height barricade to separate construction area from interior occupied areas. SPECIFICATIONS b. Barricade shall conform to Owner's or Landlord's requirements. c. Remove barricade in accordance with Section 017700. A-901 109CALLISONFMC;OREGON ARCHITECTS P . r. 1 2 .3 4 .5 6 7 8 9 10 E: I tilt G. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational M. Removal of Bonded Floor Finishes: v. v. 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 035416 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT facility using the actual equipment in-place.Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data 1. Scrape,grind and otherwise remove existing floor finish and bonding materials as necessary to receive 0 L. Illt submittals. new floor finishes. •.�. c' A. Final Cleaning: A. General +* 2. Prepared surface shall present a uniform flat surface ready to receive the new floor finishes free of 13 =. 1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces prior to final acceptance. 1. Section Includes: a < and other surface irregularities. 2. Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from the site. 018119 INDOOR AIR QUALITY telegraphinga. Underlayments as necessary for leveling of cast-in-place concrete slabs to meet specified a-0: 3. New floor finishes shall not be installed over existing floor finish materials unless approved otherwise, tolerances. F B. Closeout Procedures: A. General b. Ramps and tapers as necessary to correct levels between dissimilar finishes. i . el 0 1. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for Substantial and Final 1. Section Includes: 2. Submittals: Manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. -0 6 Completion. a. Construction procedures to promote adequate indoor air quality after construction. 3. Environmental Requirements: Maintain surface and ambient temperature of between 50 and 80 ' (3: s 2. Owner's Review and Punchlist: Upon substantial completion,all work under this Contract shall be 2. Project Goals: DIVISION 03-CONCRETE degrees F for 24 hours before,during,and 24 hours after underlayment installation. 3i � . complete and ready for Owners review.. a. Dust and Airborne Particulates: Prevent deposition of dust and other particulates in HVAC ducts .' "' 3. Submit all certificates of approval issued by the governing authorities, includingCertificate of and equipment. B. Products oc '� 030033 CONCRETE PATCHING 0W - ,, i Occupancy. 1) Cleaning of ductwork is not contemplated under this Contract. 1. Self-Leveling Underlayment System: Self:leveling,pourable,cement based material,minimum 28 day z Z.W 131 0 4. Prior to final payment,submit the following affidavits using the forms listed below: 2) Contractor shall bear the cost of cleaning required due to failure to protect ducts and A. General compressive strength 2,000 psi;minimum bond strength 200 psi;one of the following. # ,, ,..,r. Ca a. Contractors Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims AlA Document G706. equipment from construction dust. 1. Section Includes: a. Mapei Corporation"Ultraplan 1 Plus". - • b. Consent of Surety for Final payment AlA Document G707. b. Airborne Contaminants: Procedures and products have been specified to minimize indoor air a. Trenching and pipe bedding. b. Ardex Inc."K-15"Self-Leveling Underlayment Concrete, c. Contractors lien release,and lien releases from each subcontractor;Contractors Affidavit of pollutants. b. Patching of concrete at utility trenches. c. ProSpec"Level Set 300." Release of Liens AIA Document G706A. 1) Furnish products meeting the specifications. c. Patching of concrete as necessary to match existing or to achieve surface necessary for d. Laticrete International, Inc."Drytek Levelex" 5. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted contract sum,previous payments, and 2) Avoid construction practices that could result in contamination of installed products leading to subsequent installation of finishes. e. Raeco"SLU,"or"SW Fast-Set". sum remaining due. indoor air pollution. 2. Quality Assurance: 2. Trowelable Underlayment System: As recommended by manufacturer for conditions. 3. Related Sections: a. Perform work in accordance with AC1301,unless indicated or specified otherwise. a. Mapei Corporation"Mapecem 100"or"Planitop 10". C. Project Record Documents: a. Division 23-Heating,Ventilating and Air Conditioning: HVAC filters;testing HVAC systems for b. Concrete work is subject to special testing and inspection as specified in Section 014500. b. Ardex inc."SD-P"Fast-Setting Underlayment. 1. Maintain a complete set of record drawings which clearly and neatly indicate exact installed locations of proper air flow rates,adjustment of dampers and registers,and settings for equipment. c. ProSpec"Trowel Grade Underlayment" items that will be concealed in the work such as conduit,piping,ducts,reinforcing,mechanical and 4. Definitions: B. Products: d. Laticrete international, Inc."Laticrete 220 Medium Bed Mortar mixed with"Laticrete 3701 Latex electrical equipment,and similar items. Show all changes from the contract documents,and all a. Adsorptive Materials: Gypsum board,acoustical ceiling the and panels,carpet and carpet tile, 1. Concrete Materials: Mortar Admix." E uncovered existing conditions that will be subsequently concealed. fabrics,fibrous insulation, and other similar products. a. Unless specified otherwise,conform to AC1301. e. Tamms Industries Co."Thin Patch" 2, Record drawings shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separately from those used for b. Contaminants: Gases,vapors,regulated pollutants,airborne mold and mildew,and the like,as b. Concrete Materials: f. Raeco"R-50 Latex Mortar Overiayment" construction. specified. 1) Cement: ASTM C150,normal-Type 1 portland cement;grey color. 3. Accessories: Furnish primers,patching compounds,and sand fillers as recommended by the 3. Documents shall be in same format as the Construction Documents. c. Particulates: Dust,dirt,and other airborne solid matter. 2) Normal Weight Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33;severe weather exposure. underlayment manufacturer for the conditions of the project. 4. Keep documents current;do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been d. Wet Work: Concrete,plaster,coatings,and other products that emit water vapor or volatile c. Reinforcing Steel:ASTM C615,grade 60. + recorded. organic compounds during installation,drying,or curing. d. Chairs,Bolsters,Bar Supports,and Spacers: Plastic;sized and shaped for strength and support C. Execution r� 5. At Contract Closeout,submit documents with transmittal letter containing date,Project title,Contractor's of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. 1. With the exception of areas where leveling can be accomplished by use of latex underlayment,as 4Y Q name and address,list of documents, and signature of Contractor. B. Products-Not Used e. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. specified in other sections,install cementitious underlayment to concrete slabs as indicated on the o 1) Air-Entrainment: ASTM C 260. Drawings,and as necessary to level slabs or bring substrates to proper elevation. : e �, D. Submittals: In addition to submittals required by the Conditions of the Contract,and submittals required by C. Execution 2. Preparation: ri p 2) Water Reducer Normal: ASTM C 494,Type A. R Section 013300,furnish submittals required by governing authorities,and submit a final statement of 1. Construction Procedures a. Inspect floor to verifythat demolition is complete to the point A ... > 3) Accelerator ASTM C 494,Type C or E,non-corrosive,non-chloride. p p where work may progress. i E-, el accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum,previous payments,and sum remaining due. a. Prevent the absorption of moisture and humidity by adsorptive materials by: f. High Range;Water Reducer(Superplasticizer): ASTM G 494,Type F or G and shall be of the b. Survey floor as necessary to set screeds and reference points. identify construction joints. w zi CZ 1) Sequencing the delivery of such materials so that they are not present in the building until wet second or third generation type. Shall be batch plant added to extend plasticity time,and reduce Prepare for underlayment at all locations where floor does not meet specified tolerance 99* cS> E. Operation and Maintenance Data: work is completed and dry. water 20 to 30 percent. requirements. 1. Submit complete data for each piece of equipment and component used in the work. 2) Delivery and storage of such materials in fully sealed moisture-impermeable packaging. 2. Accessories; c.. Ensure that subfloor is clean,dry,hard,sound,and free of oils,or other substance that would 311 ! SI 2. Submit operation and maintenance data for mechanical and electrical systems. 3) Provide sufficient ventilation for drying within reasonable time frame. a. Bonding Agent: A two-component moisture insensitive, 100%solids epoxy adhesive with a shear affect proper bonding and curing. 3. Arrange in a binder with a section for each system. b. Do not store construction materials or waste in mechanical or electrical rooms. bond to concrete strength of over 1400 psi. d. Verify that all areas to be leveled are at or below final design elevation. Grind down high spots as 4. Coordinate number of copies required with Owner. c. Prior to use of return air ductwork without intake filters,clean up and remove dust and debris b. Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System: One of the following: necessary to meet specified tolerance requirements. o generated by construction activities. 1) Dewalt I Powers: Pure 110+Epoxy(ICC ESR-3298, LARR 26035,VOC report 1303588). e. Set screeds,markers,and reference blocks. Set screeds at all construction and control joints to F. Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds: (two copies required,separate binders): 1) Inspect duct intakes,return air grilles, and terminal units for dust. 2) Hilti: RE-500 V3 Epoxy(ICC ESR-3814,LARK 26028). establish weakened plane joints in underlayment. Z 1. Submit manufacturer warranties. 2) Clean plenum spaces,including top sides of lay-in ceilings,outsides of ducts,tops of Res c. Curing Materials: 3. Application: �� 0 2. Furnish written guarantee,from each subcontractor performing work covered by the additional and conduit. a. Include in Bid: Install trowelable underlayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at a 'E guarantee requirements specified in the technical sections. Unless specified or approved otherwise, 1) Waterproof Sheet Material: Waterproof paper in accordance with ASTM C171;reinforced Yim o eq RR� RR 3) Clean tops of doors and frames. waterproof kraft paper;white color at exterior applications;Burke Kraft Curing Paper Type I- other locations as appropriate to installation conditions. N .". the guarantee shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion.Each guarantee shall be signed, 4) Clean mechanical and electrical rooms, including tops of pipes,ducts,and conduit, SK-30,or approved b. Unit Price No. 1: Install self-leveling underlayment at other locations as necessary to correct slabs i "- and: equipment,and supports. 2) Curing Compound: ASTM C309;moisture loss not more than 0.055 r,s .cm.when applied flatness and levelness. +10 a. State that the work under guarantee was installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 5) Clean returnplenums of air handlingunits. b. State the work will be free from defects in workmanshipand material for the period of time in a single coat manufacturers recommended rate. g q RP c. Apply primer to all areas to receive underlayment and toppings;repeat application if necessary to R 6) Remove intake filters last,after cleaning is complete. 3. Backfill Material;Well graded sand and gravel with no particles larger than 1 inch,maximum 2 percent achieve proper build. (17 lia;. a specified. d. Do not perform dusty or dirty work after starting use of return air ducts without intake filters. passing U.S. No.200 sieve. d. Thoroughly mix underlayment materials for each type of product in proper proportions to achieve 01111110 Cl-. c. State that defects will be promptly repaired without additional cost to the Owner. e. Use other relevant recommendations of SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under smooth homogeneous mix,free of lumps. Z.-- R g 4. Vapor Retarder: Match existing, unless approved otherwise. 9 R Oti Construction for avoiding unnecessary contamination due to construction procedures. 5. Concrete Mix: e. Install trowelable underlayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at other locations ' *0 e G. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: Furnish products,spare parts,and maintenance materials in where to Bred fill is necessaryto align the finished surfaces of the various floor finish materials. *'1x i - quantities specified in each Section,in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with a. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94;minimum 3000 psi 28 day compressive strength. R 9 Owner,deliver to Project Site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. b. All concrete shall contain the specified water reducing or high range water-reducing admixture. f. Install self-leveling underlayment at existing concrete slab surfaces to correct slab flatness and ..><i. c. All slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 degrees F shall contain the specified levelness. 'R. DIVISION 02- EXISTING CONDITIONS accelerator. g. Install underiayments;finish to a smooth uniform surface. #a: 017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING d. All concrete required to be air entrained shall contain air-entraining admixture to produce 4%to 6% h. Cure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A. Administrative andprocedural requirements for instructingOwner'spersonnel,includingthe following: 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION air. 4. Tolerances: Very flat; level to within 118"in 10 feet. C l g 5. Clean-up: As work proceeds,clean up excess materials,rubbish,and splash. 'tt' 1. Instruction in operation and maintenance of systems,subsystems,and equipment. C. Execution E- A. Notify the Owner prior to commencing demolition work. B. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training,including a list of 1. Trenching training modules and a schedule of proposed dates,times,length of instruction time, and instructors'names B. Existing Warranties: Remove,replace,patch,and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during a. Excavation: for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. selective demolition,by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. 1) Make trenches with sufficient width to provide free working space at both sides of the trench DIVISION 04-MASONRY and around the installed item as required for joining,backfilling,and compacting. al . c c C. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate the work. Where demolition 2) Trench as required to provide the elevations shown on the Drawings.Where elevations are 1 ' C. Coordination: Not Used tL t'd , exceeds that indicated,verify such demolition with the Architect and the Landlord prior to proceeding. not shown on the Drawings,trench to sufficient depth to give a minimum of 6 inches of fill ' t11 1. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owners operations.Adjust schedule as required to minimize 0 illi disrupting Owners operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. above the top of the pipe measured from the bottom of the slab. 1 a 2. Coordinate instructors,including providing notification of dates,times,length of instruction time,and D. Protect existing structural members. Contact the Architect prior to modifying structural members beyond the b. Bedding and Backfill: an .i3tin:. - , extent indicated. Cease operations and notify the Architect immediately if continued demolition operations 1) Coordinate with other trades for installation and bedding of utilities. .1 course content. might endanger the existingstructure. 2) Place a minimum of 6 inches of beddingmaterial in the trench to fullysupport the utilityline DIVISION 05-METALS - 51a 3. Coordinate content of trainingmodules with content of approved emergency,operation,and g g RpoX31 ' RR g y' Re 3) Place fill surrounding the utility line. ' �, r maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data have E. During demolition operations,notify the Architect of all conditions which differ substantially from those 4) Hand tamp fill materials. 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS411 been reviewed and approved by Architect. indicated,specified,or expected. Perform no demolition in such areas,unless approved by the Architect. c. Install vapor retarder over fill;seal to existing vapor retarder. Ca' to D. Instruction Program 2. Reinforcement: A. General � ' Ui - og F. Provide Contractor designed temporary shoring as required to support existing construction against Ltd to a. Fabricate as indicated and in accordance with AC1315. 1. Section Includes: 1. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each movement or overload during demolition operations,until permanent supports are in place. ''� := system and for equipment not part of a system,as required by individual Specification Sections. b. Place,support,and secure reinforcement against displacement. a. Miscellaneous metal fabrications not specified in other Sectors. c. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on the drawings at points of minimum stress. b. Shelf and counter support brackets. tt 8 2. Program Structure: Provide training modules for each of the following: G. Except where noted or specified otherwise. Take possession of materials being demolished.and CI-: eL. a. Basis of system design,operational requirements,and criteria immediately remove from site d. Slab Patching: c. Partial heigh#partition supports. , co 1) Documentation. 1) Reinforcement: Place as indicated;where not indicated,place as follows at locations where d. Unistrut metal framing and threaded rod. Cr existing reinforcing has been cut or demolished,and where slabs have been penetrated full 2. Submittals: < Cit 2) Emergencies. H. Carefully remove materials and components to be salvaged or reused at this location. Prior to start of "r-. depth for trenching or similar applications. a. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials,profiles,sizes,connection attachments,reinforcing,size and0 3) Operations. demolition,contact the Owner to determine which items will be claimed. Temporarily store salvage materials . 4) Adjustments. and transport them as directed by the Owner 2) Dowel into existing slab at minimum 12 inches on center but in not less than 2 places along type of fasteners,and accessories. j 5) Troubleshooting. long side of concrete patch area. 3. Quality Assurance: 6) Maintenance. I. Provide a smooth,even,and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are cut so that 3. Placement a. Fabricator Qualifications: Experienced and regularly engaged in producing metal fabrications of ISSUED/REVISED DATE 7) Repairs. an invisible transition with new work is not possible,terminate existing surface along the nearest break line, a. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94; minimum 3000 psi,28 day compressive strength. the type specified;must employ only skilled personnel using proper equipment to produce work, as SET 09106/1V joint,or corner. Concrete and masonry shall be saw cut or core drilled. b. Placement and Finishing: b. Use only AWS certified welders. PERMIT SET10111/19 E. Preparation: 1) Use bonding agent at interface with existing slab edge 1. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training J. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required,at no additional cost to the Owner 2) Place in accordance with ACI 301. B. Products module.Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements 3) Finish concrete slabs level and even with existing floor. 1. Materials: in Section 017700"Operation and Maintenance Data." K. Utility Line Demolition: 4) Slab Finish: Full Trowel finish interior floor slab surfaces to match adjacent work. a. Steel Plate,Bars,Shapes: ASTM A36. 2. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 1. Verify locations of existing utilities prior to demolition. 5) Construction Joints: Place at either expansion or control joint locations. b. Tubes: ASTM A500 or A501. 2. Abandoned underslab conduit shall be cut off below the finished surface line,and all conductors shall 6) Slab Tolerances: Slabs: Class B in accordance with ACI 301. c. Pipe; ASTM A53,seamless,Type S,plain end;schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. F. Instruction be removed. Patch and fill the opening flush with the finish. 4. Curing: d. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307 1. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules,to 3. Abandoned electrical conductors shall be removed back to the branch circuit panel, unless indicated a. Use waterproof sheet material;wet cure fora minimum 7 days. 2. Products: coordinate instructors,and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, otherwise. Abandoned conduit which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave b. Use waterproof sheet material at surfaces to receive subsequent bonded finish materials.A curing a. Unistrut: Unistrut Corporation,Wayne,MI(8001521-7730). System as indicated on the Drawings: ; instruction times,rsdtr locator. abandoned conduit which is concealed in existing construction to remain. compound may be used on surfaces to receive subsequent bonded finish materials,provided the 1) P1000 Series'is standard for approval; 12 gage,galvanized finish;submit alternate products 2. Engage qualified uctors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust,operate,and maintain systems, 4. Abandoned piping which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned piping curing compound is approved in writing by the manufacturer of the adhesive or the bonding finish for approval subsystems,and equipment not part of a system. which is concealed in existing construction to remain. Cap all exposed ends. material. Curing compound may also be used on surfaces to receive subsequent bonded finish 2) Provide compatible matching fittings for complete installation as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal 5. Indicate location of disconnected utilities on the Project Record Drawings as specified in Division 01. materials, provided the curing compound is removed with shot blasting or other approved method b. Threaded Rod:ASTM A575,and A576;threaded hot rolled steel;sizes as indicated, operation,provide similar instruction at start of each season. prior to installation of bonded materials. c. Fasteners as indicated on the Structural Drawings,and as required for a complete installation. SPECIFICATIONS a. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days'advance notice. L. Leave site in a condition acceptable to the Owner at all times. Remove demolished materials from site daily d. Interior Primer: Modified alkyd type(VOC compliant);lead and chromate free;gray or white color. as work progresses. Do not overload existing structure with demolished materials. e. Touch-up Primer: Compatible with shop primer. .A-902 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3. Fabrication: 2. Quality Assurance: e. Painted Standing and Running Trim Sanding: Unless otherwise indicated,ease all exposed edges b. Field Measurements: .Mr.s p. _ a. Accurately fabricate work to the configurations indicated;fit to field conditions. a. Regulatory Requirements: Work shall conform to!meet or exceed the requirements of all of wood trim to a uniform 1/16 inch radius. Sand all semi-exposed transparent or opaque finish 1) Field measure conditions where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction prior 2 b. Fabricate with clean lines,and free of bends and twists. Curved surfaces shall have smooth and applicable codes,ordinances,laws,regulations,safety orders,and directives from authorities wood surfaces to NAAWS"Custom"grade standards. to fabricating work of this Section, uniform radii. Flat surfaces shall form true planes,free from oil canning. having jurisdiction over the work. f. Tolerances for overall assembly dimensions shall be within 1/32 of an inch. 2) Show final field measurements on shop drawings. •....a RI::�-" c. Welds shall have sufficient strength to withstand the loads applied, Back or kerf cut all standingand runningtrimgreater than 2 inch in width,except terminate before 3) Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying Project,coordinate dimensions 9 PP g. P Y 9I d. Items to be Concealed from View: Fabricate as detailed;ease sharpedges. Furnish unfinished B. Products: exposed ends. amongtrades to ensure proper fit of woodwork. g P lam' u. 0 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Dimension Lumber. x e. For items to be exposed to view or subject to contact,grind welds smooth and level with adjacent a. In accordance with PS 20;graded in accordance with WWPA,WCLB,or NLGA,grading rules. C. Execution B. Products r... �! F surfaces; remove all burrs from cut edges. Fill imperfections with body putty as necessary for a b. Moisture Content: Kiln dried to 19%maximum. 1. Installation of Standing and Running Trim. 1. Components og > ; ...,�. Grp. smooth even finish. Prime finish. C. Species: Hem-Fir, Spruce-Pine-Fir(SPF),or Douglas Fir Larch. a. Install wood trim straight,true,level,plumb,and firmly anchored in place in accordance with good a. Lumber Graded in accordance with NAAWS Architectural Woodwork Standards,Section 3 C , f. Finishes: As indicated on the Drawings d. Structural Lumber Grades: trade practice. requirements for quality grade specified,average moisture content of 6 percent. ( , o 1) Structural Framing(2"to 4"thick,2"to 4"wide): "No 2-Structural Light Framing,"or better; b. Jointing: Make all joints to conceal shrinkage;miter all corners.except that inside corners of wall b. Transparent Finish Lumber-Wood Screen Slats and Wood Wall Mounted Slats: Provide species �,., l "Stud" Y a C. Execution grade may be used at stud applications. base shall be coped;scarf all end-to-end joints at a 45 degree angle;install all trim pieces as long and grades as scheduled or to match architects'sample. l (2" wider): possible,jointingonly supportDensity (MDF): (mediumdensity)meeting 0i� E 1. Installation: 2) Structural Joists,Rafters and Beams to 4"thick,5"and "No.2-Structural Joists as ssible ointin where solid is obtained. Make each continuous run of 8'-0"or c. Medium Fiberboard MDF : ANSI A208.2 Class MD the z ;+,,, c 03 a. Unless indicated otherwise,install items plumb and level. Install elements accurately in the and Planks,"or better. less from single piece without joints; locate butt joints no less than 4'-0"from corners or ends of requirements of NAAWS. positions indicated. e. Architectural Lumber Grades: Unexposed non-structural wood framing and blocking indicated on trim. 1) Locations: • b. Support work rigidly in position. Provide reinforcing anchors,and backing as detailed,and as the Architectural Drawings shall be graded as follows: c. Fastening: a) Applied slats and substrates with painted finish at exposed casework faces as indicated. otherwise necessary for secure attachment. 1) Blocking and Nailers: "Utility-Light Framing,"or better. 1) Install all items straight,true,level,plumb,and firmly anchored in place. Coordinate with b) Casework core,typical: c. Touch-up all surfaces damaged during installation. Patch all welds and damage marks with 2. Plywood: other trades to ensure placement of all required backing and blocking in a timely manner. c) Water-resistant core,where required: MDF,ANSI A 208.2 Grade 155 MR-50, matching primer. a. Concealed: APA Rated Sheathing;CD grade;Exterior;plywood,3/4 inch thickness unless 2) Use trim head screws of proper dimension to hold the member firmly in place without splitting 2) Made with no added urea formaldehyde. d. Install metal fabrications in accordance with applicable requirements specified for fabrication. otherwise;indicated. the wood.. d. Plastic Laminate: Meeting the requirements of the NAAWS for its use;colors as scheduled.. e. Isolate metal fabrications from dissimilar materials. b. Terminal Backboards:APA AC grade;Exterior;plywood,3/4 inch thickness unless otherwise 3) On exposed finish work,set trim head screws for putty. e. Cabinet liner:NEMA LD-3 Grade CLS;colors as indicated. 2. Special Installation for Unistrut: indicated;fire retardant. 4) Screw,do not hammer-drive,all wood screws. Predrill if necessary to prevent splitting. f. Edgeband: PVC or ABS matching the color and pattern of the exposed laminate, a. Install in locations shown on the drawings using attachment methods indicated, 3. Fire Retardant: Treat all interior concealed lumber and plywood. 5) Align and space fasteners for uniform pattern where possible,no'shotgun" patterns will be g. Adhesives: Type I,fully waterproof. b. Coordinate layout with Landlord requirements;review overhead support locations with the a. Treated wood materials shall bear a UL"FR-S'label,or a label from an approved inspection accepted. h. Hardware: Landlord prior to attempting installation. agency certifying that the material meets the requirements of AWPA C-20 Type A for lumber and 2. Field Finishing: 1) Door and Drawer Pulls: As indicated. E c. Install items plumb and level from overhead structural supports approved by the Landlord. AWPA C-27 Type A for plywood. a. Sand all opaque finish wood surfaces to AWS"Custom"grade standards. 2) Drawer Slides: Full extension ball bearing;clear zinc finish;rail mount;Accuride,or b. Treated lumber shall be kiln dried to a maximum moisture content of 19%; treated plywood shall b. Sandpaper all wood surfaces thoroughly as required to produce a uniformly smooth surface, approved;load rating as required for the application. 055800 FORMED METAL FABRICATIONS be kiln dried to a maximum moisture content of 15%. always sanding in the direction of the grain; no coarse grained sandpaper mark,hammer mark,or a) Light Duty Rating(drawers 12 inches wide or less): Accuride 2632;65 lb BiFMA load c. Approved Products: other imperfections will be accepted. rating A. General 1) Interior Fireproofing: Clear finish product, Hickson Corporation"Dricon,"Hoover Treated c. See Section 099000 for finishing of standing and running trim woodwork not finished under this b) Medium Duty Rating(drawers 32 inches wide or less):Accuride 7432; 100 Ib BIFMA 1 1. Section includes: Wood Products"Pyro-guard,'or Osmose Wood Preserving Co.of America, Inc."Flame Proof Section. load rating. OCT • a. End mounted louvers sections with back rails, LHC." 3. Clean-up c) Heavy Duty Rating(drawers 42 inches wide or less):Accuride 3640;200 lb BIFMA load �i� 4/!i b. Mounting support rails and brackets. d. On-Site Fire Retardant Treatment Site treat sawn ends with approved fire retardant treatment a. Maintain the premises in a neat,safe,and orderly condition at all times during execution of this rating. c! (47 I 2. Submittals: 4. Fasteners: portion of the work,free from accumulation of sawdust,cut-ends,and debris. 3) Concealed Door Hinges: European style;concealed;self-closing; 100 degree of opening, ` a. Product Data: a. G-185 galvanized coating or stainless steel fasteners at treated wood locations. b. At the end of each working day,or more often if necessary,thoroughly sweep and/or vacuum all Blum,Grass,Heide or Sugatsune. =4 k.; A Q 1) Submit manufacturers standard product data and installation instructions for component b. For Attachment of Blocking to Metal Studs: USG type 5-12 trim head screws; 1-5/8 inch long. surfaces where refuse from this portion of the work has settled. 4) Shelf Supports: Bored hole system with metal supports. '' F profiles, mounting materials,and end caps. c. Other Applications: As appropriate to conditions. c. Repair or replace or otherwise restore to new condition all items damaged by work of this Section. 5) Locks: `�' �� C� a) Olympus Lock or roved;5pin tumbler cylinder ANSI Grade 1;configuration to i b. Shop Drawings: PP Y locks; 9 � �� `� �'�,> ) C. Execution suit condition; keyed alike as directed,and masterke ed, 7 1) Include reflected ceiling plan indicating: 064000 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK YY �+ a) Layout of system components and louver direction, 1. Framing: b) Furnish two keys for keyed alike group;and four masterkeys;finish to match pulls. , • { : ., I b) Required supports or backing locations. a. Erect as indicated. A. General i, Solid Surfacing Countertops:Specified in Section 066116. j c) Connections. b. Erect wood framing members level and plumb unless indicated otherwise. 1. Section includes: j, Fasteners:Type and size as required by conditions of use. j d) Detail references. c. Place horizontal members crown side up. a. Special fabricated casework units. k• Joint Sealers:Specified in Section 079200. D 2) Include details indicating: d. Use framing members full length without splices. b. Cabinet hardware. 2. Casework Fabrication: a) Critical field dimensions. e. Tolerances: c. Wood slat screen. a. General Fabrication Requirements: Z b) Method of support for system and connections#o other building components. 1) Maximum 1/4 inch from true position. d, Wood wall mounted slats, 1) Fabricate to the configurations indicated,unless approved otherwise on the shop drawings. Li 0; c) Integration with mechanical and electrical components. . 2) Maximum 1/4 inch in 10 feet from true plumb or level, 2. References: 2) Provide openings in casework for the incorporation of all appliance,fixture,electrical and isiU o } d) Component materials and profiles. 2. Blocking and Nailers: a. Minimum standards for work in this section shall be in conformity with the North American mechanical components. Openings for all appliance and plumbing equipment shall be cut i,..,,, a i U e) End caps, a. Provide blocking,backing and shims,as indicated. Architecture!Woodwork Standards NAAWS ,current edition. from templates obtained from the appliance and plumbing equipment installer, d`i back rails and brackets. (NAAWS), f) Installation and coordination details. b. Install blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of electrical fixtures and equipment, 3. Submittals: 3) Provide concealed access to casework electrical fixtures and wiring. m. 01'0 c. Samples: Submit two(2) 12"lengths of louver,finished in color proposed for the work. cabinets,doorstop plates,wood base,wainscots,coat hooks,and all other wall and ceiling a. Submit Section 066116 submittals simultaneously with submittals#or this section. 4) Unless indicated or approved otherwise,provide adjustable base to provide level installation yCvc 3. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: mounted components, unless specified otherwise. b. Product Literature: Submit literature for a sample of each hardware component proposed. which accommodates variations in floor levelness. VI " o a. Comply with Section 016000. 3. Backing: c. Shop Drawings. 5) Shop assemble casework to the greatest practical extent 1.02 b. Store components in full enclosed space above the floor on skids to prevent warpage,scratches, a. 2x wood or plywood may be used in lieu of sheet metal backing where approved. 1 Submit shop drawin s in conforming to the re uirements of the North American Architec#ural 6) Adjustable Shelves: All casework shelves shaft be adjustable,unless otherwise noted. ..� P Y P P ) P 9 9 requirement + or damage from moisture,direct sunlight,and other surface contamination. b. Install plywood backing at locations of wall-mounted standards,shelving and counters. Woodwork Standards. Provisions for shelf adjustment shall be by drillings at 2 inches on center in the cabinet bodyoni , c. Install plywood backing using one of the following methods(Contractor's option): 2) On the shop drawing elevations show the locations of backing required to be installed within for the placement of shelf support brackets. Provide 4 supports for each shelf,Drillings shall ...ft 3 I B. Products 1) Keil plywood 1/4"(3/8",maximum if required for heavy gage studs)to receive flange returnbe in straight even lines. 6 'fit walls for attachment of casework,countertops,wood slat screen and wood wall mounted 9 ,.. 3 j 1. Formed Metal Louver System: (or crimp the return closed);provide supplementary sheet metal angle attached to back of slats. - 7) Provide all hardware,fasteners,and exposed trim. 011C i a, Manufacturer and Product: As scheduled on the drawings. stud where necessary to support backing. Screws into edge of plywood are unacceptable. 3) Indicate materials,components,profiles and configurations,dimensions,fastening methods, 8) Grommet openings: Provide openings with wiring grommets at locations indicated, 0 b. Accessories: 2) Mount plywood over face of studs beneath gypsum board. Plywood shall be continuous over jointing details,colors and finishes,and accessories. b. Plastic Laminate Casework Construction: 1) Back rail: Provide manufacturers standard closure rail extrusions. entire plane of wall; 1/2 inch thickness. Secure plywood backing with edges on firm bearing. 4) Included hardware,cut-out locations for appliances,plumbing fixtures,mechanical and 1) Fabricate plastic laminate finsih casework in accordance with NAAWS;"Custom"grade, C 2) L-Brackets: Provide manufacturers standard bracket for floor to ceiling mounting. 4. Plywood Terminal Backboards: electrical devices,and other items occurring in casework. "Premium"grade for doors and drawers and exposed interior surfaces ._ 3) Fasteners: Sheet metal screws;as recommended by the manufacturer. a. Provide plywood terminal backboard where indicated on the Drawings. 5) Details shall be at a minimum scale of 1-1/2 inch per foot, 2) Fabricate wood casework with plastic laminate over medium density fiber board. c, Finish: As scheduled. b. Backing: Mechanically attach plywood directly to metal studs through gypsum board. d. Samples: 3) Exposed Exterior Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate.Color and pattern asr 1) Solid wood with transparent finish: Submit a minimum of three(3) 12-inch long samples selected by the architect. C. Execution 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY representative of the maximum range of color and grainingto be expected for each species, 4) Exposed Interior Surfaces: High-pressure laminate matching exposed surfaces. P 9 P P l'(fa.:9.1"-a.1:'_ 1. Examination: cut,and finish combination specified. 5) Semi-Exposed Surfaces: Low-pressure melamine overlay. C 0 a. Examine substrates,areas,and conditions,with Installer present,for compliance with A. General 2) Three,3 x 3 inch plastic laminate samples in each color and finish. 6) Construction Type: NAAWS construction type A,frameless. " ;�,�, requirements for installation tolerances,louver supports,and other conditions affecting 1. Section Includes: Wood standing and running trim. 3) Each hardware component. 7) Edgeband, VC or ABS, matching the color and pattern of the exposed laminate. 4 CV performance of the Work. 2. References: Minimum standards for work in this section shall be in conformity with the North American 4. Quality Assurance: 8) Cabinet and Door Interface Style: Flush Overlay. C3 U.. 1) Verify backing for louver supports have been installed within alignment tolerances required by Architectural Woodwork Standards(NAAWS),current edition. a. Single Source Responsibility: All Architectural Woodwork shall be under the responsibility of a a) Joint between exposed doors,drawer faces,and countertop edges shall be 1/8 inch plus mot to C ) a metal louver manufacturer. 3. Quality Assurance: single fabricator. or minus 1/32 inch. a „",t cr �a b Fabricate drawer bodies to full depth of drawer fronts less 1/2 inch. >. .�.i a: 2} Examine soffit surfaces to verify that substrate where rails will be mounted is supported by a Qualifications of Workmen; Cutting and fitting of trim and finish material,shall be performed by b, Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum 5 years experience in work of this Section. ) P 00 framing or blocking and that substrate installation is within flatness tolerances required by finish carpenters thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required,completely familiar with c. Qualifications of Installers: Use only journeyman finish carpenters who are thoroughly trained and 9) Hardware; 111 "- :3. , a) Unless otherwise shown or specified,all drawers shall be equipped with standard full z:- meta! louver manufacturer. the materials involved and the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation,and skilled in the work,and who are completely familiar with the materials and quality standards P� x PP CI A 2. Installation - F thoroughly familiar with the requirements of this work. specified. No allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. extension slides. ,Z. 0 re 1,.. b Install Hardware straight and true and in perfect alignment to 0 a. Soffit#o Soffit Attachment: 4. Delivery,Storage and Handling: d. interface with Other Products: Review manufacturers cuts sheets and the mechanical and ) 9 P g meat horizontally and vertically with ,� 1) Install metal louver system usingend mountingmethod in accordance with manufacturer's a. Delivery: Do not deliver wood materials to buildinguntil"wet work"such as concrete,plaster and electrical documents to ensure that the architectural woodwork will adequately accommodate all - adjacent casework and hardware. ? Y q y instructions. gypsum wallboard work has been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium. appliances, piping,conduit or fixtures shown being located or fixed to the millwork. c) Carefully fit and securely attach cabinet hardware in accordance with manufacturers . �f,3 2) Mount L-Brackets to opposite ends of vertical face of ceiling soffit structure, b. Storage: Store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Store wood materials in the general e. Pre-Installation Meeting: printed instructions, and exercise caution not to mar or injure finish surfaces. tr B 3) Position louver and slide open side into brackets and attach with screws. Cut louver as areas within the building where they are to be installed. Stack using spacers,stickers,or other - 1) Before framing is completed,hold a meeting of the contractor,the casework and woodwork c. Applied MDF Slats over MDF Substrates. 0 + . required for exact fit. devices to permit air circulation. Allow to stabilize for a minimum of 48 hours prior to installation. manufacturer,casework and woodwork installer,and the framing contractor. 1) Fabricate to profiles indicated. IX it- 4) Attach back rail to louvers and secure with screws. c. Handling: Protect wood materials from excessive moisture in shipment,storage, and handling. a) Review the locations of backing required for woodwork and casework installation as 2) Secure to casework surfaces using concealed fasteners. - CI 3 Sha applied paint finish in color as scheduled. ' 1.- b. install louvers level, plumb,true,and straight with no distortions. � d, Site Conditions; Maintain temperature between 65°F and 84°F,and Humidity within operational shown on the woodwork shop drawings. ) p pP� P 1) Shim back rails as required with concealed shims. design range,from time of delivery of millwork to area of building in which it is to be installed. b) Review the method of attachment of the backing to the wall system as shown on the - 3. Wood Slat Screen and Wood Wall Mounted Slat Fabrication: - i. 2) Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. architectural drawings. a. Fabricate wood screen to NAAWS requirements for"Premium"grade fabrication to sizes and 3) Install with no more than 1/16 inch in 96-inch vertical cup or bow and 1/8 inch in 96-inch B. Products 2 Convene 2 weeks prior to beginning work of this Section hold a meeting of the Contractor, shapes indicated on the Drawings. ) P 9 9 9 ISSUED t REVISED DATE variation from a true plane. 1. Lumber. In accordance with the NAAWS Grade specified for the product being fabricated Architect,Owner,Fabricator,installer,and related trades. Review,discuss and resolve: b. Fabricate in accordance with approved shop drawings. Shop assemble to the greatest practical rISSUED .SET 09106/19 c. Do not install louvers with edge or surface damage. Replace with new undamaged material,all a. Trim for Opaque Finish: Yellow poplar,or other approved closed grain hardwood. a Critical dimensions. extent• PERMIT SET' 'I OM lila louvers which become chipped or damaged prior to final acceptance. 2. Accessories: b) Product delivery and storage. - c. Fabricate screens with members evenly spaced and with vertical and horizontal members square 3. Clean-Up: Remove fingerprints and traces of soil and blemishes from louver materials. Use cleaning a. Finishing trim head screws shall be properly sized for adequate penetration into substrate or c) Staging and sequencing, and in alignment. - materials recommended by the manufacturer of the louvers. framing. d) Protection of completed work. d. Fabricate wail mounted slats with members evenly spaced and with members cut to angles b. Furnish fasteners,shims,sealants,and other materials as necessary for complete and functioning 5. Delivery Storage and Handling: indicated. - - installation. a. In accordance with 016000,and as follows: e. Provide all mounting hardware and fasteners. 3. Fabrication and Assembly: 1) Deliver materials only when the project is ready for installation and the general contractor has 4. - Shop Finishing - DIVISION 06-WOOD,PLASTICS,AND COMPOSITES a. Fabricate to the following grades: provided a clean storage area. a. Shop-finish all architectural woodwork wood surfaces. 1) Painted Standing and Running Trim: NAAWS requirements for"Custom"grade fabrication. 2) Do not deliver architectural woodwork materials to the building until"wet"work such as b. Sand all exposed and semi-exposed wood surfaces smooth,always sanding in the direction of the 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY b. Fabricate items to detail,in accordance with approved shop drawings. Shop assemble to the gypsum wallboard work has been completed. wood grain, - - - - A greatest practical extent. 3) Maintain indoor temperature and humidity within the range recommended by the North c. Sand all exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to NAAWS"Premium"grade standards. A. General: c. All cuts shall be smooth and exact,with joints accurately matched,tightly fitted,and securely American Architectural Woodwork Standards for the location of the project. d. Fill all depressions and imperfections in MDF with putty. 1. Section Includes: attached. All surfaces shall be sanded,free of splinters and rough edges. 6. Scheduling:Coot dinate fabrication,delivery,and installation with the general contractor and other e. Fill all depressions and imperfections in transparent wood surfaces with color matched putty, a. Blocking and Hailers. d. Assemble built-up sections. All glue lines shall be free of squeeze-out where transparent finishes applicable trades except imperfections shall not exceed AWS Premium grade standards. b. Structural Lumber. are to be applied. 7. Field Conditions: - f. Transparent Finish Coating: Spray apply in accordance with NAAWS finishing system,Premium SPECIFICATIONS a. Environmental Requirements: Provide temperature and moisture conditions as recommended byGrade Waterborne Conversion Varnish;satin sheen. c. Plywood backing. woodwork fabricator for storage and installation, includingremainder of construction period. d. Plywood terminal back boards. 1A-903 ......2019causopimxt.aREoct4 NicHrrEcra P t 2. 3 4 5 6 7 8 :9 10 3. Installation I *- C. Execution a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,and approved Shop Drawings. 079200 JOINT SEALANTSC. Execution " ' mr- 1. Examination: b. Install units plumb, level,square,and free from warp or twist while maintaining dimensional 1. Installation of Frames; NO o a. Verify the adequacy and proper location of any required backing or support framing. tolerances and alignment with surrounding construction. A. General a, nd approved shop drawings. L Install frames in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations a w CI b. Vert that mechanical,electrical, plumbing,and other buildingcomponents affectingwork in this c. Allow gaps for expansion of not less than 1/16-inchper five feet when installed between walls or b. Coordinate anchorplacement with wall construction work: Verify 9 R g P p 1. Section Includes: V m. section are in place and ready. other fixed conditions. a. Sealants for installation at interior non-moving joints,tile expansion joints,and as necessary to c. Install accessories. 2. Casework Installation: d. Apply dabs of mastic on supports;place items on supports and securely attach. seal joints around casework, d, Installation Tolerance: 1/16 inch maximum diagonal distortion measured with straight edge,corner a. Install all work in conformance with the NAAWS,latest edition. e. Splashes: 2. Submittals: to corner. a 0 F 1) installation shall conform to the NAAWS grade of the items being installed. 1) Install splashes at back and sides of countertops usingmastic. Applymastic to back surface 2. Door and hardware installation is specified in Section 087300. -.' . P R a. Product literature for each material used. - 11 b. Coordinate casework installation with work of other trades for final electrical and mechanical only. b. Samples: a m 0 connections. 2) Place thin bead of seam adhesive along edge where splashes seat 1) Submit cured samples of each sealant type and color proposed for the work,except that 081113 KNOCKED DOWN HOLLOW METAL FRAMES la) Ki 0 c. Install all casework accurately,plumb,square,and level,and permanenfly secured in precise f. Seal joint between countertop and splashes and between splashes and walls with color sample s of acrylic sealants and white sealants are not required. C X ai it 447 position as indicated on the Drawings. coordinated sealant as specified in Section 079200. "colorselected," A. General `E �` U. g � R 2) For sac h sealant type indicated for as or for which no color is indicated, 0 � � �° d. Scribe casework to adjacent surfaces as follows: 4. Installation Tolerances: submit color card indicatingavailable stock colors from manufacturer's complete line of pre- 1. Section Includes: Knocked down,site assembled,factoryprimed metal,non-fire rated frames for wood e. 1) Countertops and splashes to wall surfaces. a Maximum variation from level and plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet,noncumulative. formulated colors for each type of sealant. doors in interior applications. * CO*•_ ;r.. e-iim si 2) Cabinet end-walls and other exposed surfaces to walls. b. Maximum variation in plane between adjacent pieces at joint:Plus or minus 1/16 inch. 3. Quality Assurance: Use only skilled installers specially trained in the techniques of sealing,and familiar 2. Submittals 3) Cabinet bases to floors 5. Cleaning: Clean fabrications in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. with the published recommendations of the manufacturers of the sealants being used. a. Product Literature: Manufacturer's published literature indicating products to be incorporated in e. Complete the casework installation with all required fastenings,clip angles,braces,anchors, 6. Protection: Protect installed fabrications with nonstaining sheet coverings. 4. Environmental Conditions: the work. adjustable levelers,and other fittings as required to render the work rigid and secure. a. Unless recommended otherwise by the manufacturer,install sealant systems as follows: b. Shop Drawings: Indicate configuration,anchor types and spacings,location of cutouts for f. All fasteners securing casework shall be in concealed or semi-concealed locations,unless 1) Do not apply sealant when ambient temperatures are below 40 degrees F,or expected to fall hardware,reinforcement,and finish. approved otherwise. below 40 degrees F before sealant cure is complete. g. Avoid damaging finished surfaces. Repair or replace all damaged materials and surfaces in a DIVISION 07-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 2) Do not apply sealant to substrates or accessories that are moist. B. Products manner approved by the Architect. 5. Guarantee: 1. Manufacturer: h. Upon completion of work,and in the Owner's Construction Manager's presence,demonstrate a. Furnish guarantees in accordance with Section 017700. a. Curries/Assa Abloy(Mason City•IA;641-423-1334). 078400 FIRESTOPPING hardware to work freely as intended. b. Furnish a 2 year installer's guarantee covering defects in installation. b. Acceptable Option (subject to compliance with Contract Document requirements and Architects i. Tolerances for Field Assemblies/Joined Items: A, General approval of conformance to design intent): Karpen Steel(Weaverville,NC;828-645-4821) E 1) Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch unless otherwise specified or required by 1. Section Includes: Firestopping systems for sealing penetrations through fire-rated construction. B. Products 2. Frame and Trim Material: Cold rolled steel to ASTM A366 with proprietary chemically passivated NAAWS grade. 2. System Description: 1. Sealants: treatment. 2) Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch unless otherwise a. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC)Content: Sealants shall meet the requirements of SCAQMD 3. Door Frame Profile:"KD Drywall Frames"double return back bend; 14 gage thick;equal rabbet a. Each firestopping system shall be selected to maintain fire rating of the assembly in which itis specified or required by NAAWS grade. Rule 1168. (maximum VOC content 250 grams/liter). 4. Cased Opening:"KD Drywall Frames"double return back bend; 14 gage thick; no stops. Wood Slat Screen and Wall Mounted Slat Installation: used. j. b. Firestopping systems shall be resilient as necessary to accommodate differential movement b. Type A: ASTM C834;Tremco"Acrylic Latex Caulk," Pecora"AC-20," Sonnebom"Sonolac,"or 5. Face Dimension: 2 inches. 1) Install all work in conformance with the North American Architectural Woodwork Standards approved;standard colors to match adjacent construction. 6. Accessories: CT NAAWS latest edition. between assemblies. (NAAWS), c. Type PTNS: ASTM C920 Type M grade NS,Class 25;Pecora"Dynatred"Tremco"HPL." a. Frame Reinforcements for Site Installation: Manufacturer's standard reinforcements for hardware ' - 0 2) Installation shall conform to the NAAWS grade ofthe items beinginstalled. C. Where firestopping is used to seal penetrations throu?eriaorsh with waterproof membranes,system shall be selected for compatibility with membrane mad. Type SM: Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant; USDA Approved;Dow Coming 786 by Dow as iindicated in Section 087100.iChemical,GE Sanitary Sealant or Approved;translucent or white,as scheduled, b. Furnish fasteners,shims,and other accessories as necessary fora complete installation. ` �' "'� 3. Submittals: ' place. Coordinate with other trades to ensure placement of all required backing and blocking 2. Accessory Materials: 7. Fabrication: r� r. Q a. Product Data: For each type of through-penetration firestop system product indicated. „� ..4 in a timely manner. a. Primer: Non-stainingtype,recommended bysealant manufacturer to suit application. a. Cut,notch and fabricate frames at manufacturer's facility. Q 1� b. System Drawings: Submit documentation from a qualified third-party testing agency that is PR - F., w 4) Install wood slat screen and wall mounted slats with concealed fasteners,unless approved b. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type,recommended by sealant manufacturer; b. Flush hairline miter at comer of head and jamb. ' w LI applicable to each through-penetration firestop system configuration for construction and '� �„ otherwise. penetrating items, compatible with joint forming materials, c. Hinge Reinforcing: Provide minimum 7 gage hinge reinforcing,tapped for machine screws , ,: -Si 5) Anchor wood slat screen and wall mounted slats with provisions for movement perpendicular c. Backer Rod: Closed or open cell foam as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the supplied with hinges. grain. c. Product Certificates: Certificate of conformance signed by manufacturers of through-penetration i firestop system products certifying that products comply with requirements. application;round profile;thickness approximately 130 percent of joint width. d. Lock/Strike Reinforcing: 14 gage x Template. ;. ; 4. Quality Assurance: d. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. e. Provide compression bar anchor system at top of each jamb to secure frame in opening. 066116 SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS a. Code Verification: Prior to installation of fire stopping systems obtain approval from the f. Provide optional bottom base anchor for concealed attachment jurisdictional code authorities for the fire stopping systems and applications proposed. C. Installation: g. Provide manufacturer's standard steel glass stop,factory cut to exact length. Provide a hole for D A. General 1. Preparation: installation screw within 2 inches of each end of stop piece at fire-rated glazed openings. b. Firestopping:Tested in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 1479 to meet the hourly fire ratings of a. Clean and re 1. Section Includes: prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove loose materials h. Prepare frames for strikes,where required. Provide minimum 1/4 inch depth of threads in factory Z the construction being sealed. Provide F rated assemblies,except where T rated assemblies are and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. tapped screw holes. r ' a a. Solid surfacing countertops and splashes. required by the code authority. g g R pp . b. Settingmaterials and accessories. b. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant. i. Furnish 16 gage concealed corner reinforcement and alignment clips. c, Firestopping systems shall be UL assemblies. BID o 2. Submittals: 5, Environmental Conditions: c. Prime as required for proper bond to substrate materials. j. Finish: Frames shall be bonderized and receive one coat of factory baked-on prime coat. Ao i 0 a. Submit Section 064000 submittals simultaneously with submittals for this section. a Environmental Requirements: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations, d. Backing Materials: • AO d:a b. Shop Drawings: Include layout,dimensions,materials,finishes,cutouts,and attachments. b. Maintain maximum ventilation to remove volatile emissions produced during the installation 1) Place backer rod to achieve proper sealant width/depth ratios and to prevent sealant sag. C. ExecutionArm 11)~ c. Samples: p rocess. 2) Use bond breaker where there is insufficient depth to use joint filler. 1. Installation of Frames: 0 MOW 1) 6 x 6 inch solid surface samples in specified colors. 2. Installation: a. Install frames in accordance with manufacturers written instruction. 2) 3 inch long joint sealant samples showing available colors. B. Products a. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C1193,unless specified otherwise or recommended b. Installation Tolerances;Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, �,�:- otherwise bythe sealant manufacturer. corner to corner. d. Closeout Submittaks: 1. Firestopping Systems: ""� div 1) Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning materials and procedures,and list of a. Systems meeting the requirements specified and suitable for the conditions indicated as b. Joint Depth: c. Coordinate with wall construction for anchor placement;secure anchorages and connections to isi3 v materials detrimental to solid surfacing. manufactured by one or more of the following: 1) Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 to 1,unless specified otherwise adjacent construction. • 3. Quality Assurance: 1) Metacaulk or recommended otherwise by the sealant manufacturer. d. Brace frames solidly to maintain in position while being built-in. JII a. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Minimum 3 years documented experience in work of this 2) Tremco Inc 2) install Type PINS sealant full depth in tile expansion joints with no backer rod. e. Install loose accessories. !it Section. 3) 3M c. Tooling: 1. Hardware is specified in Section 087100. 0. 4. Warranty: Provide manufacturer's 10 year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. 4) Hilti USA 1} Tool joints concave,unless indicated or specified otherwise. Finish free of air pockets,foreign g. Door and hardware installation is specified in Section 087300. 5) W.R.Grace&Co.-Conn embedded matter,ridges,and sags. C B. Products 2. Electrical Box Inserts: 2) Tool type PTNS sealant to match grout joint. 081417 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 1. Manufacturers: Contract Documents are based on products indicated. a, Manufacturer Rectorseal(Houston TX;713-263-8001:800-231-3345). 3. Protect sealant in joints subject to dirt, moisture,and traffic during the sealant curing process. 2. Materials: b. Fire Rated Pads: "BioFireshield LECTRA-STOP"; 1/4"thick intumescent pads;sized to fit Protection shall be able to resist traffic while remaining securely in position. A. General0 Q a. Solid Surfacing Sheet As indicated. electrical boxes;classified by UL;minimum 2 hour rating. 1. Section Includes: Flush wood doors. it b. Color:As indicated. D. Schedule: 2, Submittals: Product data for proposed doors. 3. Systems with sodium silicate shall not be used. P Po :Z :0 c. Surface Finish:As indicated. 1. Type A: Provide at interior joints,unless specified otherwise. D. Ce d. Thickness:As indicated. C. Execution 2. Type PTNS: Provide at all expansion joints in tile;custom colors to match grout samples submitted by B. Products co 3. Accessories 1. Examination: tile installer. 1. Solid Core Flush Doors: 4 a. ill _tV a. MountingAdhesive:Type recommended b solid surfacing manufacturer. 3. Type SM: Provide at joints between walls,counters or floors and plumbing fixtures,and at counter to a. AWI Section 1300 PC-5 or PC-7(5 or 7 ply construction;bonded core}; Premium grade. LL `c: YP Y g a. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is b. Seam Adhesive: T recommended b manufacturer;color to blend with sheet material. wall joints where plumbing fixtures are installed in the counter where sealant is required or indicated. b. Core:Solid particleboard;free from added urea-formaldehyde. ,� a) 0 Type Y complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in P Y tf�! c. Sealant As recommended by the solid surfacing manufacturer. Color match solid surfacing writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Use white against white plumbing fixtures;translucent for all other applications c. Face Veneers: 1 ,""C material. b. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work 1) For Opaque Finish: Medium density overlay or paint grade birch. -� 4. Fabrication: constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by 2) For Transparent Finish: As scheduled on the drawings. " , a. Fabricate solid surfacing to the configurations indicated in accordance with the manufacturer's prior observable conditions. d. Factory seal edges of tops and bottoms. 2 " 0 recommendations. 2. Installation of Firestopping: DIVISION 08.OPENINGS e. 1-3/4 inch thick,unless scheduled otherwise. Z I- b. Assemble work at shop and deliver to project ready for installation. a. Provide firestopping at mechanical,electrical,and plumbing penetrations through fire rated floors, f. Fabrication: in LU < _a c. Finish cut exposed edges and surfaces to match factory finish. walls,and ceilings, and other locations as indicated on the Drawings. 1} Bevel lock edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches on single acting doors. 0 . g 9 081216 ALUMINUM DOOR FRAMES ..., d. Fabricate each component of one piece for full length; intermittent seams are not acceptable for b. Install firestopping in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as necessary to 2) Prefit and pr•emachine doors and frames in accordance with AWI 1300-T-21. Premachine for CO .., .4 8 fabrications 8'-0"or less in length. Locate seams in least conspicuous locations. meet the specified fire rating requirements. A. General hardware specified in Section 087100,and locate as specified in Section 087300. cC e. Fabricate exposed edges to laminated eased profile. c. Where firestopping is used to seal around penetrations through waterproof membranes,install to 1. Section Includes: Aluminum door frames. 3) Flush Door Blocking: For flush doors,provide solid lock blocks and special blocking as in 0 f, Fabricate work square and to required lines. maintain integrity of waterproof barrier. 2. Submittals: required for the hardware components specified elsewhere. Blocking for fire rated doors shall r Recess and conceal fasteners,connections,and reinforcing. d. For sealingelectrical boxes,coordinate installation with Division 16.Comply with manufacturer's a. Product Data: Submit manufacturers complete published literature. meet the door manufacturer's labeling requirements. g� g• P Y P h. Design construction and installation details to allow for expansion and contraction of materials. recommendations for preparation and installation. Install in locations as required by Code for b. Shop Drawings: Indicate frame configuration, anchor types and spacings,location of cutouts for g. Finish: Properly frame material with tight,hairline joints held rigidly in place. protection of openings through fire rated partitions. hardware, reinforcement,and finish. 1) Opaque: Doors may be field finished,or shop finished in accordance with the requirements p.'. i. Cut holes for sinks,faucets, and accessories. 3. Patching of Holes in Existing Construction: c, Samples: Submit sample of frame finish. of Section 099000,at the Contractor's option. j. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended unsupported overhang distances. a. Fill open holes which remain after removal of existing mechanical,electrical,and plumbing 3. Warranty: Warrant against defects in manufacturing of materials fora period of 2 years from date of 2) Transparent: Doors shall be factory prefinished as scheduled;stain if indicated;AM ISSUED#REVISED DATE components. Patch and repair holes as necessary to match the adjacent construction and to substantial completion. Polyurethane Conversion Varnish or Acrylated UV Curable Urethane. OD SET 9106119 C. Execution maintain the fire rating of the assemblies. Firestopping systems may be used to fill holes which PERMIT SET 10111119 1. Examination: will be concealed in the finish construction. B. Products C. Execution: Door and hardware installation is specified in Section 087300. a. Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is b. Where firestopping systems are used to fill floor openings in occupied areas,provide minimum 16 1. Door Frames: complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in gage sheet metal covers as necessary to support floor loads and to prevent damage to the fire a. Manufacturer and Series: As scheduled on the Drawings. 083100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. stopping assemblies. Secure sheet metal as necessary to prevent irregularities from telegraphing 2. Frames: b. Verify that wood substrate is securely anchored in place and that supporting materials are ready to through the floor finishes over the sheet metal, a. Manufacturer's standard knock-down design extruded aluminum door frames;sound and light seal A. General ) receive the countertop. Notify the Architect if substrate surfaces are unacceptable for proper 4. Cleaning: at door stops;channel frame design pre-drilled for securing frame to stud through gypsum board; 1. Section Includes: Fire-resistive,and non-rated access doors,frames,and accessories. 1 installation of material. a. Trim excess material flush with adjacent surface. flush snap-on trim design. 2. Submittals: Submit product data. Include sizes,types,finishes,scheduled locations,and details of c. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work b. Remove spills,leave area in undamaged,clean condition. b. Finish: As scheduled on the Drawings. adjoining construction. constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by c. Remove spills,leave area in undamaged,clean condition. 3. Fabrication: 3. Quality Assurance: A prior observable conditions. a. Factory machine doors and frames to accommodate hardware specified in Drawings. a. Where access doors are installed in construction with an hourly fire resistance rating,provide door 2. Preparation: Clean surfaces to receive fabrications; remove loose and foreign matter than could b. Provide reinforcing at hardware locations. and frame assemblies labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory,Warnock Hersey,or any other testing interfere with adhesion. laboratory approved by the local code authorities to meet the requirements of the fire rated assembly. SPECIFICATIONS A-904 1 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALUSONIMOREGONARCHTECTSp - - -- - --- ------------ --- --- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 b. Compatibility:Provide fasteners which are compatible with both unit fastened and substrate,and 8. Follow Up Inspection: Installer shall provide letter of agreement to Owner that approximately 6 months k. At non-load bearing full height partitions subject to compression caused by overhead structural al In° B. Products which will not cause corrosion or deterioration of hardware,base material,or fastener. after substantial completion, installer will visit project with representative of the manufacturers of the deflection,cut studs 1/2 inch short from full height,except as otherwise indicated. Do not rigidly ,i- t Acceptable Manufacturers: 3. Hardware Finish: As scheduled on the Drawings. locking devices and door closers to accomplish the following: connect stud to top runner. ihar it id 0 s.:. -zr a Acudor Products, Inc(Fairfield NJ; 973-575-5120,Las Vegas NV)702-644-8710) 4. Keying: As directed. a. Re-adjust locks and closers I. Backing: Provide for support of wall mounted items,including Owner-furnished casework and b. Milcor LP.(Lima OH)800-441-6899). 5. Hardware Groups: As scheduled on the drawings. b. Evaluate maintenance procedures;recommend changes or additions;instruct Owner's personnel. accessories. 1.0 0 : < c, The Williams Brothers Corporation of America (Front Royal,VA;800-255-5515). 6. Finishes: To ANSI/BHMA A156.18. c. Identify items that have deteriorated or failed. in, Stud Bridging: (1) 4 o o d. Nystrom Products Co,(Minneapolis MN;612-781-7850), d. Submit written report identifying problems and likely future problems. 1) At interior partitions greater than 4 feet in length,and with rigid facing material on one stud . 4 13, e. Karp Associates, Inc.(Maspeth NY;718-784-2105). C. Execution 9. Demonstration: Demonstrate electrical and electronic hardware system including adjustment and flange only,provide 3/4 inch bridging channels in horizontal rows at a maximum of 5'-O"on F f. JL Industries (Bloomington, MN;612-835-6850) 1. Door Hardware Installation: Specified in Section 087300. maintenance procedures center for the full height of the partition. mit CI Zo a . 13 st 2. Non-Rated Wall and Ceiling Access Doors: 2) Interior full height partitions(studs extending from the floor to the structure above)with rigid a a 0 a. Door Types: 087116 LOW ENERGY AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS facing material stopping 3,-Ou or more below top of studs-Provide one row 3/4 inch bridging 1) Non Rated Metal Wall and Ceiling Access Door: channel horizontally at termination of gypsum board material,and one additional row for eachC ,g3 Um a) Flush type design with exposed trim flange. k General DIVISION 09-FINISHES 5'-O"of exposed studs. 0 W ii al- ' WECC b) 16 gage steel frame; 14 gage door panel. 1. Section Includes: Low energy,heavy-duty,automatic swing door operators and control systems. 3) Install stud bridging channels in long lengths,wire tying and lapping the joints a minimum of . z z ILI .... c) Fully concealed pin type hinges or continuous piano hinge, 175 degree opening. 2. Performance Requirements: 092200 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 12 inches. Attach bridging channel to each stud as shown in manufacturer's printed 0 cost .0 Iiii get r- 01 d) Latches: Screwdriver operated cam latch. a. Design operator to be used on doors weighing up to 350 pounds per leaf. instructions. •0 2) Non Rated Concealed Drywall Access Door. b. Operator shall be capable of operating within temperature ranges of-40°F and+140°F k General 2. Ceiling and Soffit Framing: a) Flush type design,with integral attachment flange and drywall bead for flush installation. 3. Submiftals 1. Section Includes: a. Coordinate locations of hangers and supports with the work of other Sections. b) Minimum 16 gage frame; minimum 14 gage door panel. a. Product Data: Complete product literature,including standard details,for automatic operator a. Interior partition,ceiling, and soffit construction. b. Provide ceiling and soffit framing as indicated. Where not indicated provide proprietary suspended c) Fully concealed pin type hinges or continuous piano hinge, 175 degree opening, systems. b. Steel backing. framing. d) Latches: Screw driver operated cam type. b. Shop Drawings: Indicate location of push button controls and door operators. Provide wiring 2. System Description: c. Proprietary Suspended Framing: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Fire-Rated Metal Access Doors: diagrams including door frame conduits. a. Structural Design: d. Stabilize suspended ceiling,soffit,and fascia framing against lateral movement by means of a. Flush type design with recessed flange or drywall bead at Contractor's option. c. Contract Closeout Submittals: In accordance with Section 017700. Include operation and 1) Partition Framing: diagonal bracing. b. 16 gage frame; minimum 20 gage welded pan door panel insulated with non-combustible filler maintenance data with operation and maintenance manuals. a) Bidder Design in accordance with Section 016000. e. Form openings in ceilings and frame openings for recessed light fixtures,air diffusers,access I c. Self closing and self latching,with interior latch release 4. Quality Assurance: • doors,hatches,etc. b) Select framing systems,gages,supports,bracing, and connections as necessary to ' d. Fully conc,ealed pin type hinges or continuous piano hinge, 175 degree opening. a. Qualifications of Installers: Use only mechanics who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the meet the structural requirements specified. f. Install supplementary hanger wires for support of wiling mounted equipment. E e. Ring turn latch;furnish 2 at latch edges greater than 30 inches in length. skills required and who are completely familiar with the manufacturer's recommended methods of c) Partition framing shall conform to the widths indicated,unless approved otherwise. 3. Backing: Provide steel backing where indicated and scheduled. f. Hot smoke seal gasketing. installation plus the requirements of this work. ' Provide thicker gages and decreased stud spacing as necessary to meet the design 4. Installation Tolerances: 4, Sizes: Approximately 12"x 12" size for hand access,22"x 22"size for man entry, unless indicated b. Automatic door and installation shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A156.19. a. Install members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any requirements. otherwise;furnish custom sizes as necessary. c. All components shall be UL listed. d) Select framing members based on the manufacturer's published span tables. direction. 5. Finish: Galvanized steel with wiped coat finish;prime units with manufacturer's standard primer to 5. Warranty: Automatic door components shall be warranted free of defects in materials or workmanship 2) Overhead Soffit Framing: As indicated on the Drawings. b. Variation from Vertical(walls): 1/8 inch in 10 feet, receive paint coatings as specified in Section 099000. Provide stainless steel access doors at under normal use for a period of two years from the date of substantial completion. c. Locate assemblies within 1/4 inch of required locations. „AVICT e A, b. Design Loads: ss,*'• iVe2 restrooms,and other moist locations. 1) Interior Ceiling Assemblies: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live load,plus dead loads. B. Products 2) Interior Partitions without Wall Mounted Casework: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 44''' C. Execution 1. Low Energy Door Operator Systems: lateral load. 1. Installation: a. Automatic Swing Door Operators and Manual Closer Refer to Door Hardware Schedule on the A. General 3) Interior Partitions with Wall Mounted Casework: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live lateral a. Verify rough openings for door and frame are correctly sized and located. Drawings. i 1. Section Includes: E-4 % LT04 load,casework dead load,and casework lve load of 25 PSF of shelf area. b. Provide access doors in the locations indicated,and for access to balancing and fire dampers,trap b. Receiver,Transmifter and Push Plate Switches: a. Gypsum board and accessories. - -4 C,) 4) Seismic Loads: Conform to the requirements of the IBC and local jurisdictional code 910 . primers,valves,fans,terminal units,and other equipment requiring periodic inspection through 1) Refer to Door Hardware Schedule on the Drawings. authorities for the appropriate seismic zone requirements of the specific store location bPatching and treatment of existing wall surfaces . ,„„,to,.,.• finished walls or ceiling, whether indicated or not 2) Mounting: As indicated on the Drawings. C. Partition/mullion filler. "'kr, c. Deflection Requirements: Maximum of 1/240 the span,except maximum 11360 at tile. c. Coordinate access requirements with other trades. 3) Coordinate with card reader installation if indicated or scheduled. 2. Submittals: Product literature for proposed partition/mullion filler. -0'4 1 SN-v 3. Quality Assurance: d. Provide concealed drywall access doors unless fire rated access doors are required because of 4) Provide required conduits,including underground conduits to bollard,and raceways for door 3. Quality Assurance: 4 • 0 v a. Regulatory Requirements: fire rated construction. operators as specified in Division 26. 1) Lightgage metal support framing shall be designed to meet the requirements of the a Gypsum board manufacturers shall be members of the Gypsum Association. c. Aluminum Finish: Class II, anodized aluminum finish to match storefront framing. jurisdictional code authorities. b. Perform work in accordance with GA 216,unless specified otherwise,or required otherwise to D 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 1) All conduit shall be concealed wherever possible. When not possible,finish to header color. 2) Provide all calculations,drawings, product data,and other verification as required by the meet fire rating requirements. d. Provide additional parts and accessories as necessary for a complete door operating system. Z jurisdictional code authority to obtain approval of the lightgage metal support framing jui 0 A. General installation. B. Products: 1. Section Includes: Finish hardware for wood doors. C. Execution b. Soffit Structural Design: Provide overhead soffit framing as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Gypsum Board: X NU .E 0 2. General Requirements: 1. Installation: a. 5/8 inch thick unless noted otherwise. a. Contractor shall provide complete hardware schedule including all pieces of hardware required at a. Install automatic door operators as indicated and in accordance with the manufacturer's B. Products b. Standard Board: ASTM C1396;type X in fire rated partitions where indicated,and where 0 -I each opening as specified herein and indicated in the Drawings. instructions. 1. Materials: incorporated as a part of a fire rated assembly. iitZ lox Ini 1"* b. Obtain each kind of hardware(mechanical latch and locksets,exit devices,hinges and closers) b. Install doors,operators,and other associated hardware for uniform clearances and smooth a. Light Gage.Aetal Framing: ASTM C645;galvanized;provide"C"shaped studs,U shaped c. Ceiling Board:ASTM C1396:sag resistant 0 ea from one manufacturer except where specified, operation. runners,hat and"Z"shaped furring channels,and other sizes and shapes as necessary. Minimum d. Water Resistant Board:ASTM C1396. ta NI* c. Review Drawings,Door Schedule,and requirements of this Section thoroughly and provide c. Adjust open,hold-open and close times to those required by the Owner and in accordance with the 25 gage,except furnish thicker gages as required to meet deflection requirements. 2. Interior Gypsum Trim: Conform to GA 216;L-shape,J-Shape,90 degree and offset outside comers . eKt,' , required hardware for all openings, including openings which may have been inadvertently omitted current ANSI/BHMA 156.19. b. Furnish minimum 20 gage metal framing studs at locations where security mesh is to be installed. unless indicated otherwise, from Door Schedule. d. Verify exact location of controls with the Architect. c. Cold Rolled Channels: Rust inhibitive paint coating;sizes in accordance with ASTM C754. a. Type: Tape-on bead. 1..... d. Should an opening be omitted,or an opening not indicated in Door Schedule,provide hardware of 2. Adjusting and Cleaning: 1) Contractor's option: Screw-on metal or PVC, imet X , d. Screws: Self-tapping;low profile head. iia4 x same quality,design and function as specified for similar openings. a. Adjust doors for positive seal and smooth operation. e. Proprietary Ceiling Suspension System: b. Control Joint Trim: USG 093 or approved. e. Furnish hardware complete with brackets,plates,fittings,and other accessories required for b. Adjust sensor beam to provide optimum door operation for conditions of the installation. 1) Manufacturer: 3. Joint Tape: ASTM C475 and GA 216;paper tape. tiC installation. a) As specified: Chicago Metallic(Chicago, IL Los Angeles, CA;800-323-7164). 4. Joint and Finishing Compound: ASTM C475. fat f. Provide screws,nuts, bolts,through-bolts,washers,grommets, and other fastening devices 087300 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION b) Acceptable Substitutions: a. Typical: USG"SHEETROCK Brand Taping,All-Purpose,and/or Topping Compound,'or necessary for proper installation of hardware;match finish of hardware being attached. Non- 1. USG Interiors, Inc.(Chicago, IL;800-874-4968). approved. C ferrous or corrosion resistant type required where exposed to exterior atmosphere. A General Z Armstrong(800-207-2321). 5. Screws:ASTM C1002,typical. ,re 3. Submittals: 1. Section Includes: 2) Suspension System: Similar to System 650,or 670;ASTM C635 heavy duty classification. 6. Partition/Mullion Filler Gordon"Mullion/Mate Series or approved equal two-piece expanding unit 1-- 0 0 a. Product and Maintenance Data: Submit for each product indicated. a, Installation of hardware specified in Section 087100. a) Furring Runners: Manufactured from 0.020 inch thick steel 1-3/8 inch wide with knurled (concealed spring), adjustable depth to accommodate field condition,complete with self-adhesive on Ce i: b. Hardware Schedule: Include the following: b. Installation of wood doors. face by 1-1/2 inches high;factory punched cross tee slots,hanger holes,and non- gaskets for installation between partition and exterior curtain wall assemblies; overall width 2 inches; 1) Type,style,function,size,quantity and finish of hardware items. 2. Quality Assurance: Installer shall have not less than 3 years experience specializing in installation of directional bayonet end tab couplings. match existing curtainwall finish. z >"' ',c) 2) Name,part number and manufacture of each item. work in this section. Company shall maintain qualified personnel trained and experienced in installing b) Furring Tees:Manufactured from 0,020 inch thick1-318 inch wide with knurled face by 3) Fastenings and other pertinent information. hardware. 1-1/2 inches high;factory punched cross tee slots and hanger holes. C. Execution ...1 . 4) - W " :Explanation of abbreviations,symbols and codes contained in schedule. c) Furring Cross Channel: 0.020 inch thick steel; 1-3/8 Inch wide with knurled face by 7/8 1. Installation Standard: Unless specified otherwise,perfomi work in accordance with Gypsum 5) Door and frame sizes, materials and degrees of swing. B. Products inches high by 48 inches long with straight locking end tabs. Association GA-216. til z LL p,-, a ! c. Templates: Obtain and distribute templates for doors,frames,and other works specified to be 1. Doors,frames and hardware are specified in other sections. d) Cross Tees: 0.020 inch thick steel 15/16 inch wide by 1-1/2 inches high;with staked-on 2. Screw fasten board to framing,unless approved otherwise. ma CO CO a3 42) prepared for installing door hardware. dip end tab couplings,factory punched cross tee slots. 3. Install water resistant board in restrooms and behind and 30 inches perpendicular to sink. d. Closeout Submittals: C. Execution e) Moldings: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Where gypsum board is installed to patch or resurface existing fire rated walls,install so as to maintain 1111 0 cct < 0 1) Copy of approved hardware schedule, 1. Install doors in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed instructions. existing fire ratingg . f. Partition Head Compensating Channel(Non-Rated): Design for minimum±1/2 inch deflection. 2) Keying list. 2. Install doors plumb and square in associated frames maintaining specified clearances. Profiles as indicated;one of the following. 5, Sequence board insulation with installation of acoustic walls and other locations where insulation is ) 4* -. ,.. 3) Key,tag with mark corresponding to keying schedule, 3. Unless otherwise specified otherwise in the respective door sections,maintain clearances of 1/8 inch at 1) 20 gage deep leg track;2 inch legs. indicated. Z 4. Quality Assurance: jambs and heads, 1/8 inch at meeting stiles for pairs of doors,and 1/2 inch from bottom of door to top of 2) Slip Track Systems Inc. (Anaheim,CA;714-761-1921)"SLP-TRK" 6. Trim; UI Lti 0 < a a. Regulatory Requirements: decorative floor finish or covering,except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4-inch a. Use longest practical lengths,with no piece less than 2 feet long for continuous runs greater than 8 Z ill 0 11.1 g. Backing: Where backing for wall-supported items is indicated,provide materials as scheduled on ir iii - 1) Conform to requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. the drawings. feet Securely fasten and align trim ends at joints. C.9 VI' .I"- a ,. 2) Where openings are noted with an hourly fire resistance rating,provide hardware 4. Install doors to operate freely,but not loosely,free from hinge bound conditions,sticking or binding. Do b. Place concealed flange corner beads at all external corners,At angles other than 90 degrees, re h. Other Framing Materials: Furnish in accordance with ASTM C754. c , 8 0.. not install in frames which would hinder operation of doors. bend the flange to conform to the angle. a co components labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory,or other testing laboratory approved by the local code authorities,to meet the hourly fire rating noted. 5. Ensure doors are free from rattling when in latched position. C. Execution c. Place concealed flange type L trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3) Hardware shall conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. 6. Finish Hardware Installation 1. Partition Framing: d. Use J trim at exposed gypsum boad edges(including light coves)where sealant joint is indicated. *IC C4 ! 4) Comply with provisions of Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA),including ADA Accessibility a. Install hardware plumb, level and true to line in accordance with manufacturer's templates,printed a. Runners: e. Install control joint trim in gypsum board fields with continuous runs in excess of 30 feet and in .0 Guidelines and ANSI A117.1, and additional accessibility requirements of the jurisdictional instructions and Project conditions. 1) Secure runners with fasteners at maximum 24 inches oc. locations as directed Confirm locations with architect. code authorities. b. For substrates which are not factory prepared for hardware: 2) At concrete floors,use powder driven fasteners or drilled in concrete anchors. 7. Finishing: b. Supplier Qualifications: Direct factory contract supplier who employs certified architectural 1) Mortise woit to correct size and location without gouging,splintering or causing irregularities 3) Top Runner: Use proprietaiy compensating channel or deep leg track at Contractor's option, a. Provide finishing in accordance with GA 214. ISSUED /REVISED DATE hardware consultant(AHC)available at all reasonable times during the course of the work for in exposed finish work, as necessary to accommodate building deflection. b. Where necessary to sand,do so without damaging the face of the gypsum board. oD SET 09106/19 i project hardware consultation to Owner,Architect and Contractor. 2) Fit faces of mortised components snug and flush without excessive clearance. 4) Align to tolerances specified. c. Finish Levels: PERMIT SET 10/11/19 c. Pre-Installation Conference: Conduct with supplier,installer and related trades. Coordinate 3) Finish exposed milled edges to match factory finish. b. Unless indicated otherwise,install studs vertically at N inches oc,and not more than 2 inches 1) Provide GA Level 5 finish at all Waiting Room walls(if no wallcovering or tile);any other walls , materials and techniques and sequence complex hardware items and systems installation. c. Coordinate installation of electronic hardware with electrical service and fire alarm system as from abutting construction,at each side of openings,and at corners. Studs for support of stone tile with dark paint;or where indicated on the Drawings. 5. Delivery, Storage and Handling: applicable, shall be installed at 16 inches o.c. 2) Provide GA Level 4 finish at all other new gypsum board walls and at repair and refinishing of a. Tag each item or package separately,with identification related to the final Door Hardware. d. Locate hardware on doors in accordance with DHI standards,unless otherwise indicated. c. Fit runners under and above openings;secure intermediate studs at spacing of wall studs. walls damaged by demolition. Schedule,and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 7. Adjustment and Cleaning d. Brace partition framing system and make rigid. 8, Partition/Mullion Filler: b. Deliver keys to Owner. a. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation of e. Install double studs continuous from floor to ceiling track at the jamb of each door frame and cased a. Provide partition closures at locations indicated on the Drawings. 6. Warranty: Provide manufacturer's warranty stating closers will be free from defects in materials and function of every unit. opening. Studs shall be the same gage as the adjacent studs, but no less than 20 gage. Provide b. Install in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions. workmanship for a period of 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Lubricate moving parts with graphite type lubricant unless otherwise recommended by the diagonal steel stud bracing to structure at each jamb at partitions which do not extend to structure. c. Install adhesive gaskets over curtain wall mullion and partition end cap. Set partition closure in hardware manufacturer. I. Coordinate erection of studs with installation of service utilities. Align stud web openings, place,centered on mullion,fit tightly against mullion and partition end cap gaskets. A B. Products c. Replace defective materials or units which cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Reinstall g. Coordinate erection of stud system with requirements of door and window frames,fire extinguisher 9. Tolerances: Install gypsum board with 1/8 inch in 10 feet maximum variation from plane in any 1. Hardware: As indicated. items found improperly installed. cabinets,recessed toilet accessories,access doors,and other construction within mounted direction, 2. Hardware Materials and Fabrication: d. Replace or re-hang doors which are hinge bound and do not swing or operate freely, partition construction. . a. Furnish fasteners for installation with each hardware item. Furnish Phillips head fasteners, e. Remove and replace doors which are warped,twisted or which are not in true planes. h. Form openings in walls and frame openings for duct work,air diffusers, access doors,etc. countersunk oval,flat head,or undercut head as appropriate for material to be installed. Furnish f. Replace factory finished doors damaged during installation. i. Coordinate the installation of framing with the gypsum board installer to ensure support at all board SPECIFICATIONS door closers and exit devices applied to wood composite or mineral core doors with sex bolts sized g. Prior to date of Substantial Completion,readjust and re-lubricate hardware items as necessary. edges. Provide framing immediately either side of expansion joints. to the thickness of the door, j. Stud splicing not permissible. A-905 .....C)2019 CAWSONRTIa.OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C.- I 4 _ 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8, 9. 10 1.1 , ri i6. Installation of Tile: 7, Project Conditions: '"'o" a. Interior Floor Application-Thinset over Concrete Substrate and Concrete Substrates with B. Products '"° 093000 TILING pp a. Environmental Requirements; 0 Waterproof Membrane. 1. Acoustical Panels: Types and colors as scheduled on the Drawings;flame spread of 25 or less when 1) Maintain ambient temperature and humidity within spaces to receive Novawall form stretched 0 ' mt 1) TCNA System; F113, F113A, F205,or F205A. tested in accordance with ASTM E84. fabricpanel system at levels indicated for final acceptance.Levels shall be maintained "�""° C A. General Y Y P 1. Section Includes: 2) Waterproof Membrane: As specified. 2.- Suspension System: Types and colors as scheduled on the Drawings;heavy duty classification;direct continuously from at least 48 hours prior to installation,until space is turned over to Owner. ..0 !i i 3) Installation Standard: ANSI Al8.5. hung. Furnish stabilizer bars,splices,edge and wall moldings, ei a. Interior floor and wall tile. g. ,p g g and other items as necessaryto 2) Provide an illumination level of not less than 80foot-candles measured at mid-height of 40 4: b. Tile backer board. 4) Setting Materials: Thinset mortar;3/32 inch minimum thickness. complete suspended ceiling grid system. substrate surface. Project lighting shall be installed and functioning. 4 til c. Waterproof membrane. b. Interior Floor Application;Tiles Greater Than 15 Inches in Least Dimension-LHT mortar over 3. Accessories; Furnish hangers,clips,fasteners, hanger wire and other accessories as necessary to b. Field Measurements: 0 1' Concrete Substrate and Concrete Substrates with Waterproof Membrane. complete the work. 1) Verifyfield dimensionsprior to fabrication and installation.Installer shall be responsible for #3 - d. Mortar and grout. rP po �r e Metal screeds 1) TCNA System; Similar to F113, F113A,F205,or F205A. details and dimensions not controlled by job conditions and shall indicate,on shop drawings, a 0`. 2) Waterproof Membrane: As specified. C. Execution field measurements beyond his control.Contractor and installer shall cooperate to establish IW 0, C f. Stone thresholds. rP Pe Y pe 1. installation: �, Sealer. 3) Installation Standard; ANSI A108.5. and maintain these field conditions and required dimensions. a = ` I:g� 4 Settin Materials: LHT mortar;3/32 inch minimum thickness. a. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. 2 Measure each area and establish la out of anels to balance rders widths ata osite t '�` 'c2. Submittals: } 9 ) Y p @o }[ � ) PP �c. interior Wall Tile A lication-Thinset Over Tile Backer Board. b. Install system in accordance with ASTM C636, IBC requirements,seismic design category D,the ed es of each wall, 0w C a. Product Data; Subm(t for each type of tile,grout, adhesive,additive,accessory,and membrane pP� g � � ILI 1 TCNA S stem: Similar to W244. manufacturer's instructions, and as supplemented in this Section. 3 Coordinate all interfacin trades involved in above ceilin mountin s of lumbin ,li htin , * "�specified, ) Y } 9 9 9 P 9 9 9 *is - co2 Installation Standard: ANSI A108.5. c. Install grid to produce finished ceiling true to lines and levels indicated,within the specified ductwork cablin ,etc.that ma im act ceilin anchors a anel la out or dimensional issues w b. Samples: ) F g Y P 9 9 r p Y3 Settin Materials: Thinset mortar, tolerances. either b1) Grout: Furnish 2 cured samples of spec€feed grout colors to the expansion join#sealer ) 9 y code or by design.d, Joint Pattern; d. Install suspension systems in a manner to support all superimposed loads,with maximum installer far color matching. ermissib(e deflection of 1!270 of s an.1 La out tle attern rior to commencin tile installation. P p B. Products3. Quality Assurance; ) Y p P 9 itiiii:,,iiiijiliiii1 a. Conform to ANSI Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile,and the TCNA 2) Accurately locate grout joints on lines indicated;where not indicated,adjust grout joints within e. Hang system independent of walls,columns,ducts,pipes and conduit. Where ducts or other 1. Manufacturer: u " Handbook for the Installation of Ceramic Tile,current edition. specified tolerances to minimize use of cut tiles at field edges. equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, provide secondary carrying members for a. As Specified: Barrisol USA(Cleveland,OH;216-662-8864) Stretch Fabric Ceiling System", indirect support of the suspensions 4. Maintenance: 3) Where cut tiles are necessary,position floor tile such that cut tile at each edge of each pPo p system,or reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related 2. System Components; f. rectilinear field is not less than half of a full size unit, carrying channels as required to span the required distance. a Mounting Devices: ii a. Furnish 10 percent additional quantities of each type of tile installed for maintenance purposes. f. Provide all anchors required for the installation of the ceilingsystem. Do not anchors stem in any1) Whiteperimeter harpoon. b. Leave extra stock at site where directed,in clearly marked sealed cartons. 4) Unless otherwise indicated,tile joints shall be 1/8"wide. Y Y rpoo . c. Tile which is used to satisfy extra stock requirements shall be free of damaged tiles,seconds,or e. Tiles shall be blended as necessary to avoid pattern repeats and"patches"of adjoining tiles of manner which might cause damage to the structural system. 2) Perimeter Rail: BS350-01,anodized aluminum. 11 Install edge moldingat intersection of ceilingand vertical surfaces,usinglongestpractical lengths. b. CeilingMembrane: tile which is not in conformance with these specifications. distinctive color or character within each field area. 9 9 9 9 1;: E f. Tiles that exhibit directional patterns shall be set with grain direction as indicated on the shop Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions.Fabricate edge 1) X4016 Sedna membrane if B. Products drawings,or,if not indicated,as directed by the Owner. moldings to fit the surfaces encountered. 2) Class A-ASTM E84. h. Fit acoustic la in panels in lace,free from damaged 1. Tile Types: As scheduled on the Drawings. g. Install Iles aligned with adjacent finishes,where indicated. Provide mortar fill as necessary for Y- p P g edges or other defects detrimental to c. Mounting Hardware; Manufacturer's recommended fasteners for securing framing track directly to 2. SettingMaterials proper alignment appearance and function. gypsum board or plywood substrates.No nailingthrough fabric accepted. 100% pe g [. Border Units: p Yw 9 p a. Thinset Mortar Latex-portland cement in accordance with ANSI Al 18.4, acrylic latex h. Use wet saws to cut tiles for accurate fit and consistent edge conditions;scratch cutters and additive at all locations; Mapei Corp"Grani/Rapid"or"Kerabond"with"Universal Keralastic", snapped tiles are not allowed. 1) Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces.Scribe and mill recessed tegular edge into C. Execution Alf C ' • Laticrete International, Inc.,"211 Crete Filler Powder'with 4237 Latex Thin-set Mortar Additive,* i. Clean joints of mortar to minimum depth of 1/4 inch to allow subsequent grout installation. partial border units supported at edge by wall molding. 1. Preparation: Hydroment"Tile-Mate Premium"with"447 Flex-a-lastc"by Bostik,or approved, j. Tolerances: 2) Where border units are greater than 24 inches in length but less than 28 inches,cut units a. Survey the installation site for exact field measurements for custom fabrication of the ceiling ‘‘,. :Zs, b. Largeand Heavy Tile Mortar(Medium Bed): 1) Joint Width Variation: Plus or minus 25%of joint width. from matching 24 x 48 inch panels without center score. membrane. gg soil 1) Mapei Corp."Grani/Rapi "or"UltraContact". 2) Taper:Plus or minus 25° from one end to the other. j. Field Units: Where cut panels are necessary to accommodate framing at light fixtures,diffusers, b. Mounting surfaces shall be made smooth and flat prior to rail installation. ► 2) Laticrete International, Inc. *255 MultiMax". 3) Lippage: No portion of a tile surface shall vary more than 1/32 inch above or below an and other interruptions in the suspension system module,scribe and cut panels to accommodate c. The ceiling membrane shall not be installed until ; ;014 ..4 Bostik Hydroment"Medium Bed Mortar"mixed with"425 Multi-Purpose Acrylic Admixture," adjacent tile surface. the framing;paint tegular edge panels to match factory edge. 1) The space has been enclosed and is weather-tight G�► proportions as recommended by the manufacturer. 4) Install tile fields level to within tolerance specified for finished substrate, k. Adjust sags or twists which develop in the ceiling system and replace parts which are damaged or 2) All wet work has been completed and is dryCs4 +4 '� 4) Ardex Engineered Cements"X32 Microtec", 5) Chipped or broken tile: Not acceptable. defective. 3) Painting of mounting surface has been completed cP, I. Tolerances: 4) All and related work of other trades has been completed including,architectural 0 4) i c. Cementitious Grout k, Special Floor Tile Installation Requirements: adjacentp g `�. 1) Hydroment"Ceramic Tile Grout/Joint Filler"with"425 Flexible Grout Admixture"by Bostik; 1) Wash backs of each tile to remove all dust and soil which would compromise adhesion. 1) Variation form Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. metal,gypsum drywall,painting,HVAC,sprinkler system,electrical work. • "Keracolor S"by Mapei Corp.,or"1500 Series Sanded Grout"with*1776 Grout Admix Plus" 2) Dampen substrate as necessary to prevent excessive suction. 2) Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: Two degrees maximum. d. Ambient temperature and humidity are stabilized at values that approximate those of occupancy by Laticrete International, Inc.;sanded as appropriate for installation. 3) Key the mortar into the substrate with the flat side of the trowel. 2. Clean-Up: Remove fingerprints and traces of soil and blemishes from ceiling materials,Use cleaning (HVAC system shall be shut down at time of ceiling membrane installation) D 2) Colors as listed in the Finish Schedule. 4) Comb mortar over the previously keyed substrate in one direction using the notch side of the materials recommended by the manufacturer of the ceiling materials. e. Installation:Field measure each ceiling/wall area on which the rail is to be installed. 3) Colors: As indicated in the Finish Legend. trowel. f. Secure rails on the perimeter of each area. z 3. Setting Accessories: 5) Firmly press each tile into the mortar. Press down and move the file back and forth 095443 STRETCHED-FABRIC CEILING SYSTEMS g. Stretch custom fabricated membrane by"hooking"the harpoon into the rail using manufacturer's Li O: a. Metal Screed: As manufactured by Schluter Systems, Inc.(800-225-8902),or Ceramic Tool perpendicularly across the ridges approximately 1/8 to 1/4 inch to flatten the ridges and fill in proprietary installation tools and technique. t9 •E Company,(414-258-9066);stainless steel the edging trim;sizes as required for installation of top the valleys of the combed mortar,as necessary to achieve minimum mortar coverage of A. General 2, Cleaning: Wipe down rails and ceiling membrane upon completion of installation using cleaning Pilaitov f of screed flush with top of tile, as detailed. 95 percent,with tile corners and edges firmly supported. 1. Section Includes: materials recommended by the manufacturer. ` 04,a le b. Membranes: 6) Set tiles in accurate alignment. a. Stretched-in-place fabric ceiling system. .1°11.-1) Tile Waterproofing Membrane: 7. Stone Thresholds: b. Field installation of system. 096429 ENGINEERED WOOD FLOORING 0 JFce a) Mapei Corp"Aqua Defense"liquid-rubber waterproofing and crack-isolation membrane. a. Install at tile field edge at door openings indicated. 2. System Description: a Ydirectlysettingp panelceiling systemperimeterprofile ._._...._,., b) Laticrete International, Inc.°H droBan". b. Set stone thresholds in bed as the tile installation proceeds. a. Site-fabricated stretched-fabric with continuous track A. General ,�. gF» . 4. Interior Tile Backer Board and Accessories c. Position stone threshold to maintain ADA compliance for door thresholds. mounted directly to plywood or gypsum board substrate. 1. Section Includes: ...1 _ei a Manufacturers: 8. Grouting: b. System will allow for the removal and replacement of fabric facing from individual panels.Removal a. Substrate preparation. 1i W1 v - 1) Georgia Pacific: "DensSheild". a. Mix grouts in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. of fabric shall allow access to surface behind fabric without dismantling, removal or replacement of b. Engineered wood flooring. X 2) USG: "FiberRock Aqua-Tough" b. Grout all joints,except expansion joints,in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. track members. c. Cleaning and protection 3 3) CertainTeed;"DiamondBack Glasroc". Float joints to a slightly concave profile. c. Fire Rating: All components of stretched-fabric ceiling systems shall have a flame spread of 25 of 2. Submittals: # b, Thickness: Nominal 1/2 inch or 5/8 inch as indicated on the Drawings. c. Remove excess grout from the surfaces in accordance with the grout and the manufacturer's less and a smoke developed of 200 or less when tested in accordance ASTM E84. a. Product Data: Manufacturers product data for wood flooring and adhesives. 0 c. Provide tape and fasteners as recommended by the interior tile backer board manufacturer. recommendations. Do not use excess amounts of water. 3. References: b. Samples: 3 samples of wood flooring,minimum 6 inches long;species and width as proposed for .. ........- 5. . .5. Stone Thresholds: As scheduled on the Drawings, d. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage if acid cleaners are used. a. ASTM International(ASTM):(www.astm.org) the work. C 6. Siloxane Type Sealer: e. Da not grout joints indicated to receive sealants. 1) D1929-f Test Method for ignition Properties of Plastics. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Miracle Sealants"511-H2O"by Miracle Sealants and Abrasives Company(800-350-1901). f. Cured grout joints shall be made free of efflorescence,prior to sealing. 2) E84-Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. a Installer Minimum of 5 years experience in the installation of similar products. -I- , g. Cure installation in accordance with the grout manufacturer's recommendations. Protect tile and 4. Submittals: 4. Delivery,Storage,And Handling 0 Ci C. Execution grout during curing operations. a. Product Data: Manufacturer's complete product literature and installation instructions for a. Protect materials from damage,moisture,soiling and deterioration during transit and storage. C4 1. Preparation: Clean substrate surfaces free ofgrease,dirt,dust,organic impurities,curingagents,and 9. Expansion Joints: stretched-fabric ceilingsystem. b. Do not deliver wood flooringmaterials until site conditions and operations which could P r9 P 9 P Y Projectp other materials which would impair bond. Clean floors with"Blast-track" unit if necessary. a. Place expansion joints as indicated on the Drawings,but in no case more than 25 foot intervals for b. Shop Drawings: damage,soil or deteriorate work are complete. -�- re 0 2. Slab Leveling: interior installations. 1) Submit scaled shop drawings showing general layout,jointing and seam locations,anchoring c. Store products and materials in ventilated, interior locations under constant minimum temperature "'� :' , , a, Prior to installation of thinset floor tile,where local irregularities in the substrate surface would b. Place expansion joints at control and expansion joints in concrete slabs,and at intersections with sizes and types,shapes,thickness, and other similar detailed information necessary to fully and relative humidity recommended by wood flooring manufacturer. "` W prevent level installation of the tile, the substrate shall be brought to plane surface with variations walls and columns. describe installation. 5, Project Conditions: U 1 al. .,.: w not to exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet from the required plane,and no more than 1/16 inch variation in c. Joint Sizes: Set to match width of typical grouted joint;not less than 1/8 inch. 2) Reflected ceiling plans and elevations shall indicate arrangement of panels. Clearly indicate a. Obtain and maintain temperature and moisture conditions as recommended by wood flooringca a 1,0 24 inches when measured from the high points in the surface. Smooth all abrupt changes in d, Leave expansion joints free of mortar. locations of panels,panel shapes, locations of suspension lines,anchorage points and manufacturer during installation and remainder of construction period. 0 '` ...1 ce . plane. e. Sealant materials and installation are specified in Section 079200. intersections with other ceilinginstallations of lighting,ductwork,cabling,sprinklers,etc, b. Do not install flooringuntil all other significant construction work is complete and surroundingair >''' - 0 m. p p9 P r9 p b. Use subfloor fillers endorsed by the setting mortar manufacturer. 10. Cleaning: c. Samples: has attained specified moisture content. < 0 ' g F c. Screed or Haat to appropriate thickness and specified surface tolerance. Allow to set prior to a. Wash and thoroughly rinse all tile. Leave all file surfaces clean. Auto-scrub floor with sealer 1} 3 minimum 12 x 12 inch samples of fabric proposed. c. Provide permanent HVAC operation and lighting prior to installation, ,r� C proceeding with installation. Do not exceed the maximum thicknesses for thin bed mortar as manufacturer's recommended cleaner as required to remove all contaminants. 2) Rigid aluminum rail andplastic mountingdevices,includingcorner extrusions. 6. Special Warranty:P 9 �[ � p Z ‘..0' CL' 1... _ recommended by the manufacturer. b. Allow floor to dry fora minimum of one hour prior to sealant application. 5. Quality Assurance: a. Warrant wood flooring to be free from defects in material and workmanship for three years. Ui tit C. s< a 3. Installation of Tile Backer Board: 11. Grout Sealing; Apply two coats of sealer in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to a. Installer Qualifications; b. Coverage to include but not limited to: 0 LU a. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide shims as necessaryachieve maximum penetration into file routs. 1 The installation work of this section shall performed b an installer licensed b the system 1 Buckling,warping,squeakin ,and loosening,. Z. I .p pe g ) pe Y Y Y } g9 9 � C'� �"` �� to align backer board with adjacent substrates. 12 Special Protection Requirements For Tile Surfaces; manufacturer. 2) Excessive open joints and cracks. 13 b. At wall locations,install units with edges firmly supported over framing at a maximum spacing of a Areas Subject Only to Foot Traffic: Lay down non-staining curing paper lapped and sealed at 2) Installer shall have a current certificate of authorization and training from the manufacturer. 3) Deterioration of finishes beyond normal wear. 0 co 16 inches oc. joints and edges with Nashua Brand Duct Tape. Do not use polyethylene or products containing 6. Delivery,Storage and Handling: c. Provide required space between panels, bituminous materials. a. In accordance with Section 016000. B. Products; d. Screw attach units with backer board manufacturer recommended fasteners spaced 6 inches oc b. Areas Subject to Rolling Trucks, Dollies and Other Equipment In addition to the above,such b. Packing,Shipping,Handling,and Unloading: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original 1. Wood Flooring: 0 e--WNW , along framing. areas shall be further protected by continuous plywood or hardboard runways. Coordinate unopened packaging. Handle all materials in a manner that will protect them from damage and a. As scheduled on the Drawings. I- e. Install fiberglass reinforcing tape with joint compound at joints between panels. designation of such areas. soiling. 2. Accessories: 4. Waterproof Membrane Installation: c. Acceptance of Fabric Facing: a. Adhesives: Types recommended by wood flooring manufacturers for specific application, ISSUED I REVISED DATE a. Install waterproof membranes in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 1) Remove wrapping. b. Subfloor Filler Portland cement based latex filler,mixed with water to produce a self-leveling 4 P 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGSOD SET 09109119 b. At slab on grade locations,install waterproof membranes only along the perimeter of tile areas. 2) Fabric acings shall be unwrapped and inspected upon arrival for flaws and defects.Notify underiayrnent,or cementitious paste,as appropriate to project requirements. PERMIT SET- 10(11/10 Extend the membrane up the wall and a minimum of 6 inches out onto the floor surface. A. General Fabric rlanufacturer within at least 24 hours of inspection,should flaws and defects exist. c. All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of . c. At above grade locations, install waterproof membrane completely over floor surfaces indicated, 1. Section Includes: 3) Fabric hat is flawed by inclusion of excessive mis-weaves,poor color match with goods resilient flooring,shall be only as recommended by the manufacturer of the material to which it is . and up the wall a minimum of 6 inches. a. Acoustical suspension grids specified,water damage,inadequate continuous drops without seaming,or other applied and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. d. Where the waterproof membrane is extended up the wall,extend to one tile height, unless b. Acoustical ceiling panels unacceptable conditions,shall be rejected. Coordinate with manufacturer. otherwise indicated, Do not expose the waterproof membrane to view. 2. Submittals: d. Storage and Protection: C. Execution e. Protect waterproof membrane from damage until after tile installation is complete. a. Product data. 1) Store materials in a clean area,free from dust and damage from construction activities. 1. Examination: f. Install waterproof membrane into clamping ring of floor drain or floor sink where applicable. b. Samples: 2) Do not store fabric in bolts in an upright position,or beneath other materials. a. Examine site conditions and verify that the work of this Section may properly commence. Notify 5. Screed Installation: 1) Two of each proposed type of ceiling panel, e. Cover materials with plastic in a manner to provide air circulation.Store all materials off the ground the Architect in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. a. Install screeds at tile field edges at the locations indicated. 2) Minimum 2-12 inch lengths of tee suspension system. and protected from dirt and dust of construction operations. b. Moisture Testing of Concrete Slabs: I A b. Accurately cut to length for flush tightly butted joints. Provide miter cut angle joints. 3. Quality Assurance: f. Materials shall be acclimatized to installation conditions for 48 hours prior to installation. 1) Test at all concrete slabs indicated to receive wood flooring,to determine the vapor emission c. Install in longest possible lengths,except that no screed section shall be longer than 12 feet or a. Codes Conform to the requirements of[BC seismic design category D,and the requirements of rate. shorter than 4 feet. the jurisdictional code authorities. 2rdance with ASTM F1869. 3) Notify the ArchitecPerform tests in t if tests results show a vapor emission rate which exceeds 3 lbs per d. Install screeds free from waves and variations in height,flush with top of adjacent tile surfaces. e. Set screeds directly in setting bed as the tile installation proceeds. Comply with screed 1000 sf in a 24-hour period. SPECIFICATIONS manufacturer's instructions to achieve mortar tightly compacted between screed and tile edge. c. Verify that substrate is flat to plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet(3mm in 3m). r j A-906 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISO 4R"Kt,OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. 1 2, .3 4 5 .6 .7 8 9 '10 d, Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work 3. Installation of Tile: 2. Adhesive Wall Panel Installation: """"�` at constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by a. Sequence installation with plumbing fixtures to permit sealing around all floor penetrations. 097200 WALL COVERINGS a Adhesively bond panels in accordance with the panel manufacturer's recommendations. D , *- prior observable conditions. b. Install subfloor filter to fill low spots,cracks, construction joints,holes and other defects,and as b. Accurate!y cut and fit panelsis around obstructions;scribe fit at edges. Allow sufficient space to seal �- * 4. 2. Installation: required to adjust level to meet adjacent finishes. Feather to maximum slope of 1/8 inch in 3 feet; A, General joints with sealant .■..�r a Q° a, Install flooring and adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations;fully float to smooth,flat,hard surface. Prohibit traffic over filler. 1. Section Includes: Wall coverings, c. Do not install panels with edge or surface damage. Replace with new undamaged material,all 73 0 . adhered, c. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, 2• Submittals: Samples: Minimum 8 x 10 inch samples each of wall covering proposed, panels which become chipped or damaged prior to final acceptance. , 0 b, Install wood flooring plumb,level,square,and free from warp or twist while maintaining d. Mix materials from multiple containers to ensure shade variations are consistent when flooring is 3. Quality Assurance: d. Provide J molding at all exposed edges. Provide H molding at all vertical butt joints. H moldings . , , , dimensional tolerances and alignment with surroundingconstruction, placed, shall not be run behind base finish material,.Provide trim moldings at inside and outside comers, E �. '� F 9 a. Wall Covering Installer, Minimum of 3 years experience in wall covering installations of similar size 9 � � 3, Cleaning and Protection: e, Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set, and scope. Able to show evidence of experience when requested by the Architect. e. Seal all joints between panels and moldings,and between FRP system and adjacent construction.. - m a. Clean finished floor surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, f. Lay flooring with joints parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical pattern, 4, Product Delivery,Storage,and Handling: 3. Clean-Up: a m a b. Protect finished floor from abuse by other trades using heavy kraft paper or equivalent. g. Install flooring to pattern directed by Architect, Allow minimum half-size units at room or area a. Deliver wall coverings to the project site in unbroken and undamaged original factory packaging a. Remove fingerprints and traces of soil and blemishes from wall materials. CU Ct 0. c perimeter. and clearly labeled with the manufacturer's identification label,quality or grade,and lot number, b. Use cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of the panels. _ 2 iii r 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES h, Set flooring in place;press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion, b. Store materials in a clean,dry storage area with temperature maintained above 55°F with humidityTTI W j3 ELkti: i i. Scribe flooring to walls,columns,cabinets,and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. normal to the that of the final projectt conditions. 098100 ACOUSTIC INSULATION0 z Z _LCD i A. General Ensure that base,trim,plates,or escutcheons will completely cover cut edges, c. Store material in original packaging to prevent damage, ; * t,;i., t- tip i 1 .Section Includes: Resilient base. j. Extend flooring into recesses and under equipment, 5, Environmental Conditions: A. General: '" 2, Submittals: k. Terminate flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar, a. Do not apply wall coverings and tackable surface when surface and ambient temperatures are 1. Section Includes: t a, Product literature for base and adhesive, 4. Installation of Reducer Strips outside the temperature ranges required by the wall covering manufacturer, a. Acoustical insulation in stud framed gypsum board wall cavities, a, Install where tile stops with edge exposed;set in adhesive. b. Samples: 3 samples of proposed base,minimum 6 inches long. p 9 po b. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain substrate surface and ambient b. Acoustical sealant.. 3, Quality Assurance: b, Center strips under doors where flooring terminates at door openings, temperatures above 55°F unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. a. Qualifications of Installers: c. Install in longest practical lengths;butt ends tight, c. Apply adhesive when substrate surface temperature and ambient temperature is above 55°F B. Products - t: 1) Use only skilled and experienced resilient base installers for preparation of substrate and d. Scribe to abutting surfaces, (13°C)and relative humidity is below 40 percent, 1. Acoustic Insulation: installation of resilient base, 5, Adjusting: Correct tiles that are not seated;replace damaged tiles, d. Maintain constant recommended temperature and humidity for at least 72 hours prior to and a ASTM C665,Type I, unfaced glass or mineral fiber batts, blankets,or rolls;minimum fire hazard11 2) Helpers and apprentices used for such work shall be under full and constant supervision at all 6. Cleaning: Clean flooring and machine buff in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. throughout the installation period,and for 72 hours after wall covering and tackable surface classification rating of 25/50 per ASTM E84;no added formaldehyde. li times by thoroughly skilled resilient base installers, 7. Protection: installation completion. b, Thickness: Minimum 3-inch thick,unless required otherwise to meet the STC requirements 4. Environmental Requirements: a, Do not allow traffic on flooring until adhesive has set. e. Provide not less than 80-foot-candles per square foot lighting level measured mid-height at indicated or specified; E a. Maintain minimum 70 degrees F air temperature at base installation area for three days prior to, b. Cover areas subject to traffic with protective covering. substrate surfaces. c. Widths: Widths to friction-fit between studs,where indicated for installation in stud walls;widths as during,and for 24 hours after installation, 6. Maintenance: appropriate for installation above acoustical ceiling panels. b. Store base materials in area of application. Allow three days for material to reach equal 096813 TILE CARPETING a, Extra Stock: Supply a minimum of 5%new stock to the Owner of each type and color of 2, Acoustical Sealant II temperature as area. walicovering used in the project Wallcovering shall be in full manufactured widths. Deliver to the a Non-hardening,non-skinning,for use in conjunction with gypsum board;similar to USG"Acoustical A. General Owner in clearlymarket cartons;store where directed, Sealant" 11 B. Products 1. Section Includes: b. Sprayed Foam: Dow Coming"Fire Stop 2001 Silicon Foam"or approved, ��► '� • 9 ii 1, Materials: a, Tile carpeting, B. Products 3, Preformed Foam Filler'Foam assemblies available from the metal deck manufacturer which are ( x 'a a. Resilient Base: Roll stock,type and colors as scheduled on the Drawings. b. Edgings, 1. Wall Coverings: As scheduled on the Drawings, preformed to fit the flutes in the metal deck, o ,�, b. Primers and Adhesives: Types as recommended by resilient base manufacturers for specific 2, Submittals: 2, Substrate Filler: As recommended by adhesive and wall covering manufacturers;compatible with 4. Accessories: Furnish other accessories such as fasteners and retainers,not specifically described, but i �, substrate. �' ra application,tested in accordance with ASTM D5116, a, Submittals for Review: e. required for a complete installation. A ,,,, p 1) Shop Drawings: indicate carpet tile locations,dye lot limitations,direction of carpet tile in each 3. Primers and Adhesives: W �z, F, /-_, C. Execution room or area, and type and location of edgings. a, Substrate Primer and Sealer As recommended by wall covering manufacturer, C. Installation: 0 _ ;t :.� Q 1. Installation: 2) Samples: b. Adhesives: As recommended by the wall covering manufacturer, 1. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,and as indicated, . , '') & I a, Adhesive install base materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Adhere2. Install insulation without gaps or voids, t a) Carpet tile: Full size samples in each color and pattern] 9 p fid $1 C. Execution tightly to wall and floor surfaces. b) Edgings: 4 inch long samples showing available colors. 1. Examination: 3. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use insulation materials free of damage. ; • b, Use roll stock only. Where cutting is necessary,maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches 3• Quality Assurance: 4. Sealant: ,. a. Examine substrate and notify the Architect of unacceptable conditions which would prevent a between joints, a, Carpet Installer shall have minimum of 3 years experience in carpet installations of similar size and satisfactory installation. Unacceptable conditions include,without limitation,cracks,voids,ridges, a. Install acoustical sealant around perimeter of all acoustically insulated partitions;one continuous c. Miter or cope inside corners for accurate fit. scobead at each side of framing member interface with substrate. �• oils,grease,moisture, porosity,indelible and water soluble crayon,ball or felt tip pen marks,and except for .` D d. Install base to walls,columns,and to wood casework toe kicks in all areas where resilient base is b. Measurement Verification: Measurements shown on the Drawings area approximate. The b, Seal all penetrations through acoustical assemblies, penetrations in fire rated g pp foreign materials. scheduled,and where no other base finish is specifically noted or detailed. Contractor's shall verifyall dimensions and site conditions;order sufficient carpet tiles to fullyconstruction to receive firestopping, Z jobpe b. Verify that wall sizing has been properly applied. e. Install base in maximum practical lengths,with minimum number of joints in each run. Fit joints carpet areas as indicated and to fill overage requirements as specified. 5. Provide preformed foam fillers or sprayed foam to seal the flute openings where acoustical partitions !: c. Acclimate wallcovering to site conditions for a minimum amount of time prior to installation in 0 , tight,vertical,and in accurate alignment, c. All carpet of the same shall be from the same dye lot. are installed tight to metal deck assemblies. f. Score back of base material with groovingtool,at outside corners;maintain minimum leglength 18 type Y accordance with each manufacturer's instructions, v�_0 94. Job Conditions: 2, Preparation: N;" inches where wall length permits. Mount base so that scored groove is accurately aligned with a, Precondition: Leave carpet tiles in area to be tiled for 48 hours prior to installation. 099000 PAINTING '1 a. Schedule work such that the subsequent work.of other sections will not damage the work of this corner,and with base tightly adhered to wall at both sides of corner,with no visible gaps at top of b. Do not begin installation until painting and finishing work have been completed, a-I- Section, base, Where cove base is formed around outside corners,stretch toe of cove for smooth c, Environmental Conditions: Maintain temperature in space in accordance with carpet or adhesiveA. General _ p p � b. Verify the type,pattern,color,and quantity of each type wall covering for each location scheduled transition around corner,with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring. manufacturer's recommendations,but in no case less than 60 degrees F for 24 hours prior to, to receive wall covering. 1. Section Includes: Site applied interior paint coatings. tn E"9i a° g. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. during,and after installation. Permit no traffic over newlylaid adhesive applied carpet fora 2, Submittals: ' g ppc. Remove electrical outlet and switch plates,mechanical diffusers,escutcheons,registers,surface Z-.".= h. Install straight and level to variation of plus or minus 1/8 inch over 10 feet, minimum of 24 hours after installation. a. Materials List hardware,fittings,and fastenings prior to starting work;store during and replace after work. _CI I. Coordinate installation of base with work of Sections 096433,096500 and 096800, 5, Warranty: Furnish manufacturers standard 15-year warranty against wear and deterioration. d, Protection: Provide sufficient drop cloths,shields,and protective equipment to prevent wall b. Samples: 3 samples of each proposed paint finish on an 8"x10"card, Reference manufacturer, '�"'0#4� IOU`• j. Fit joints tight and vertical 6, Warranties: Furnish manufacturers standard 15-year warranty against wear and deterioration. type of paint,color,sheen,substrate,and application. X y ty g covering materials from fouling adjacent surfaces,and in particular at storage and preparation 2. Cleaning: 7. Maintenance: areas. 3, Quality Assurance: ,, ..r . a. Remove excess adhesive from base and wall surfaces without damage. a, Extra Stock: Supply a minimum of 10%new stock to the Owner of each type and color of carpet 3. Installation: a, Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with a "' , b, Clean base in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, used in the project. Carpet shall be in full manufactured widths. Deliver to the Owner in clearlyminimum of threeyears documented experience. a. Apply adhesives in strict accordance with the adhesive manufacturers directions for the type of p market cartons;store where directed, material being applied, b. Paint coatings shall be free of dust,dirt,flow lines,streaks,sags,blisters,pinholes,bugs,runs,or 096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING b. Install wall covering secure,smooth,clean,and without wrinkles,gaps or overlaps, other surface imperfections, C B. Products c. Extend wall covering continuously behind such items as mirrors,and other items which are close c. In addition to the coats specified,provide additional coats as required to obtain adequate hide. : A. General 1, Carpet Tiles: As scheduled on the Drawings. to but not touching walls, 4, Delivery,Storage,And Handling: "` 1, Section Includes: 2. Accessories: a, In accordance with Section 016000. a. Luxury vinyl floor tile, a. subfloor Filler: Portland cement based Latex filler,mixed with water to produce a self leveling d. Install wall covering where scheduled in strict accordance with the wall covering manufacturer's recommendations, b, Delivery: Deliver paint materials to the jobsite in sealed,original,labeled containers,each bearing b. Reducers, underlayment,or cementitious paste,as appropriate to project requirements, e. Provide double-cut seams on nonmatch patterns; p manufacturer's name, ofpaint,brand name,color designation,and instructions for mixingZ° - butt seams on match patterns. g 'c:>'.. 2, Submittals: b. Primers and Adhesives: f. Install wall covering oriented vertically,unless otherwise indicated.Horizontal seams are not and/or reducing, �. to ca a, Submittals for Review: 1) Use primers and adhesives as approved by the carpet manufacturers for compatibility with permitted, c. Storage: Store paint materials at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F.in a well CI ICL CNI " 1) Product Data: Provide data on specified products,describing physical and performance carpet backing. ventilated area. 4 g. Corner Seams: Make no seams within 6 inches of an inside or outside corner,except where a � � �, :.'�"� characteristics. 2} Use release type adhesives at carpet the locations. d. Toxic,acidic,and combustible materials: Take all necessary precautions safe measures as + ► color or pattern change is indicated. Lap wall coverings at inside comer seams to prevent precautionary safety �. 2) Samples: c. Edge Strips: Vinyl reducer strips, unless otherwise indicated; size and configuration as recommended bythe material manufacturers and governingregulations. - # p appropriate for conditions; color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. substrate Show through. g - a) Flooring:Three,6 x 6 inch samples in each color and pattern. e. Place cotton waste,cloths,and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal t i b) Reducers:Three,4 inch longsamples in each color. containers and dailyremove from the site. < p . C. Execution 097736 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL WALL COVERINGS '! _ 3, Quality Assurance: 5. Site Conditions: 1. Examination: Perform moisture tests in accordance with ASTM F2170 to determine the vapor emission X ; a, Qualifications of Installers: rate from concrete floors. Notify the Architect of readings in excess of 75 percent relative humidity(RH) A. General a, Temperature: G' 1) Use only skilled and experienced resilient flooring installers for preparation of substrate and 1) Do no painting work when surface and air temperatures are below 40 degrees F or below ar at F..levels recommend by the carpet manufacturer, 1, Section Includes: Fiberglass reinforced plastic(FRP)panel system. LU t installation of resilient flooring. 2. Preparation: 2, Quality Assurance: those temperatures recommended by the manufacturer for the material type used. Iiiin l 2) Helpers and apprentices used for such work shall be under full and constant supervision at all 2) Minimum temperatures for latex finishes: 45 degrees F for interior work, ;rZaz ›, . a. Clean substrate to ASTM D4258. 3. Environmental requirements times by thoroughly skilled resilient flooring installers. b. Lighting: Maintain a lighting level of minimum 50 foot-candles on the surfaces to be painted or CO ` },-- 0 b, Fill cracks,voids,and depressions with leveling compound. a. Maintain uniform minimum temperature of 60 degrees F.and humidity of between 20 to 40 percent t 8 4, Environmental Requirements c. Grind ridges and high spots smooth. from 24 hours before to 24 hours after FRP installation, unless otherwise approved by the panel finished, >lC a. a, Maintain minimum 70 degrees F air temperature at flooring installation area for three days prior to, 3. Installation of Carpet Tiles: manufacturer. 6, Maintenance Materials: Furnish quantity of paint equal or greater than 5 percent of the quantity of each Ci co during and for 24 hours after installation. type,color,and sheen of paint used in the work except amount shall be not more than 5 gallons,norIX Iris b. Store flooringmaterials in area of application. Allow three days for material to reach equal a. Install in accordance with CRI 104. b. Maintain maximum ventilation to remove volatile emissions produced during the installation Tess than two one quart cans,of each < pp y qq type of finish coat of each color and sheen required. '' b. Install carpet tile and adhesive in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. process. 1" temperature as area. c. Blend carpet tiles from different cartons to ensure minimal variation in color match. ..... 5. Maintenance: d. Lay out each room or area to minimize tiles less than one half size. B. Products B. Products a. Extra Materials:One unopened carton of each color and pattern. 1Interior Latex Paint Systems: e. Cut the clean. Fit Iles tight to intersection with vertical surfaces without gaps. 1. Materials . - f, Lay carpet the to manufacturer's recommended pattern,with tile direction set parallel to building a. Fiberglass Reinforced Panel(FRP): As listed in the Finish Schedule, a. Manufacturer Benjamin Moore,or approved. ISSUED!REVISED DATEI B. Products b. Gypsum Board Substrate-Typical: OD SET e9,fe6 f:f 9 lines. 1) Fire Rating:Class 1/A fire rating, 1. Luxury Vinyl Tile(LVT): As scheduled on the drawings, 1) Primer: Latex primer sealer;Ultra Spec 500R14i11'SET. 1 rl11111 g. Locate change of color or pattern between rooms under door centerline. 2} Color: As scheduled on the Drawings 2. Accessories: 2) Finish: Ultra Eggshell Waterborne Interior Paint(538), h. Fully adhere carpet tiles to substrate. b. Accessories: a, Reducer Strips:Solid vinyl or rubber composition, 1 1/4 inch wide by flooring thickness,tapered, i, Place carpet tile dry over substrate. 1) Primers and Adhesives: As recommended by the panel manufacturer for the substrate c. Gypsum Board Substrate-Wet Areas: color black, 4. Installation of Edgings: indicated. 1) Primer: Latex primer sealer; Ultra Spec 500 b. subfloor Filler: Portland cement based latex filler, mixed with water to produce a self leveling 2) Finish: Ultra Spec Scuff-X Satin 486, a, Install strips where carpet files abut dissimilar flooring materials;secure to subfloor. 2) Sealant: Manufacturers standard silicone sealant; USDA approved installation. d. Metal Substrate: underlayment,or cementtious paste,as appropriate to project requirements. b, Center strips under doors where carpet tiles terminate at door openings. 3) Trim Moldings: Manufacturer's standard•color to match panels, c. Primers and Adhesives: Water based,waterproof;types as recommended by resilient flooring ' 1) Primer: Touch-up pre-primed or one coat of latex primer sealer;Ultra Spec 500 manufacturers for specific application;tested in accordance with ASTM D5116. c. Install in longest practical lengths;butt ends tight. 2} Finish: Ultra Spec HP DTM HP 29 d, Scribe to abutting surfaces, C. Execution e. Wood Substrates: C. Execution 5, Cleaning: 1. Preparation: 1) Primer: Latex primer sealer;Ultra Spec 500 ' A 1, Examination: Perform moisture tests in accordance with ASTM F2170 to determine the vapor emission a. Clean spots as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer, a, Coordinate installation with the installers of adjacent and integral construction to allow for p 2) Finish: Ultra Eggshell Waterborne Interior Paint(538). rate from concrete floors. Notify the Architect of readings in excess of 75 percent relative humidity(RH) b, Cut off loose threads flush with top surface, installation of FRP panels prior to the installation of escutcheons,cover plates,louver flanges,and or levels recommend by the resilient flooring manufacturer. c. Clean with commercial vacuum cleaner. other components to be installed over or through FRP panels. I 2. Preparation: Clean substrate to ASTM F710. 1 . . SPECIFICATIONS A-907 c T.0 2919 DAUM:ARM OREGON ARCHTECISF:c, i _.... 5 iiiiiMOMMINISIIMINIMAR 1 2 :3 - 4 5 6 7 8 9 't4 3. Fabrication: '- git -`. C. Execution B. Products C. Execution a. Concealed Components: Non-corrosion or corrosion-resistant-coated materials. .1.- 1. .1. Preparation: 1. General: Furnish signage similar to details. For custom signage,font shall be Optima,or approved, 1. Installation: b: Unit Sizes: Obtain units fabricated in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows,measured till) 0 '- 11' a. Moisture Check: Check for excess moisture using an electronic moisture meter. Do not paint 2. Wall and Door Plaques: Braille Signs;design as indicated;high impact styrene;pictograms,borders, a. Install in locations as indicated on the drawings., at 74 deg F: *""' gl GI C _. materials with excess moisture levels which would impair the bonding of finishcoatings. lettering and Braille raised 1/32";radius corners;double faced mounting tape on back. b. Install brackets 48 inches from finished floor to top of bracket. 1) Shade Units Installed between(Inside)Jambs: Edge of shade not more than 114 inch from 0 , b. Hardware and Miscellaneous Items: 3, Decals: Screen printed self-adhesive vinyl;custom shape,colors,and text as indicated on the c. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. face of jamb. Length equal to head to sill dimension of opening in which each shade is fa)Drawings. d. Install cabinetsplumb and level in wall openings in locations as indicated. Unless otherwise installed. 4 1) Carefully remove electrical outlet and switch plates,mechanical diffusers,escutcheons, g . surface hardware,fittings and fasteningsprior to startingwork. 4. EntryDoor Signage: Screenprinted or individual letters on self-adhesive vinyl;configuration and text indicated,install 30 inches from finished floor to inside bottom of cabinet. 2) Shade Units Installed Outside Jambs: Width and length as indicated,with terminations c g g Y' g g �= 0 F 2) Carefully store,clean and replace these items upon completion of work in each area. as indicated on the Drawings;colors as directed. e. Fire-Rated Units: between shades of end-to-end installations at centerlines of mullion or other defined vertical :. w 3) Do not use solvent or abrasives to clean hardware that will remove the permanent lacquer 5. Fabrication: Signs shall be free of rough edges,irregular surfaces,non uniform finishes,and similar 1) Provide fire rated units when recessed cabinets are installed in fire rated walls. separations between openings. Q al sa finish normally used on some of these items. imperfections. 2) Include UL label. c. Installation Brackets: Designed for easy removal and reinstallation of shade,for supporting fascia, iM - w c c. Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt,dust,grease,oil,moisture,and other contaminants which I roller,and operating hardware and for hardware position and shade mounting method indicated. -" will impair the proper adhesion of the finish, C. Execution d. Installation Fasteners: Not fewer than two fasteners per bracket,fabricated from metal 'E 1.6 IL d. Gypsum Board: Remove light dust,and dirt. 1. All graphics shall be mounted level and plumb and in accurate alignment,unless indicated otherwise. noncorrosive to shade hardware and adjoining construction;type designed for securing to 1 e. Wood-Opaque paint finish: 2. Plaques: DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT supporting substrate;and supporting shades and. accessories under conditions of normal use. • 3Z iii - coo 1) Fill all nail holes and cracks. a. Clean surfaces as necessary to accept mounting tape. *sok 0 o,+�° I' 2) Sand filler smooth and level with wood surface. b. Use double stick tape for mounting unless approved otherwise. 110000 EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES C. Execution - - f. Ferrous Metal Shop Primed under other Sections: 3. Decals: Adhere to substrate free of bubbles. - 1. Installation: 1) Solvent clean to remove oil and grease. Remove loose rust,and blistered and peeling paint - 4. Coordinate with Owners vendor to install Owner furnished signage. a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. to bare metal by scraping,sanding,and wire brushing in accordance with SSPC-SP2 and A. General b. Provide adequate clearances to allow for proper operation. ' SP3. 102123 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK a. Eon 1, Sectionn Includes.quipment and appliances. - - 2. . Adjusting: jAdust shades for smooth,quiet operation. - - ' 2) Immediately retouch damaged or abraded surfaces with compatible primer. Lightly sand all 3. Cleaning: Clean roller shade surfaces after installation,according to manufacturer's written b. Installation of Owner Furnished equipment and appliances. shop prime painted surfaces to receive paint finish. A. - General 2. Submittals: Provide the following for each piece of General Contractor provided equipment and instructions. g. Unprimed Ferrous Metal: 1. Section Includes: Cubicle curtain tracks and curtains. - appliance, 1) Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1. 2. Submittals: a. Product Data: Manufacturer's data indicating dimensions,capacity,and operating features of each 124813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND GRATES - 2) Commercial blast per SSPC SP6. a. Product Data: Submit for track,components, and curtains, piece of equipment specified. E h. Galvanized Ferrous Metal: b. Shop Drawings: Indicate complete layout and special and typical installation details. b. Copies of Warranties: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed A. General - - 1) Clean in accordance with paint manufacturer's requirements for substrate preparation. c. Samples: Submit length of track with carrier. in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. �1. Section Includes: 2) Abrade surface with 3M"Scotchbrite Heavy Duty" (brown)pad,or as necessary to achieve -for a. Carpet entrymats. sufficient profile paint adhesion. B. Products 3. Quality Assurance: a. Supply manufacturers certified installers if required to secure warranty. b. Perimeter angle frame. i. Existing Finished Surfaces To Be Repainted: - 1. Cubicle Curtain Tracks and Curtains. As scheduled on the Drawings. b. Use installation methods required by the manufacturer tosecure warranty. 2. Submittals OCT • 1) Remove loose, blistered,scaled, or crazed finishes to bare substrate;feather new work into c. Refer to Electrical and Plumbing Drawings for connections for equipment and appliances. a. Product Data. Submit for mats and frame. existing work. Prepare surfaces to the nearest break line if necessary to blend new finishes C. Execution - 419,s" 1. Installation 4. Warranty: Provide manufacturer's extended wan�anty on all General Contractor provided equipment b. Shop Drawings: Indicate perimeter angle frame size and locations,mat joint locations,and .4> with old finishes. relevant details of adjacent construction. Indicate method for fasteningframe to substrate. -� 2) Wash and rinse surfaces with trisodium phosphate and water or other solution required to a. Install components in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations in the locations and appliances' l i remove remaining film,wax,oil,grease,or foreign matter which would impair bond or cause indicated. Fasten track to overhead construction at maximum 24 inches on center. Provide B. Products A `_' additional supportsor backingas necessaryto make the installation secure. B. Products , bleed through. 1, Appliances and E quipment As scheduled on the Drawings. 1. Entrance Floor Mats and Grates: As scheduled on the Drawings. � 3) Lightly sand,or apply a liquid deglosser on existing semi-gloss and high-gloss finishes before b. Provide all accessories and fasteners as necessary for a complete installation. Provide end stops 2. Miscellaneous Accessories: Furnish fasteners,sleeve anchors,and other materials as necessary for a ' `� refinishing. - at each end of run. C. Execution complete installation. ' j. Mask adjacent surfaces. c. Furnish spacers at suspended ceilings with reveal edge ceiling panels so that the panels maintain 1. Examination: 'f 2. Application Requirements;General: their proper alignment within the suspended ceiling grid. a. Utility Verification: C. Execution 49k74 • ' - a, Unless specified or indicated otherwise,follow paint manufacturer's label directions for general 2. Adjusting and Cleaning: Upon completion,adjust carriers to operate freely,hang curtains and 1V's 1) Prior to installing utilities for equipment and appliances,confirm power and plumbing 1. Examination: Verify that substrate is properly level,clean,and ready for installation of entry mat frame. application procedures and coverage rates. - properly. requirements with manufacturer's current written literature. 2. Installation b. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Make sure each coat of finish is dry 2) Notify the Architect in writing if utility requirements differ from those indicated on the MEP a. Mechanically fasten entry mat frame sections accurately into positions as indicated.Corner joints - 13 and hard before a following coat is applied unless the manufacturer's directions state otherwise. 1028.13 TOILET ACCESSORIES drawings or from utilities installed. shall be mitered and tightly butted. For each angle frame section,place fasteners 2 inches from c. Where painting is indicated to cover patches and new work in plane with existing,repaint entire 3) Prior to installing equipment and appliances,verify utility rough-ins are present and correctly - each end and at maximum 24 inches on center along the length, z surface to nearest break line, A. General located. b. Coordinate installation of slab leveling material within perimeter frame area as necessary to align Li 0 d. Opaque Finishes: 1. Section Includes: Toilet accessories. 2. Installation: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. - the crush line of the entry mat with perimeter frame. c. Install carpet en mats in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Place ca a .0 1) Apply number of coats scheduled,except that additional finish coats shat{be applied as 2. Submittals: 3. Testing: p try carpet entry �c� necessary for complete hiding of substrate colors. a. Product Data: Submit for each toilet accessory. a. Test all equipment and appliances to ensure proper functioning prior to turn over to the Owner. mat tight to the substrate with a uniform appearance free of wrinkles. Trim at perimeter edges for IL- 2) Apply primer coats untinted. Where more than one coat ofpaint is required,tint each b. Supply all materials required to test the equipment under actual usage conditions. tight butt fit to frame. q pPYq PPY q9 a lz succeeding coat up to the final coat similar in tint,but slightly lighter in value(shade). B. Products 4. Cleaning: G 3) Sand lightly between coats if necessary to achieve required finish;sand between all coats 1. Accessories: As scheduled on the Drawings. a. Remove packing materials from equipment and appliances. i l w o applied to wood substrates. b. Wash and clean equipment and appliances. - - - CCF.W e. Rollers for application and backrolling of latex paints shall have a nap of 3/8 inch or less. C. ExecutionDIVISION 13 ="_ f. Where roller texture is scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces,finish coats may be 1. Preparation •SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION !ii=as a. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to obsite atappropriate time for building-in.in. Coordinate meg v roller-applied,or spray applied and backrolled at Contractor's option. Ig- Not Used _ i� g. Factory Primed Surfaces:Apply scheduled finish system,less primer coat,except as necessary to installation. '�# b. Furnish templates and rough-in measurements as required. DMSION 12-FURNISHINGS -� for patching damage to factory prime coating. Pq ±+lt 3. Gypsum Board-Latex System: c, Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces from damage during installation of work of this 4,) a. System: Three coats-first coat latex primer sealer(untinted;omit at previously painted walls), Section. 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES DMSION 14-CONVEYING EQUIPMENT second and third coat latex paint(Omit third coat at previously painted walls subject to approval by d. Coordinate installation of blocking and backing as necessary to support wall mounted items. hit the Architect2, Installation A. General - te C a. Install fixtures,accessories and items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,in full 1. Section Includes: Manually operated roller shades. Not Used b. Sheen: As scheduled. 2. Submittals: I-- c. Application: compliance with the manufacturer's installation instructions,and as indicated on the Drawings. „ ; Q 1) Except as otherwise indicated,use on all exposed gypsum board surfaces indicated to be b. Install true,plumb,and level,securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. a. Submittals for Review: Apra painted or repainted. c, Mount accessories in locations and elevations as indicated on the Drawings. Where elevation is 1) Shop Drawings: 2 Provide rime coat only behind permanently mounted mechanical) anchored items not indicated,mount at the minimum elevation recommended by the manufacturer. a) Show locations,sizes,relationship to adjacent construction,and other pertinent DMSION 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION '' , - P Y p Y Y ...�. re) �. 4. Interior Ferrous Metal and Galvanized-Latex System: information' 1 ` a. System:Three coats;first coat latex primer(omit at shop primed items);second and third coats 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS b) Use same room designations as indicated on Drawings. SECTION 210033- BIDDER DESIGN FIRE SUPPRESSION i n- W N t. interior latex finish. The primer maybe omitted at factory primed surfaces,except as necessary to 2) Product Data: Indicate components,materials,finishes,attachment,and operation. + _ 3) Samples: A. Fire protection systems are bidder designed and shall conform to the requirements of the jurisdictional code recoat damaged or abraded preprimed surfaces. A. General a) 12 x 12 inch shade cloth samples in each color. authorities,and requirements of the Landlord. 7 b. Sheen: As scheduled. 1. Section Includes: b) 3 x 3 inch paint or metal finish samples in each color. "" c. Application: Interior ferrous metal surfaces including interior hollow metal door frames,electrical a. Fire extinguishers. 1 rem als 4 Warranty:Sample warranty form. B. Sprinkler heads in public areas shall be the fully-concealed a finished to match the ceiling the are '" " panels,fire extinguisher cabinets,countertop brackets and access doors. b. Fire rated and non-fire rated cabinets. ) P ty P p Y type, 9 Y b, Closeout Submittals: Operation and Maintenance Data. installed in.Sprinkler heads in BOH areas shall be either concealed or semi-recessed,chrome finish with 5. Wood-Opaque Finish Latex System: 2. Quality Assurance: 3. Quality Assurance, white trim. - _ 0 - - a. System: Three coats;first coat latex wood primer,and second and third coat latex enamel. a, Regulatory Requirements, j ..- a. Installer Qualifications: Minimum 3 years'experience in work of this Section, t/, ._ C ; b. Sheen: As scheduled. 1) NFPA 10 requirements for portable fire extinguishers. i1 b. Fabric: Pass NEPA 701 small and large-scale vertical burn tests. C, Fire protection subcontractor shall furnish stamped,signed shop drawings of the sprinkler system preparediii pi /41 c. Application: Use on wood or medium density fiberboard surfaces,including wood doors,and 2) ASTM E814 for fire resistive cabinets in rated wall assemblies. 4, project Conditions: by a Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State where the project is located. 'k._ standing and running trim. a. Vers dimensions at site prior to fabrication of shades. i'- g 6. Cleanup: B. Products Verify D. Submit approved shop drawings for local Building Department and Fire Marshal review and approval,as 8 amts and 1. Extinguishers: b. Do not install shades until painting and finishing work is complete and ambient temperature and PP R 9 g P pp , 0 .p,,. a. As the work proceeds and on completion of the work,promptly remove all primers,p g submittal for permit,as required. 0 finishes where spilled,splashed or splattered in a manner not to damage the surface from which it a. Approved Manufacturers: humidity conditions are maintained at occupancy levels. re '1- 5. Warranties: is removed. 1) . Kidde Commercial Division(Mebane NC;800-880-6788). (M - b, Remove masking. 2) Larsen's Manufacturing Company(Minneapolis MN;612 571 1181). a. Furnish manufacturer's warranties providing coverage for: 3 323 726 9070). 1) 10 years against deterioration,sag, and warp of shade cloth. - - c. Remove masking. ) J.L. Industries Inc.uric, Commerce CA; d. Clean,or replace with new,all lamps and electrical fixtures damaged by overspray;replace with - 4) Potter Roemer(Santa Ana CA;714-430-5300,800-366 3473). 2) 10 years against defective hardware. DMSION 22-PLUMBING new identical components all lighting fixture louvers and reflectors damaged by overspray, 5) Williams Brothers Corporation(Scarborough Ontario;540 636 4444;800 255 5515). g products See Plumbing Drawings ISSUED'►REVISED DATE Colors: As scheduled on the Drawings. b. Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical Type: Heavy Duty DOT Steel tank;UL rating 2A-10B;C,5 lb capacity, 1. Roller Window Shades: OD SET 00/08/1 FM approved;red enamel finish;pressure gage;metal valves and siphon tubes. a. Manufacturer, Operation Type, Model: As scheduled on the drawings. PERMIT SET 10111/19 1 • 2. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets: b. Fabric and Color. As indicated on the Drawings. - - a. Manufacturer,type and finishes as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Shade Operation: DIVISION 23-HEATING,VENTILATING,AND AiR-CONDITIONING HVAC DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES b. All cabinets shall be recessed except when wall conditions do not allow for required depth . Manual;with continuous loop bead chain,clutch,and cord tensioner and bracket lift operator. ( ) which case, provide semi-recessed cabinet. Install where indicated. See Mechanical Drawings j c. Furnish sizes as necessary to accommodate extinguishers,at locations indicated on the Drawings. - I 101400 SIGNAGE d Fire Rating: 1) Position of Clutch Operator: Right side of roller,as determined by hand of user facing shade - 1) Non-Rated Partitions: Non-fire rated cabinets from inside,unless otherwise indicated. I A. General 2) Rated Partitions: Fire rated cabinets for 1 hour or 2 hour combustible and non-combustible 2) Clutch: Capacity to lift size and weight of shade;sized to fit roller or provide adaptor. - 1. Section Includes: 3) Loop Length: Length required to make operation convenient from floor level reach DIVISION 26-ELECTRICAL - F. wall systems. 4 Bead Chain: Nickel-plated metal. A a. Code required,informational and directional at locations indicated on the Drawings. 3, Fire Extinguisher Brackets: Manufacturer's standard J-type. Provide at fire extinguisher locations ) P mea b. Installation of signage furnished by the Owner. where no cabinet is indicated. See Electrical Drawings 2. Submittals: a. Product Data: Submit for each sign type. - 3. Regulatory Requirements: Signage shall conform to the requirements of the jurisdictional code - authorities, END SPECIE#CATIONS „A-908 COPYRtair€) tWCALLISONRTXL;C RE ARCHITECTS P.C. Jot part of this Dermit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3. ISP Equipment: '"'"""' L. *` a. ISP's to have all equipment(Managed Routers, Ciena's, Broadband routers, etc) installed in the IT D. IT Closet Backboard VI Workstation/Office Furniture Requirements C 2 r I. Roles and Responsibilities Closet 1. OM Construction to procure and install a fire rated plywood backboard 0 ' 'e 1) ISP equipment mounted between U's 18 and 28 2. Location: See"IT Rack Closet Detail"Schematic A. Desks Assumptions •...w C: ,� Responsi at Account a) U's 18&28 are included/can be used 3. Size: 1. The following workstation requirements assumes desks are NOT: '" @ . Section ble able Consulted Informed b) See IT Rack Diagram in appendix a. Ideal: Cover full wall behind rack a. Mobile in any way , (works on) (end 2) ISP's to ensure ISP Equipment does not have the option for wireless access point capabilities 1) General coverage; 100%edge to edge coverage not necessary 2. If a change is made to the standard desk furniture, please notify IT as soon as possible to brainstorm 4 c ; result) a) le: No Comcast Broadband modems with wifi b. Minimum Requirement:4x4 ft(per typical ISP requirement) together F U 4 v 4. Diversity: •• 13 on a. Requirement: E. IT Closet Physical Security B. Workstation Requirements p os is 111 ISP Circuits Trevor Brian SysAdmin NOL CT, 1. OM Construction to ensure Rack is physically secure in one of the followingways: 1. Front Desk: W 0 c IT 1) Secondary ISP must be physically diverse for the last mile from Primary ISP p Y Y a) Primary and Secondary ISP's must not share the same delivery media/mechanism for a. OM Construction to ensure IT closet has physical barrier from floor to ceiling, i.e.,walls built full a. Each seat needs space for: c , the last mile. height to the deck in one of the following ways: 1) 1 Desktop Computer, keyboard, mouse,credit card machine,scanner, phone u. IV IT Closet AudreyLaura H Brian Judy, Rory1) Dedicated room with door+OM electronic lock/handle set(see"OM Electronic Door Lock" 2) Printer w W E c (1) le: In the last mile, if the Primary ISP fiber/coax/etc was severed, it would not affectz Z W Design the Secondary ISP section below for more info) a) Typical setup has 1 printer between the 2 Front Desk seats; if more is required, please * Z erf co 2) Cage surround with door+OM electronic lock/handle set(see"OM Electronic Door Lock" comment here and let IT know *** p " ""' """ ca b. Examples: g * 1) Perfect Scenario: section below for more info) b. Data IV IT Closet Audrey Laura H Audrey, Laura H Brian a) ATT Fiber and Comcast Broadband (Coax) are in separate conduits for the last mile 2. Extra context/Base requirements 1) 4 ports per workstation, centered below desk Construction b) ATT Fiber and XO Fiber are in separate conduits for the last mile a. OM IT's goal is to prevent unauthorized access to the rack. Physical Security solution must provide c. Power 2) Meets Requirements: reasonable deterrent against unauthorized access including from above or adjacent spaces. 1) OM Construction to provide 4 outlets per workstation via surge protected power strip in cable V Inside Audrey Laura H Brian Judy, Rory a) ATT Fiber and Level3 Fiber run along separate fiber bundles in the same conduit for the b. OM must exclusively control access to the door; OM lock/handle must be used. management tray under desk Cabling last mile into the building 1) During construction, OM IT can provide PIN numbers as needed. d. Cable Management Design b) ATT Fiber and Comcast Coax share a conduit for the last mile into the building 2) After opening, if building management requires access,this can be provided through 1) OM Construction to provide and install cable management that provides space directly under c) ATT Fiber and Comcast Fiber run along separate fiber bundles in the same conduit for coordination with a One Medical Office Manager. Or, if 24/7 access is required,a dedicated the desk for:a surge protector strip,security cable, and excess cabling. the last mile into the building PIN can be created for their use. a) le: a cable management tray under the desk w V Inside Audrey Laura H Audrey, Laura H Brian (1) Comcast Fiber is not reselling ATT Fiber e. Cable Pathway 0 E Cabling 3) Does Not Meet Requirements: F. IT Closet OM Electronic Door Lock 1) OM Construction to provide and install a pathway for cables to get safely from the surface of Construction a) ATT Fiber and XO Fiber share a fiber bundle for the last mile into the building 1. OM IT to provide pre-programmed lock device(Model: YRL-220) the desk to cable management solution. Z (1) le: XO is reselling ATT Fiber a. See example pic in appendix a) le:grommet, cable trough, etc. 1g La ..1 c. Goal:to avoid disruptions due to a cut fiber or otherwise that transports both ISP services to us. b. PointCentral Info f. Security VI Workstation/ Audrey Laura H Brian Judy, Rory p p Office 5. ISP Support/Outage response: 2. OM Construction to inform OM IT of address to send device to&ideal timing to receive it 1) OM Construction to provide a way forworkstations to have a security cable secured in some 0 3 Furniture (AT&T, etc) directly3. OM Construction to install lock in IT Closet Door way Iii iiii ,ph a. ISP's AT&TVerizon, Level3, will be authorized to work with OM IT to resolve all Desi n issues that arise with internet connectivity 4. OM Construction to install PointHub inside IT Closet a) le: securing to a wire/metal cable manager attached to the bottom of the desk or a W g 1) le:After activation, OM IT should be able to report,triage,test, etc directly with an ISP without a. Location: See"IT Rack Closet Detail" Schematic security bracket w any 3rd party involvement b. OM Design/Construction team to provide"IT Rack Closet Detail"Schematic b) OM IT to provide the security cable; OM Construction to provide and install security 1 VI Workstation/ Audrey Laura H Audrey, Laura H Brian 6. Circuit Extensions: 5. When needed, OM to provide Construction with PIN to access during construction bracket or alternate Office a. Two 2"conduits required to extend circuit(provide tie lines)from the MPOE all the way to the IT 2. Waiting Room: closet G. IT Closet Ventilation a. IT Equipment Furniture Setup 1) OM IT does not have a preference for copper vs fiber and defers to GC to make the decision 1. OM Construction to provide ventilation to ensure IT Closet is maintained below 80 degrees 1) Sonos speaker that's most suitable for each site a. Minimum Requirement of thermostatically controlled exhaust fan into plenum or exhaust shaft and a) OM IT to provide Sonos speaker 2) Service loop of 3ft or more to allow for flexibility of equipment placement on the rack security louver of 18x18 b. Data: VII B Removal of OM Shawn B n/a Brian 2. Total power draw from One Medical IT rack equipment is 1100 watts 1) None needed Vaccines 3) Provide MPOE to IT Closet pathway information at conclusion of project 3. Typically, having the ceiling open to plenum(assuming ceiling height of>12 ft), a security louver in the c. Power: a) le: MPOE Building 20 to MDF 2.1.3 to IDF 5.1.3 to IT Closet door, and an exhaust fan will suffice, but please do a heat study as every room is different 1) 2 outlets for speaker 7. Static IP: D VIII B Vaccine OM Shawn B n/a Brian a. Each ISP to provide 5 usable public P's3. Provider(PCP, Exam, Consult, PT, Chiro, MH) Room: Fridge/Freez 1) Please provide/29 CIDR block a. Each seat needs space for: ; er Setup2) Pleaseprovide Gateway (ISP's next hopIP Address) 1) 1 Desktop Computer, keyboard, mouse, phone J O V. Power&Inside Cabling (Low-Voltage Cabling) b. Data: 0 .E A. General Inside Cabling Info 1) 2 ports per station it a 0 IV. IT Closet Requirements: 1. OM Construction'to provide Cat6 Low-Voltage Cabling (aka Inside Cabling, Inside Wiring) in the c. Power: �� II. Key Milestones locations depicted in Power and Signal plan 1) OM Construction to provide 2 outlets per workstation via surge protected power strip in cable .raleN A. IT Closet General Info management tray under desk L-ce A. IT Closet&Conduits Ready far ISP 1. Min size of 5'x5' inside dimensions 2. OM Construction'to provide one CAT6 data cable to each Wireless Access Point location as d. Cable Management 0 documented on the Power and Signal and/or Reflective Ceiling Plan(RCP) ut D 2. Locate in back of house in a hallway, or within break, admin, or storage rooms „ 1) OM Construction to provide and install cable management that provides space directly under 4 a. For more details see Wireless Access Points section B. IT Closet Complete 3. IT Closet access will be restricted by OM door lock and as such, must not have a shared function or the desk for:a surge protector strip,security cable,and excess cabling. j Z-= 3. Internal wiring to be terminated and continuity tested between patch panel and wall jack o_41 contain any water shut-off valves, clean-outs, electrical panels,switchgear,transformers, meters, time a) le: a cable management tray under the desk C. Punch Walk 4. OM Construction to provide service loop of 3ft or more in length on top of IT Rack tau o clocks,duct detectors, remote dampers,controls for fire/life safety, etc that are not specified by OM. e. Cable Pathway �pg 5. OM Construction to provide OM IT with as-built(finalized floor plan including port#'s)at conclusion of D. IT Onsite Setup Day 1 More requirements listed under"Physical Security"section project 1) OM Construction to provide and install a pathway for cables to get safely from the surface of �4 x 4. For full requirements and details on IT Closet Telco Rack, Electrical, Backboard, Physical Security, & the desk to cable management solution. 4C 6. One Medical Preferences: E. FDOB Ventilation, please see"IT Closet Requirements"section below a. Data cabling,white color a) le:grommet, cable trough,etc. -OM Construction to provide 0 5. For typical room layout,see"IT Rack Closet Detail"Schematic b. White data jack ports f. Security c. White faceplates 1) OM Construction to provide a way for workstations to have a security cable secured in some CX C III. ISP Circuits(Internet Service Provider Circuits) B. IT Closet Telco Rack way 1. Rack Specs: a) le: securing to a wire/metal cable manager attached to the bottom of the desk or a B. Wireless Access Points A. Circuit Requirements:Timinga. 2-Post Standard: (In most regions,where a 2-post rack is allowed) security bracket „3 II q 1. OM IT to provide pre-configured Wireless Access Point(WAP or AP) units 1. Complete checklist items under"Circuit Requirements: Definition of Done" outlined below at minimum 1) OM Construction to procure&instal!a 2-post 45U telco rack with ladder b) OM IT to provide the security cable; OM Construction to provide and install security ©e P q ( ) a. OM Construction to provide address to send WAPs vi of 6 weeksprior to FDOB a) OM IT recommends the products below, but is open to comparable alternatives bracket or alternate b. OM Construction to provide ideal timing for receiving WAPs Z >- (1) Rack: Chatsworth Rack, Product#55053-7034. Phlebotomy Station: ,,,,_ 2. OM Construction to mount AP's Q B. Circuit Requirements: Definition of Done (2) Ladder: OM IT has no preference on brand/model a. Each seat needs space for: A 11. Cr? CO 1. "Definition of Done"checklist requirements b. 4-Post Variation: (In regions where a 4-post rack is required by code) a. 1) Foron:detailed on Power and Signal and/or Reflective Ceiling Plan 1) 1 Desktop Computer, keyboard, mouse, phone, printer, label makerEL iu 04 q 1} exposed ceiling construction access points must be dropped below the lowest obstruction 4W a. Internet circuits"Test and Turn Up" (TTU)and"Activation"stages are"Complete"per the ISP's 1) OM Construction to procure&install a 4-post 45U telco rack with ladder b. Data ,, N. a) OM IT recommends the productsbut (HVAC ductwork) b. Internet circuits handed off to OM IT Closet below, is open to comparable alternatives b. OM Construction to mount below ceiling tile(visible), centered on ceiling tile with no cords visible 1) 4 ports per station i , co 1) Ethernet handoff(aka Copper, Electrical) (1) Rack:4 Post Chatsworth Rack-Product#15216-703c. Power PP c. OM Construction to match floor plan AP numbering to numbering on AP devices 0 re 'j c. Internet circuits speed tests areas ex ected/ordered when tested at IT Closet (2) Ladder: OM IT has no preference on brand/model 1) OM Construction to provide 2 outlets per workstation via surge protected power strip in cable m p � p c. Cable Managers 1) Please keep in mind:WAPs are numbered and have a specific location per unit management trayunder desk W v d. 5 usable static/public IP's are configured and working correctly and given to OM IT g 2) AP placement and numbering to be provided by OM Design/Construction team g ., 0 e. ISP outage/escalation information sent to OM 1) OM Construction to purchase and install 3 double-sided horizontal cable managers d. Cable Manager 2 C 4t 1) ISP support phone number/email a) OM IT recommends the products below, but is open to comparable alternatives C. Patch Panel Info 1) OM Construction to provide and install cable management that provides space directly under z C). IX I-" 2) Account number/info (1) Panduit NM2 horizontal cable managers(with front cover) 1. OM Construction to provide high density patch panel the desk for: a surge protector strip,security cable,and excess cabling. w lu tr) , C 3) Circuit ID's and LEC Circuit ID's b) Location: See"IT Rack Closet Detail"Schematic a. OM Constru;tion to provide the appropriate quantity of patch panels based on total network drops a) Ie: a cable management tray under the desk zw , w 2) OM Construction to purchase and install 1 vertical cable manager,spanning the full height of including space for WAP's and 2 tie lines(cross-connect from MPOE, IDF,etc)for the ISP circuits e. Cable Pathway Ct Cl) n C. Circuit Requirements: Type, Minimum Speeds, Handoff, SLA the rack (if necessary) 1) OM Construction to provide and install a pathway for cables to get safely from the surface of 0 Cr3 "' 0 8 1. Two diverse(diversity requirements below) ISP Circuits--a primary and secondary a} OM IT recommends the products below, but is open to comparable alternatives 1) One Medical recommends the products below, but is open to comparable alternatives the desk to cable management solution. Ci 0 a. a. Primary ISP: (1) Panduit Vertical cable manager Panduit(Part#WMPV45E) (with front cover) a) Panduit 2U 72 port panel (Flat/Flush front, Part#CPP72FMWBLY) a) le: grommet, cable trough, etc. Li mr- 1) Type: Must be a Fiber Internet Circuit b) Location:On left side of the rack when facing the rack (1) Port jacks (Part#CJ688TGBL-24) f. Security < CV 2) Minimum Speeds: 50 mbps down, 50 mbps up(synchronous) 2. Installation Specifications: b. OM Construction to install patch panel(s)starting at U#43;the first 2U's at the very top of the rack 1) OM Construction to provide a way for workstations to have a security cable secured in some 0 '*"` 3) Handoff to IT Closet Rack: Ethernet Handoff(aka Copper, Electrical) a. See"IT Rack Closet Detail" Schematic should be left open for potential media converters way , 4) SLA: ISP with an uptime of 99.99%. If an ISP fails to deliver this uptime, a conversation with 1) This document details rack placement within the IT Closet 1) See Rack diagram in Appendix a) le: securing to a wire/metal cable manager attached to the bottom of the desk or a OM will be needed before going forward b. Ground Wire: OM Construction to install ground wire to ground bar&any part of rack(but not the 2. OM Construction to label active patch panel ports: security bracket b. Secondary ISP: ladder) a. For drops going to wall ports b) OM IT to provide the security cable; OM Construction to provide and install security ISSUED REVISED DATE 1) Type: Option of Fiber, Broadband, or EoC Circuit 1) See"IT Closet Electrical"section below 1) Please label to match wall plate labels bracket or alternate OD SET 09106119 2) Minimum Speeds: 50 mbps down,20 mbps up 2) Labeling should be numbered by wallport as'001A, 001B'etc. 5. Admin Room: PERMIT SET 10/11119 a) le: a Comcast Broadband circuit of 150mbps down and 20mbps up is acceptable; a C. IT Closet Electrical b. For Access Points a. Each seat needs space for: broadband circuit of 100mbps/10mbps is not acceptable 1. OM Construction to install 3 outlets in !T closet 1) Use AP01,AP02,AP03, etc to match the label on each AP 1) 1 Desktop Computer, keyboard, mouse, phone 3) Handoff to IT Closet Rack: Ethernet Handoff(aka Copper, Electrical) a. TWO stacked NEMA 5-20R receptacles stacked c. OM Construction to provide patch cables with labels on both end b. Data: 4 SLA:OM will accept effort' uptime service for seconds ISP. However, if the seconds 1) 1 quad +24"left of the rack,8"from back wall 1) 2 ports per workstation } P p secondary secondary +34" 8" d. OM Construction to patch one end of patch cable into patch panel and leave the other end/rest of ISP fails with a frequency that significantly disrupts patient care, OM will require a discussion 2) 1 quad left of the rack, from back wall cord dangling in the cable manager c. Power: about replacing the secondary ISP b. ONE duplex 1) OM to patch into OM switch 1) OM Construction to provide 2 outlets per workstation via surge protected power strip in cable 1) 6 inches from right side, mounted at 60"AFF to center management tray under desk D. Circuit Requirements: General Info(Applicable to Primary &Secondary ISP's) c. All power on same 20 amp circuit d. Cable Management A 1. Handoff Type(to One Medical(OM)in IT Closet): 2. OM Construction to install a ground bar(to ground IT Rack) 1) OM Construction to provide and install cable management that provides space directly under a. Ethernet Handoff(aka Copper, Electrical) a. #6 Ground wire bonded to a mgn or ufer ground, terminated to a grounding bus bar located +2" the desk for: a surge protector strip,security cable, and excess cabling. 2. Connection Specifications: above top of rack a) le:a cable management tray under the desk a. ISP to provide a direct internet access (DIA) connection 3. For detailed placement info see"IT Rack Closet Detail"Schematic 1) le:A plain, raw connection IT SPECIFICATIONS 2) le: No BGP routing,firewalls,filters, NAT'd proxies, etc THIS SHEET IS INCLUDED IN THE SET FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY,AND IS PROVIDED TO THE USER SOLE? AS AN ACCOMMODATION, AT THE DIRECTION OF THE TENANT, ITS CONTENT WAS PREPARED by OTHERS. CALLISONRTKL HAS NOT VERIFIED THE ACCURACY OR INTEGRITY OF THIS INFORMATION, AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS WHICH MAY BE INCORPORATED HEREIN AS A RESULT. . I T-9 01 COPYRIGHT Q 2019 CALUSONR110.OREGON ARCHITECTS P.G. Reference °nil. Not part of this permI- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 e. Cable Pathway 'MI= IL 1- 1) 1) OM Construction to provide and install a pathway for cables to get safely from the surface of VIII. Appendix/Reference Docs X. Timing CU 2 the desk to cable management solution. IX. Floorplan and Power/Signal Internal Meetings Q 6. V a) le: grommet, cable trough, etc. A. IT Rack Closet Detail Schematic A. Design f. Securityw A. Floorplan includes the following 1. IT requirements review "" Q C 1) OM Construction to provide a way for workstations to have a security cable secured in some ,� s 1. Dimensions of rooms including total square footage (needed for AP placement) 2. Power& Signal Floorplan review a) J ULI way I 2. Room names 3. Final Power& Signal Floorplan 14 0 _ a) le: securing to a wire/metal cable manager attached to the bottom of the desk or a NI - . 3. Computer#'s E a. .„ Q F security bracket Y ___ mp. i ti►l� 4. Other equipment info B. Construction b) OM IT to provide the security cable; OM Construction to provide and install security / .24 r4c - r- 4-8&� a. Docking stations p 0 bracket or alternate b. Laptops C. IT Room Ready for ISP (4 weeks into construction) W 0 c L. 6. Lab: k- )-z I I 1 _S. 1 cif 1 . AP's 1. All ISP requirements are met c ca a. IT Equipment . MIN CLEAR d. Winland ` A U~ u„, `� I e. Printers D. Punchwalk Complete (12 weeks into construction) Q Lu W E . 1) Temp Sensor(Winland) for Vaccine Freezer/Fridge O 1. Office ready for IT equipment installation z Z - cd b. Clinical Equipment N z I f, Example , oa 1) Vaccine Freezer/Fridge provided by Ops Inventory - Rooms Dataports Corn puter Workstation Count E. IT �• o c. Data: 0Provider Rooms Provider 8 1. IT Closet Complete (7-8 weeks into construction; 12 weeks after I) 1) 2 ports per freezer/fridge located directly behind freezer(latest design called for 18"AFF for a i I Consult 1 2 Phleb 2 2. ISP's ready for FDOB vaccine fridge and freezer per Andrew H) \ \ Consult 2 2 Admin o 3. Rack equipment installed, tested, ready for FDOB d. Power: CO Consult 3 2 FD 4 1) 2 outlets vaccine temp sensor , 8" -AC ,� Consult4 2 Total 14 F. Procurement Orders Placed (12 weeks before Setup Day 1) e. Cable Pathway �, 1) OM Construction to provide and install a pathway for cables to get safely from the wall outlets 0 ''e4 I Consult 2 G. Day 1 Office Setup (5 day setup) to the freezer/fridge -114 Consult 6 2 Other Equipment a) le: grommet, cable trough; OM Construction to provide z ,. Consult 7 2 Docking stations 2 H. FDOB (IT Closet Complete + 12 weeks) W f. Security I ,,- Consult 8 2 Laptops (loaner) 1 E 1) None I r0_1°, AP's 4 Z 7. All Printers: 0 - Reception Winland 1 Glossa f" a. Data: J FD1 4 Printers 4 W ..1 1) 2 ports per printer, directly behind the printer FD2 4 • Ethernet Handoff(aka Copper, Electrical) - NEEDS DEFINITION Q g Z b. Power: 5'-0* 1) 2 outlets per workstation '` FDa Q Me c. Cable Pathway 1) OM Construction to provide and install a pathway for cables to get safely from the wall outlets Double Phleb W to the printer PH1 4 ag a) le: grommet, cable trough; OM Construction to provide PH2 4 d. Security 0 1) Shredder or Shred system must be present in office �' Admin 8. Patient Registration: - - -- Admin 1 2 a. Data: Admin 2 2 1) 1 port per workstation Admin 3 2 b. Power: IT Rack Closet Detail Schematic Legend admin 4 2 1) OM Construction to provide 2 outlets per workstation via surge protected power strip in cable management tray under desk 1. IT closet door D c. Cable Management Workstation in Hallway 2 9 Must include minimum 18"x 18" louver for airflow. Paint to match door 1) OM Construction to provide and install cable management that provides space directly under • Install One Medical provided door lock Lab 2 Z the desk for: a surge protector strip, security cable, and excess cabling. • Include security strike plate cover Managers Room 4 J O a) le: a cable management trayunder the desk Break 4 it ' E 9 2. Light fixture located centered on wall above door controlled via occupancy sensor NU o d. Cable Pathway 3. Not Used Lobby 2Im" ' v I> 1) OM Construction to provide and install a pathway for cables to get safely from the wall outlets 4. Duplex outlet mounted at 60" AFF to center IT Closet 0 r aILY to the freezer/fridge • All power outlets in IT closet to be on same dedicated circuit �6 a) le: grommet, cable trough; OM Construction to provide 5. Pointhub mounted above duplex at 68"AFF to top Total Dataports 58 0 , c e. Security 6. Plywood backing at rear wall to 48"AFFao 5. DataportlPower height callouts that are not standard height(ex. admin room being above desks) NW 0 1) Workstations have a security cable that must be secured in some way 7. Maintain clear dimension to allow for servicing and access to rack equipment 14_4_ a) Typically, securing to a wire/metal cable manager attached to the bottom of the desk ora 8 1 #6 round wire bonded to a MGN or UFER round, terminated to a grounding bus bar at IT closet. Bus bar Z ( ) 9 9 9 g B. IT has a chance to review 1 day prior to meeting J � �, security bracket will suffice located 2" above top of IT racklalq 0U 9. (2)Quad boxes with NEMA 5-20R receptacles stacked C. Design uses our requirements doc to draw in power/data per spec prior to meeting J,4 ; • All power outlets in IT closet to be on same dedicated circuit J 10. Location of cable manager. Must be on left side of rack when entering IT closet D. Design always labels the AP's as 'AP01, AP02' (NOT AP-01) exactly how they are given. If there are t VII. On-Site Setup 11, Location of IT rack. 32" from the back wall to the front of the rack problems with placement due to things in the ceiling let us know and we can work it out. tl A. Deliveries 12. IT rack equipment 13. Maintain minimum clearances for IT rack equipment E. Printers are called out in diff color, use P01, P02 naming CC C B. Vaccine Fridge/Freezer Setup 14. 8" clear from wall to side of IT rack to ensure sufficient space for the cable manager F. Scanners are called out, use S01, SO2 naming 1. Ops to plug in Fridge/Freezer and verify its working properly O Ci 2. Ops to notify IT G. Call outs for the heights of power(ex. Admin workstations above or below desk) IXB. IT Rack Diagram ' C. Keys/Access 3 Switch Layout H. Questions - c,/ RaekUtk 44 Leave empty for Fiber Handoff Of needed) li W N OCV 43 Patch Panel 1 .. Z Q 42 I•_; r O? CQ 41 Horizontal cable mgr 1 0 ....11 40 , +, ` j- J L.y L co 39 1 38 Patch Panel 2 ' y W < o 10 37 � � I 2 Horizontal cable mgr 2 1 �y�/ 36 1. �- _ l Z' H a 35 Cisco Catalyst 3650-LAN switch 1 Is this the right design to use?Are we still using keyboard trays? W LU CB < c.) 34 Cisco Catalyst 3650-LAN switch 2 I 33 2. Can we use Data/Power symbols like standard construction docs? LU 0 w 32 Honzanta cable mgr3 3. Can we have Workstation counts along with type (Provider, FD, Admin, PH) Z CC 0 31 Cisco Catalyst 3650-LAN switch 3 4. Can we have Total port counts? 0 C7 co F- IY 30 RESERVED for OM IT 0 B 5. Can we call out any discrepancies from our IT req's doc? (ex. Height of power being lower under desks a 29 RESERVED for OM IT in Admin room) Ce N- 28 27 Q C4 26 (7 25 24 23 Reserved for ISP Equipment{mount from top-down) 22 ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE 21 20 DD SET 09106119 19 PERMIT SET 10€11€19 18 17 Shelf for Broadband ISP 16 RESERVED for OM IT 15 Cisco ASA 5506-Firewalls*Shelf 14 13 Cisco ISP switches.Internet switch 1 12 Cisco ISP switches•Internet switch 2 11 Silver Peak 1 10 Silver Peak 2 9 RESERVED for OM IT A 8 Tripplite PDU•Network Power Distribution 1 7 Tripplite PDU-Network Power Distribution 2 6 Reserved for additional POU(if needed) 5 PowefEdge R430 Server 4 3 IT SPECIFICATIONS APC UPS 2000-Network Battery Backup 2 THIS SHEET IS INCLUDED IN THE SET FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY, AND IS PROVIDED TO 1 [ THE USER SOLEY AS AN ACCOMMODATION, AT THE DIRECTION OF THE TENANT. ITS CONTENT WAS PREPARED BY OTHERS. CALLISONRTKL HAS NOT VERIFIED THE ACCURACY OR INTEGRITY OF THIS INFORMATION, AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IT-902 WHICH MAY BE INCORPORATED HEREIN AS A RESULT. COPYRIGHT ®2019 CALUSONRTKL OREGON ARCHITECTS P.C. Rete renCO On Not part of this oerr4P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 i I GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DEMOLITION DUCTWORK •- re c Cn 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL GOVERNING CODES, LAWS, AND 1. REMOVE ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK, AIR CONDITIONING UNITS, FURNACES, HEATERS, AND ALL 1. DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTED & INSULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE (NIREGULATIONS. NOTHING IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS IS TO BE CONSTRUED AS INTENDING TO ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION HVAC DUCT 0 - 4 SUPERSEDE SUCH REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING WORK MADE OBSOLETE BY THE NEW WORK. CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. LATEST EDITION. n ) J U 2. OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, LICENSES, AND APPROVALS AND PAY ALL FEES AND EXPENSES. 2. REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP UNITS, EXHAUST FANS, ABANDONED CONDENSING UNIT, PIPING, AND 2. SIZES OF NEW DUCT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FREE AIRWAYS SIZES, NOT OUTSIDE �1i/ a '- p F ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL DIMENSIONS. EU "-' U 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A GOOD WORKMANLIKE MANNER. EXISTING WORK MADE OBSOLETE BY THE NEW WORK. .. to ua 3. FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS, FLEXIBLE DUCTS EQUAL TO WIREMOLD TYPE WG MAY 0 -- 4. KEEP SITE OF WORK CLEAN AND REMOVE ALL DEBRIS DAILY. ALL NEW & EXISTING WORK SHALL 3. REMOVE EXISTING GAS PIPING, BACK TO METER. COORDINATE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF BE USED FOR A MAXIMUM OF FIVE FEET. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE U.L. LISTED, WITH 1" a) W N C BE CLEAN WHEN TURNED OVER TO USER. EXISTING METERS WITH THE LOCAL UTILITY. THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION W/ VAPOR BARRIER. INSTALL FULLY EXTENDED W/ MINIMUM CHANGES OF DIRECTION, IN LENGTH NO GREATER THAN NECESSARY. USE GENEROUS RADIUS 5. VISIT JOB SITE TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS. NO EXTRA WILL BE ALLOWED FOR WORK 4. COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE WORK OF ALL TRADES AND WITH THE OWNER'S TURNS AND SUPPORT AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE SAGGING. U) LI" FORESEEABLE BY JOB SITE VISIT. REQUIREMENTS. MINIMIZE THE DURATION OF SHUTDOWNS OF SYSTEMS. Q w I{at c 4. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE SPLITTER, OPPOSED BLADE, OR BUTTERFLY DAMPERS FOR ALL NEW Z Z M 6. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE OF ALL DUCTWORK. PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC., BEFORE 5. WHEREVER REMOVING ITEMS, CAP REMAINING PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC., SO AS TO RENDER SUPPLY, RETURN. & EXHAUST BRANCHES. BALANCING SHALL BE ACHIEVED AT DAMPER NOT • 03 BEGINNING WORK. REMAINING WORK HARMLESS WITHOUT NUISANCE. DIFFUSER. ••• p `" Cl) • 7. ALL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN AND NEW WORK OF ALL 6. WHERE REMOVING PIPING, DUCTWORK, OR CONTROL TUBING REMOVE BACK TO POINT OF NEW 5. PROVIDE DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES AT ALL ABRUPT ELBOWS. RADIUSED ELBOWS TRADES. CONNECTION OR ALL THE WAY TO MAIN, AS APPROPRIATE. SHALL HAVE CENTERLINE RADIUS AT LEAST AS GREAT AS THE DUCT WIDTH. SEAL 8. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR 7. SYSTEMS THAT REMAIN SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED; NEW SUPPORTS SHALL BE ADDED IF 6. SEAL ALL TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND LONGITUDINAL SEAMS OF ALL NEW DUCTWORK PER SMACNA EXACT LOCATIONS & FINAL COORDINATION AND SHALL PROVIDE NECESSARY OFFSETS AND NECESSARY. WHERE DISCONNECTING AND REMOVING PORTIONS OF SYSTEMS, REMAINING PIPING CLASS B REQUIREMENTS. ELBOWS FOR PLACEMENT OF WORK AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE. AND DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE SUPPORTS WITHIN 2 FEET OF END OF REMAINING RUN AND AS REQUIRED FOR STABLE SUPPORT. 7. PROTECT NEW DUCT OPENINGS FROM DUST & DIRT. CLEAN INSIDE & OUTSIDE OF NEWPROE 9. INCLUDE IN BID ALL LABOR, MATERIAL & MISCELLANEOUS COSTS REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCTION DUCTWORK IN AREA OF NEW WORK. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FILTER MEDIA FOR ALL RETURN A 11u � , y,„ SYSTEMS AND REMODEL EXISTING SYSTEMS TO CREATE COMPLETE & PROPERLY FUNCTIONING 8. REMOVED ITEMS THAT ARE NOT INDICATED TO BE REUSED SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OUTLETS AND OPENINGS WITHIN NEW CONSTRUCTION LIMIT LINE PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. & 4 P SYSTEMS. INCLUDE ALL ITEMS REASONABLY INFERABLE AS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER OWNER OR REMOVED FROM THE PROPERTY AND DISPOSED OF IN AN APPROVED MANNER, AS 5Z821PE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM, WHETHER EXPLICITLY SHOWN ON THE DRAWING OR NOT. DIRECTED. v '' 4 10. PROTECT EXISTING BUILDING STRUCTURES, GROUNDS, AND WORK TO REMAIN OF ALL TRADES 9. PROTECT SPACES, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS FROM CONSTRUCTION DIRT AND DUST. ERECT DUST INSU _ATION & LINING onavyA E FROM DAMAGE WHICH MIGHT OCCUR DURING NEW WORK. ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING FACILITIES BARRIERS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF EXISTING SPACES AND NEW OR e `% A4 4-` SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AND RESTORED TO THE ORIGINAL CONDITION TO THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT. 1. INS LJ AT1ON SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY OWENS-CORNING, CERTAINTEED, KHALIF, SATISFACTION OF THE LANDLORD & TENANT. ARMSTRONG, OR GUSTIN-BACON. 'ELL R0 ' 10. RECLAIM ALL REFRIGERANT FROM DX EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. VENTING OF 11. AREAS OF THE BUILDING MAY BE OCCUPIED DURING CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH REFRIGERANT TO ATMOSPHERE IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. 2. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED FOR THE FIRST 25 FEET 1 EXPIRATION DATE:17.1 11zot I WORK OF ALL TRADES AND WITH LANDLORD & TENANT TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION OF BUSINESS DOWNSTREAM AND UPSTREAM OF FAN SYSTEMS. DUCT LINING SHALL BE GLUED AND PINNED TO FUNCTIONS. OVERTIME OR SHIFT WORK REQUIRED TO PREVENT INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS DUCT AND TREATED TO PREVENT EROSION. AS A MINIMUM. PROVIDE 1" THICK 1 1/2# DENSITY 10/11/2019 OPERATIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID. THIS SHALL INCLUDE WORK REQUIRING GAS PIPING DUCT LINING. SHUTDOWN OF SERVICES, WORK PRODUCING NOXIOUS FUMES OR OBJECTIONABLE ODORS, WORK • THAT CREATES EXCESSIVE NOISE IN OCCUPIED AREAS AND WORK THAT IS INHERENTLY 3. AIR CONDITIONING SUPPLY DUCTWORK, OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK, AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK V 1. LOW PRESSURE GAS PIPING (0.5 PSIG OR LESS) SHALL BE STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53; TYPE E. HAZARDOUS TO OCCUPANTS. REVIEWS SCHEDULES BEFORE BIDDING. ABOVE THE CEILING AND IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES, WHERE NOT LINED SHALL BE INSULATED ELECTRIC-RESISTANCE WELDED OR TYPE S, SEAMLESS; GRADE B' SCHEDULE 40; BLACK, WITH WITH MIN. 1" THICK 1# DENSITY FIBERGLASS WRAP ITH FIRE RETARDANT VAPOR-BARRIER h THE FOLLOWING FITTINGS: 12. IF OVERTIME OR SHIFT WORK IS REQUIRED TO MEET THE SCHEDULE OR ANY SUBSTANTIAL PART COVERING TO PROVIDE A MAXIMUM INSTALL CONDUCTANCE OF 0.3. OVERLAP ALL SEAMS AND 4' s A. 3/4- INCH NPS TO 2-INCH NPS: STEEL PIPE, MALLEABLE-IRON THREADED FITTINGS, AND el e> OF IT, SUCH WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID AND DONE WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO JOINTS & SECURE WITH MANUFACTURER APPROVED ADHESIVE TO PROVIDE CONTINUITY OF VAPOR an THE OWNER. THREADED JOINTS. BARRIER. LINED DUCTWORK NEED NOT BE INSULATED. = H w °z B. 2-1/2- TO 4-INCH NPS: STEEL PIPE. BUTT-WELDING FITTINGS, AND WELDED JOINTS. 13. INSULATION, DUCTWORK, ETC. SHALL HAVE A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING NO MORE THEN 50 4. INSULATE REFRIGERANT SUCTION UNE, COOLING COIL, CONDENSATE DRAIN AND CONDENSATE •c U 2. INSTALL HANGERS FOR HORIZONTAL STEEL PIPING WITH THE FOLLOWING MAXIMUM SPACING AND PUMP DISCHARGE PIPING WITH AND A FLAME SPREAD RATING NO MORE THAN 25. MINIMUM ROD SIZES: 3" FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER a 14. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL NEW EQUIPMENT TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO A. 1/2-INCH NPS: MAXIMUM SPAN, 72 INCHES; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 3/8 INCH. JACKET. Q� o B. 3/4- AND 1- INCH NPS: MAXIMUM SPAN, 96 INCHES; MINIMUM ROD SIZE 3/8 INCH ORDERING. C. 1-1/4-INCH TO 2-INCH NPS: MAXIMUM SPAN 108 INCHES MINIMUM ROD SIZE 3/8 5. INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIERS SHALL BE CONTINOUS, INCLUDING THROUGH HANGERS, 8 ' SUPPORTS, PENETRATIONS, ETC. APPLY SUITABLE VAPOR BARRIER COATINGS ON SEAMS & r. p U INCH.15. SUBMIT COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER. THE SHOP DRAWINGS D. 2-1/2- TO 3-1/2- INCH NPS: MAXIMUM SPAN, 10 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 1/2 INCH. JOINTS, OVER STAPLES, AND AT EXPOSED ENDS. AT PENETRATIONS IN JACKETS FOR • SHALL INDICATE EQUIPMENT, PIPING DUCT, DIFFUSERS, AND THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS. SUBMITTHERMOMETERS AND PRESSURE GAUGES, FILL AND SEAL VOIDS WITH VAPOR BARRIER COATING. up D STANDARDS WITH CHIEF BUILDING ENGINEER. CHROME-PLATED BRASS BALL, FOR 2 PSIG OR LESS NATURAL GAS. INCLUDE AGA STAMP, FLAT 16. SUBMIT A PROPOSAL FOR ANY INTENDED DEVIATION FROM THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND OBTAIN OR SQUARE HEAD OR LEVEL HANDLE, AND THREADED ENDS CONFORMING TO ASME B1.20.1 APPROVAL BEFORE BEGINNING SUCH WORK. 4. SOLENOID VALVES: BRONZE, ALUMINUM, OR CAST-IRON BODY; 120 VAC, 60 HZ, CLASS B BALANCING 17. INSPECT AND TEST ALL WORK BEFORE PLACING INTO OPERATION. HAVE A QUALIFIED MECHANIC CONTINUOUS -DUTY MOLDED COIL; UL LABELED AND FM APPROVED. INCLUDE NEMA ISC 6, TYPE 4, COIL ENCLOSURE AND ELECTRICALLY OPENED AND CLOSED DUAL COILS. VALVE 1. A QUALIFIED AND CERTIFIED MEMBER OF AABC OR NEBB SHALL COMPLETELY BALANCE AIR AND START UP EQUIPMENT & SYSTEMS IN THE PRESENCE OF THE LANDLORD & TENANT AND POSITION IS NORMALLY CLOSED. INCLUDE THREADED ENDS CONFORMING TO ASME B1.20.1 FOR WATER SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A BALANCE REPORT TO THE v E INSTRUCT THEM IN THE PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT & SYSTEMS. 2-INCH NPS AND SMALLER AND FLANGED ENDS FOR 2-1/2- INCH NPS AND LARGER. ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER. Z o "" U 18. PROVIDE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR ALL NEW EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS. 5. EXTEND NATURAL GAS PIPING AND CONNECT TO GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (GAS SERVICE) 2. AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL REQUIRED WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OPERATE AND MAKE ANY _i PROVIDE COPY OF O&M MANUALS TO CHIEF BUILDING ENGINEER PIPING IN LOCATION AND SIZE INDICATED FOR GAS SERVICE ENTRANCE TO BUILDING. GAS REQUIRED ADJUSTMENTS TO EQUIPMENT. DUCTWORK, ETC., AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO PUT THE "1 19. KEEP A RECORD OF ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION. SUBMIT REPRODUCIBLE "AS-BUILT' RECORD DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PIPING, SERVICE PRESSURE REGULATOR, AND GAS METER WILL BE SYSTEMS IN PROPER OPERATING CONDITION. AFTER ALL ADJUSTMENTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED, L 1... DRAWINGS AT THE CONCLUSION OF WORK. PROVIDE COPY OF RECORD DRAWINGS TO CHIEF PROVIDED BY GAS UTILITY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE EACH DEVICE TO WITHIN 10% OF VALUE SHOWN ON 0 IF' Dx BUILDING ENGINEER. 6. INSTALL SHUTOFF VALVE, DOWNSTREAM FROM GAS METER, OUTSIDE BUILDING AT GAS SERVICE DRAWINGS. U) Cg w 20. GUARANTEE ALL WORK FOR ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTANTIAL ENTRANCE. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOUR (4) COPIES OF CERTIFIED BALANCE REPORTS TO THE 0 = ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER. SUBMIT AS-BUILT DRAWINGS INDICATING A H - COMPLETION. 7. INSTALL DRIPS AT POINTS WHERE CONDENSATE MAY COLLECT. INCLUDE OUTLETS OF GAS NUMBERING SYSTEM WHICH CORRELATES ITEMS ON THE PLAN WITH THE BALANCE REPORT. - o 0 21. PERFORM ALL CONTROL WORK. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, BASE BUILDING METERS. LOCATE WHERE READILY ACCESSIBLE TO PERMIT CLEANING AND EMPTYING. DO NOT PROVIDE THE LANDLORD WITH A COPY OF THE BALANCE REPORTS. Al4 INSTALL WHERE CONDENSATE WOULD BE SUBJECT TO FREEZING. "I CONTROLS VENDOR, AND CHIEF BUILDING ENGINEER. 4. ADJUST MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS, SPUTTER DAMPERS, & AIR EXTRACTORS AT BRANCH l�V ii tt 22. WHERE WORK REQUIRED IS OUTSIDE THE NORMAL AREA OF EXPERTISE OF THE CONTRACTOR 9. INSTALL GAS PIPING AT UNIFORM GRADE OF 0.1 PERCENT SLOPE UPWARD TOWARD RISERS. TAKEOFFS TO ACCOMPLISH BALANCING. BALANCING SHALL BE ACHIEVED AT DAMPER, NOT v INVOLVED HE SHALL HIRE QUALIFIED SUBCONTRACTORS TO PERFORM THAT WORK UNDER HIS DIFFUSER. DIRECT SUPERVISION AND RESPONSIBILITY. 10. USE ECCENTRIC REDUCER FITTINGS TO MAKE REDUCTIONS IN PIPE SIZES. INSTALL FITTINGS WITH C LEVEL SIDE DOWN. cc 23. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED BY HIS 11. INSTALL UNIONS IN PIPES 2-INCH NPS AND SMALLER, ADJACENT TO EACH VALVE, AT FINAL CONTROLS F- WORK. CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. UNIONS ARE NOT 0 0 REQUIRED ON FLANGED DEVICES. 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION 24. PRIOR TO RELOCATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT. VERIFY THE OPERATION AND WORKING FOR NEW HEATING. VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT. Q Ct CONDITION. 12. INSTALL STRAINERS ON SUPPLY SIDE OF EACH CONTROL VALVE, GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR, SOLENOID VALVE, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. 2. ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL SEQUENCE AND MODULATE ECONOMIZERS. COMPRESSORS, AND GAS Z >- 25. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND WHERE REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRED FURNACES TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE FROM PACKAGED CONTROLS. - ('L FIRE RATING OF WALLS. SEAL OPENINGS AROUND PENETRATION WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT 13. INSTALL DIELECTRIC FITTINGS (UNIONS AND FLANGES) WITH FERROUS AND BRASS OR BRONZE NJ a Ce CI APPROVED MATERIAL. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL FIRE DAMPERS. END CONNECTIONS, SEPARATED BY INSULATING MATERIAL, WHERE PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS 3. ELECTRIC SPACE HEATERS TO BE PROVIDED WITH ALL NECESSARY CONTACTS AND RELAYS AND aa. W N C' IS JOINED. CYCLED FROM LOCAL THERMOSTATS. Q N c`) 26. NEW EQUIPMENT (EXHAUST FANS) SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE CEILING GRID SUCH THAT ALL 0 = u.. h. ul COMPONENTS REQUIRING MAINTENANCE ARE FULLY ACCESSIBLE. 14. INSTALL VENT PIPING FOR GAS PRESSURE REGULATORS AND GAS TRAINS. EXTEND OUTSIDE 4. ALL CONDUIT, WIRING, AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE .. Q, BUILDING, AND VENT TO ATMOSPHERE. TERMINATE VENTS WITH TURNED-DOWN, REDUCING-ELBOW TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, AS HEREIN SPECIFIED SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CO 27. IF A CONTRADICTION OCCURS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE FOLLOWING ORDER OF FITTINGS WITH CORROSION-RESITANT INSECT SCREENS IN LARGE END. MECHANICAL TRADE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LOCAL AND Q --1 ce cp DOCUMENTS SHALL BE USED: NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODES. >' -J (B. HAS PREFERENCE OVER A. , C. HAS OVER B. . ETC. ETC.:) 15. INSTALL GAS PIPING NEXT TO EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES USING AS TO ALLOW SERVICE AND W < Q Q m MAINTENANCE. 5. FURNISH & INSTALL ALL POWER & CONTROL WIRING REQUIRED FOR NEW AND RELOCATED - o A. SMALL SCALE PLANS CONTROL WORK, CONNECT TO NEAREST AVAILABLE CIRCUITS AT PANELS AND PROVIDE G > V 00 B. ENLARGED SCALE PLANS 16. CONNECT GAS PIPING TO EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES USING HAS WITH SHUTOFF VALVES AND TRANSFORMERS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS. ETC, AS REQUIRED. PERFORM WIRING IN ACCORDANCE Z [t C. ELEVATIONS UNIONS. INSTALL GAS VALVE UPSTREAM FROM AND WITHIN 72 INCHES OF EACH APPLIANCE WITH ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. W W Cl) D. DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS USING GAS. INSTALL UNION OR FLANGED CONNECTION DOWNSTREAM FROM VALVE. INCLUDE W o I- E. SPECIFICATIONS FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS WHEN INDICATED. 6. THERMOSTATS TO BE KAPLAN STANDARD. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE TAMPER RESISTANT AND Z 0 U SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT, PER ADA GUIDEUNES. WHERE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO SWITCHES H LLJ B 28. COORDINATE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WITH THE BUILDING OWNER; OR SIMILAR DEVICES. THERMOSTATS AND SENSORS SHALL BE MOUNTED EVEN WITH ADJACENT0 BA. ALL. ALL DEM LI ON MISCELLANEOUS PIPING WORK. COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECT FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND CONDITIONS. 0 CD 0 00 29. WORK OUTSIDE THE DEMISED SPACE SHALL BE SCHEDULED VIA WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO THE 1. A/C CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE TYPE DWV COPPER WITH SOLDERED DRAINAGE < C- a OFFICE OF THE BUILDING AT LEAST 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE. FITTINGS OR GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SCREWED DRAINAGE FITTINGS, AS REQUIRED TO MATCH Q N PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. PITCH PIPING 1/8" PER FT TO DRAIN TO FLOOR DRAIN. 0 PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT EACH CHANGE OF DIRECTION 90 DEGREES OR GREATER. i- 2. 2. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE K OR ACR COPPER. PIPING SIZES AND ARRANGEMENTS ISSUED / REVISED DATE SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS. DD SET 09/06/19 3. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE HANGERS, INSERTS, BRACKETS, ROLLS. CLAMPS, SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL PERMIT SET 10/1 1/19 AND OTHER DEVICES REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER SUPPORT OF ALL PIPE ONES. HANGERS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF PIPE LINES, AND SHALL BE OF ADEQUATE SIZE TO PERMIT COVERING TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY THROUGH HANGERS. SINGLE PIPE HANGERS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE WROUGHT CLEVIS TYPE SIZED TO ALLOW FOR INSULATION WHERE REQUIRED. 4. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND BLOW PIPING CLEAR OF CHIPS BEFORE INSTAWNG PIPING. CLEAN AND FLUSH ALL NEW AND ADJACENT EXISTING PIPING BEFORE PUTTING INTO SERVICE. 5. TEST ALL NEW PIPING BEFORE INSULATING. REPAIR AND RETEST AS REQUIRED. A MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M-001 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. on Not pari a# th s permit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE FAN SCHEDULE AIR DEVICE SCHEDULECO 0. Q GAS MANUFACTURER: LOREN COOK ESP MOTOR WEIGHT PLAN MANUFACTURER MODEL MATL. NECK FRAME PANEL REMARKS V 0 L7 MARK SIZE TYPE SIZE •_ O.A. FAN MBHBG HEAT MARK AREA SERVED MODEL CFM IN.W.G. SONES DRIVE RPM HP V/PH/HZ LBS. CONTROL REMARKS Si TITUS OMNI ST. SCHED. LAY-IN 24 x24 1,3,8 N MBH ELECTRICAL " " MARK MFR MODEL NO. TONS SEER CFM CFM ESP HP TOT. SENS. IN/OUT MCA MOCP VOLT/PHASE REMARKS EF-1 RESTROOM 1 GC-148 75 0.5 2.0 DIRECT 937 36.0W 115/1/60 12 - 1,2 " " Q Q S2 TITUS FL-20 ST. SCHED. LAY-IN 48"x3" 1,5,6,7,8,9 ] +, RTU-1 RHEEM RKNL-A060 5 13.0/- 2000 190 0.8 1.0 53 53 135/109.4 30 40 208/3 1,2 EF-2 RESTROOM 2 GC-148 75 0.5 2.0 DIRECT 937 36.0W 115/1/60 12 - 1,2 S3 TITUS 300RS ST. 10'x6" FLANGED 12"x8" 1,3,7,8 c+/ J U F RTU-2 TRANE YSCO60 5 13.0/- 2000 380 0.8 1.0 53 53 80/64 27.4 40 208/3 1,2 EF-3 RESTROOM 3 GC-148 75 0.5 2.0 DIRECT 937 36.0W 115/1/60 12 - 1,2 E S4 TITUS OMNI ST SCHED. FLANGED 12'x12" 1,3,7,8 V -1- o RTU-3 TRANE YSCO6O 5 13.0/- 2000 260 0.8 1.0 53 53 80/64 27.4 40 208/3 1,2 EF-4 STORAGE GC-148 75 0.5 2.0 DIRECT 937 36.0W 115/1/60 12 - 1,2 - V) (i} EF-5 FT CLOSET GC-186 200 0.5 4.0 DIRECT 1160 52 1 15/1/60 12 - 1,2,3 ' ' " " G (1.7u Ti TITUS 355RL ST. 10x10FLANGED 12x12 8 1. EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT TO REMAIN. RE-BALANCE TO CFM SHOWN. CHECK PROPER OPERATION OF 1. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY SPEED CONTROLLER. cu W . c UNIT, REPLACE EXISTING AIR FILTER, ANY WORN BELTS, AND SUPPLY FAN AND/OR CONDENSER R1 TITUS PAR ST. 22"x22" FLANGED 24"x24" 1,3,4,8 2 "- 2. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY ALUMINUM CEILING GRILLE, STANDARD PLUG DISCONNECT, VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTING AND BACKDRAFT C CONTACTORS (IF NECESSARY), LUBRICATE BEARINGS, CLEAN COILS, AND CHECK REFRIGERANT CHARGE. DAMPER. R2 TITUS PAR ST. 22"x22" LAY-IN 24"x24" 1,3,4,8 & U) LL VERIFY EXACT SPECS, LOCATION, AND PROPER OPERATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. 3. EXHAUST FAN TO BE CONTROLLED BY THERMOSTAT. O w W C 1. AIR DEVICE RUN-OUT SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK. z Z o ca 2. VERIFY EXISTING ELECTRICAL WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE VOLUME DAMPER. • 0 3. NC<30. •••• O 4. PROVIDE WITH BALANCING DAMPER. 5. PROVIDE (1) 3" WIDE SLOT. 6. PROVIDE WITH INSULATED PLENUM BOX. SEAL MECHANICAL KEYED NOTES 7. PROVIDE WITH NECK MOUNTED OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER, ADJUSTIBLE FROM FACE, FIELD INSTALL. DIFFUSER NECK 8. DIFFUSER SHALL BE WHITE TO MATCH CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. PROVIDE WITH BOWDEN CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OR EQUIVALENT SIZE SCHEDULE Oj FUNISH AND INSTALL GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK, SIZES AS NOTED ON PLANS. I I I ��Q, �p ,ss NECK DUCTWORK SIZES NOTED ARE SHEET METAL SIZES, DUCTWORK TO BE EXTERNALLY I NE SIZE CFM WRAPPED WITH 1-1/2" INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER. 4 4, 58821PE f 6"0 0 - 140 O MAXIMUM FIVE (5) FEET OF FLEXIBLE DUCT. ONLY ONE 90 DEG. ELBOW ALLOWED IN FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK. ��C3,.d E 8"0 150 - 250 O PROVIDE 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH AUTO CHANGEOVER AND ti RZfori 1 \ R2\ R2 D �n10"0 260 - 400RELATED WIRING TO CONTROL ROOFTOP UNITS. MOUNT AT 60" AFF. -. \200 ,� ' _;-"(./TRT\ _ `125/ 125/ _-r 125 'LL R �'� O EXISTING ROOFTOP UNITS (RTU-1,2,3), TO REMAIN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND 431'-g- S] EF R2 12"0 410 - 600 PROPER WORKING CONDITION IN THE FIELD. `�z77 4 1I IROION DATE M.i- 2oi \125/ 0 I C1 C 10/11/2019 14"0 610 - 1000 O FURNISH AND INSTALL CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN, (EF-1,2,3,4). EXTEND 6"0 - I e DUCTS FROM EACH CEILING EXHAUST FAN TO 10" EXHAUST DUCT THROUGH ROOF. 16"0 1010 - 1400 _-_ _ -...- --- . - _-_ ----y _-_A 1-� _ --.... _ V O6 FURNISH AND INSTALL CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN, (EF-5). EXTEND 8.0 DUCT 1 OD I S1 / S1 \ 0 S1 �/� S1 ' Si /� Sl = S o 18"0 1410 - 1900 FROM CEILING EXHAUST FAN THROUGH ROOF. 110 / ► a o 1001 � 125/ 1 p !°.4 12�5� �� aO7 10" EXHAUST DUCT THROUGH ROOF. PROVIDE WITH ROOF CAP. VERIFY A MINIMUM ' I d 411 10'-O" CLEARANCE FROM ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. f(70 1-1,2,3 TYPICAL1( 1. / r F x 88 8" EXHAUST DUCT THROUGH ROOF. PROVIDE WITH ROOF CAP. VERIFY A MINIMUM -YI I 7 f I . � / I � S3 •i o 10'-O" CLEARANCE FROM ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. I 12x12 I 16x12 12x12 I O FURNISH AND INSTALL REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND CONNECT TO THERMOSTAT �i ��~ �.(� �� rtoo50 N o FOR AHU. MOUNT ON WALL AT 48" AFF. MULTIPLE SENSORS TO BE AVERAGED. 4r ® _4[___ I © I , 1I I �% I QPROVIDE INSULATED BASE FOR SENSORS ON EXTERIOR WALLS. [,,citvv,-, -{ l_ I_ ,, _ / \ .� U U Itix1Z iff I I 111_ I ; a /R -2 S 9) \ - s V D 1 / J - I I s, LV ___i ( m R2 S4 0` . W 100 \ (300) 50 I i0 _L, 50Agk �, \-----r j j 0 z , _ . 4 1 i Ag 1 10"0III ' "� / I S1 I S1 r iii S1 125/ - - 125` 125 J 7.7 2sa rly - S4 CO CO 2IX c :52050714 5m c c Z V)_ _ - 0 ='� .. . , - 1 01V- fl H � \ ) Ell 0 . Pik , _ J v ( -( R2 ® O® X. II (R2\ R2 Q I 125 Q© ©I l 125/ 125 U 0 _ (S1 Alk C 0 _ - MECHANICAL SYMBOLS LEGEND • �0 1 - - 125 , IY RTU 51 - - ./ I- OT THERMOSTAT v� S1 R2 200xlr___ / , U ❑ -ow- FLEXIBLE DUCT XP. I I 50 s 50 to ilik - VOLUME DAMPER • ® A - 400 =" J _ 125 © - - - I - - J C . co a FD • FIRE DAMPER r . . 12 N o - ® R2 R2 a O LWi N co A CEILING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER • 200 125 V = 'n O 4111111111111 . . Csi - ----_,11 y- i 4; - C/} o � I � I _ - o � JIY CEILING RETURN AIR GRILLE {� I i �` W 0 / 5� e. S1 � Q O SIDEWALL AIR DIFFUSER OR GRILLE I I 2�x 4 2017 TYPICAL o _ ❑ o 0 125 NEW DUCTWORK I I L I 1 _� 1 II I I N J Z U IY It _ W CO Q EXISTING DUCTWORK � I �, � 14x12 I ‘ 20x1 ,i � 0 W W � U - CD - CONDENSATE DRAIN X-Wk ItO �� \ /IN.,...„---' Z u_ W B - G - GAS PIPING i 5-tNiV`I-1\ + 0 C.2 O 0 O PIPE TURNING DOWN ❑ CO CC ® R1 SiS1 RTU-3 I 2px1- co W N- a. PIPE TURNING UP 400 • t (200/ ® s ® EF-5 N • x 1600 • • Q ---f-- BALL VALVE N I I ! l I I• I mm Ur IAN GATE VALVE RTU-1 S 0 RTU-1 GO RTU-3 S'0 U + �J' - 6 CONNECTION OF NEW TO EXISTING 1=11O TYPICAL Mir O �- CHECK VALVE If f ISSUED / REVISED DATE DO SET 09/06/19 GAS COCK ' PERMIT SET 10/11/19 III UNION (R2\1 �/ t R2 1 I/ R2 0 PRESSURE GAUGE 150/ \275/ \ / \275 275 1 .1 STRAINER AD 12x10 TYPICAL AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR - i IR MOTORIZED DAMPER + � _-- )!.."..( I Ai -�� 4 -_ 1 S1 AIR DEVICE # S - SUPPLY i 1 � R - RETURN A 100 CFM E - EXHAUST ® S2 Si Si Si i 1 cp.. .. . . 400 P . 150 \275) 275/ 275 Ann I[ ][ - II L 7. r! [ Ir I: 1L. ]I II IL ]: ]r- NORTH MECHANICAL MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN "16 PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1 '-0" `_ M-1 01 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. 4 ete re f Ce o fh y Not part of this oerm" 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 a O Uo -0 gzi- •r.• cC c 0 7 CV _ Q a) J a) U FE 4 L 0 (/) N Ci a) W w c c2 -'-'= L 0 w w ZzmC • ••• o Oru) •SEAL .40 Prtope.„ ck ti r- ki fes. 5°821 PE , E s°c. 3i 'tr 4 I EXPIRATION DATE:1 .13!J 2a i 9 i 10/11/2019 • LIJU 5020CC ROUND DAMPER OR C g o 830ACC RECTANGULAR -E OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER ado RIGID DUCTWORK CI °� o z FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK = •tin — CD w� otrtr ) ,ipy rAtE-. c 3 OUyj D _ F_� 611 W ,;,,; „„„„untiuit,,,,„ \\ .„\ , tit „„ ,•.,, 0 . FLEXIBLE CASING v E ....j 911111.114‘...- 1 Z o AND WIRE (50'-0” .., v MAXIMUM) _ ST / k i_ k \(( / / LOCKING I- = RACK & PINIONS ,% ' OPERATOR z N C = OUNTING BRACKET Lr* CO) 713 0 63;110 U 1) CABLE SHALL CONSIST OF BOWDEN CABLE 0.054" J STAINLESS STEEL CONTROL WIRE ENCAPSULATED INr t a 1/16" FLEXIBLE GALVANIZED SPIRAL WIRE SHEATH. V ti 2) LOCKING RACK AND PINION GEAR DRIVE SHALL BE ;...: C CONSTRUCTED OF 14 GAUGE STEEL AND SHALL BE LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER USED TO CONVERT ROTARY MOTION INTO PUSH-PULL WITH PLENUM BOX MOTION. ibH 3) CONTROL SHAFT SHALL BE "D"-STYLE FLATTENED SOCKET WRENCH () ❑ 1/4' DIAMETER WITH 265' ROTATION PROVIDED CC 1-1/2" LINEAR TRAVEL CAPABILITY. V C./ TRANSITION BOWDEN CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM - o TO BRANCH NO SCALE CO SIZE a p W CN o U_ RADIUS ELBOW 0 Z "' U) O7 o J p _I IY _I W Q o ° 1 CD 11/ 111111 1.5D E _ ❑ a I FULL DEPTH OF 15 DE --.( 3 Z 0 Et u BRANCH MAIN DUCT 3 W O� X W Q DUCT e o 0 u. C7 U 1 b CC1r �1W1 X D1 = Al Z o i B TRANSITION a 0 fn CO TO BRANCH RADIUS ELBOW = t D 0 SIZE SQUARE VANED ELBOW BRANCH DUCT "B" ❑ x- Ir III 1 � � CL 1.....Q._ i 1.5D Q CN TURNING VANES 30 DEG BD © "� 'r W2 X D2 = A2 BRANCH DUCT,SEE ,D x W_ C) .�� TAKE-OFF DETAIL I- _BD BRANCH - - r-� JJ l� SEE NOTE 2 R ,O x Wr ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE DUCT FULL DEPTH OF J L I I DD SET 09/06/19 MAIN DUCT e JJ +`L I I J PERMIT SET 10/11/19 J 1 L-J J 1. T.S.P. OF FAN PLUS 1" WATER e TRANSITIONS (.. L--J J FLOW 0 J FULL 0 OF W3 X D2 = A3 - TOP OF VENT ABOVE EQUIPMENT CONNECTION 2. SLOPE PIPE MINIMUM 1% W5 X D3 = A5 W4 X D2 = A4 I / J ECQ0UNINPEMCETN10TN L7RAI:ICH NOTES; BRANCH DUCT "A" s 1. DETAIL IS APPLICABLE TO SUPPLY 'TURNING 3. TERMINATE CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH VANES C.O. 0 CHANGE IN C.O. MINIMUM 2" AIR GAP AT ROOF SQUARE ELBOW DIRECTION <45*, MAX. DRAIN, GUTTER, OR FLOOR DRAIN DUCT n TRANSITION FROM w1 x D1 TO w2 X D2 NOTES; 25' APART—_ ^ - I! __ 4. OMIT TRAP ON EQUIPMENT WITH SIDE TAP 1. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, DETAIL INTERNAL TRAP, SEE I.O.M. A I I FOR UNEQUAL BRANCH DUCTS, TRANSITION TO APPLIES TO ALL SUPPLY, ALL EXHAUST, AND ALL 2" ,'II��` I� BRANCH DUCT SIZE RETURN AIR ELBOWS. MIN. AIR 5. PIPE INSTALLATION SHALL PROVIDE 2. BRANCH DUCT TAKE-OFFS MUST BE A MINIMUM OF GAP �� NOTE 1 Y SERVICE ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT 4D DOWNSTREAM OF EITHER TYPE OF ELBOW, AND NOT AND TO TRAP. LESS THAN 3D UPSTREAM. EQUIPMENT CABINET- M EC HAN I CAL B INTERIOTR ASE PSPECIFIED.E ON LDING DETAILS BRANCH DUCT TAKEOFFS AND TRANSITIONS DUCT TEE FITTING DUCT ELBOW AC EQUIPMENT CONDENSATE DETAIL NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE lvi- 301 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. i efGre ce only. Not part of this germy 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE WORK SUCH THAT ANY AND ALL MADE AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. SEALANT AT ALL WALL AND FLOOR FINISHES COMPATIBLE WITHCO a u. o 1• Nt:138L B. PROVIDE A SIGNED CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AT THE PROJECT A. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS, AND/OR REARRANGEMENT OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, COLOR OF FIXTURE AND FINISH. SEALANT SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. u 0 ALL APPLICABLE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SHALL BE PART OF PiPING, ETC., SHALL ASSURE FULL RESUMPTION OF SERVICE(S) ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL THESE SPECIFICATIONS. AT THE G.C. S DESIGNATED TIME. 14. Q$AWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCES C. PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH A BOUND OWNER'S MANUAL. THE MANUAL SHALL CONSIST OF A THREE-RING LOOSE-LEAF BINDER IV VaP•� N 0.)B. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER B. THE WORD "PROVIDE" AS USED HEREIN MEANS TO FURNISH AND A. DRAWING ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOWN GENERAL FOR ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL CONTAINING ALL PRINTED MATERIAL FOR INSTALLED EQUIPMENT INSTALL COMPLETE. 7. UTILITIES LOCATIONS OF PIPES, CONDUITS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT AND PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: WARRANTY INFORMATION, cu -1 0 INTENDED TO SHOW EVERY CONNECTION IN DETAIL OR ALL C. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING A. THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO INDICATE ALL EXISTING THE METHODS OF CONNECTING AND CONTROL. IT IS NOT SERVICE AND CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS, NOTICES TO OWNER, Q 2. PRIOR TO BIDDING: UTILITIES. PRIOR TO STARTo E F WORK, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. DO NOT SCALE "ADA" WATER CLOSETS ARE PROPERLY ORDERED WITH CORRECT OPERATING MANUALS, AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. E ca +-- 0 A. THOROUGHLY REVIEW THE BID INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING ALL CIVIL, SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ALL DRAWINGS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FLUSH HANDLE ORIENTATION. THIS CONTRACTOR'S SHOP DRAWING D. TRAIN THE OWNER IN OPERATING THE EQUIPMENT. _ co ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND MEPFP CONSTRUCTION UTILITIES, PER THE FOLLOWING: EXACT LOCATION OF DOORS, WINDOWS, LIGHTS, ETC. PROCESSING IS ACKNOWLEDGMENT THE P.C. HAS COORDINATED DOCUMENTS. IF CONTRACTOR BELIEVES THE DRAWINGS AND I. DOMESTIC WATER: IDENTIFY THE DEPTHS, SiZES, AND STATIC B. PRIOR TO INSTALLING EQUIPMENT OR PIPE COORDIN/TE AND CORRECTLY ORDERED THE REQUIRED FLUSH HANDLE 26. WARRANTY W +' SPECIFICATIONS CONFLICT WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS, IMMEDIATELY AND RESIDUAL PRESSURES OF ALL BELOW GRADE DOMESTIC PROPOSED LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT AND PiPE WITII EACH ORIENTATION, NO EXCEPTIONS OR EXCLUSIONS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT (ENGINEER) IN WRITING. NO ALLOWANCES WATER SERVICES. NOTIFY THE GC IN WRITING OF ANY A. ON ALL WORK INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT, PROVIDE ONE (1) •. u. DISCIPLINE, GC, AND EACH TRADE. EXAMINE EACH DISCIPLINES D. ANCHOR ALL WALL-HUNG PLUMBING FIXTURE CARRIERS TO FLOORtx � WiLL BE MADE DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S UNFAMILIARITY WITH THE DISCREPANCIES FROM THE LOCATIONS, SIZE(S), AND YEAR WRITTEN WARRANTY FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS a W DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, CEILING HEICHTS, SLAB. PROVIDE WALL HUNG WATER CLOSET CARRIERS WITH REAR w c CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. PRESSURES USTED ON THE DRAWINGS. TO REPLACE ALL FAULTY MATERIALS AND/OR LABOR, AT NO COST Z Z SYSTEMSD INSTALLATION CLEARANCES,BASEDSON THISCEXAMINATION AND PROVIDE FOOT ANCHORED TO FLOOR. WALL HUNG FIXTURES (SINKS, TO OWNER, BEGINNING ON DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. ••• S 0 co ' CO B. VISIT THE JOB SITE AND THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATE CONDITIONS. ii. SANITARY SEWERS: VERIFY THAT SEWER HAS SUFFICIENTLAVATORIES, URINALS, OR WATER CLOSETS) INSTALLED ON p THE LACK OF SPECIFIC INFORMATION ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL DEPTH FOR THE NEW WORK AND VERIFY THE DIRECTION OF COORDINATION. IMMEDIATELY REPORT INSTALLATION CONFUCTS IN MASONRY WALLS WITHOUT SPACE FOR CARRIERS SHALL BE • NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF ANY RESPONSIBILITY. FLOW. NOTIFY THE GC IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES WRITING TO THE GC. RESOLVE ALL CONFLICTS WITH GC AND MOUNTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S -- END OF SPECIFICATIONS -- C. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES CITED IN CONSTRUCTION FROM THE LOCATIONS, SIZE(S), AND DIRECTION OF FLOW OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR INSTRUCTIONS ON FACTORY HANGERS ANCHORED TO WALL WITH SEAL DOCUMENTS, EXAMINE GOVERNING STATE AND LOCAL CODES, AND LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. PERFORM A FLOW TEST OF THE IS FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INTERPRETATION AND HILTI "HY-150" ADHESIVE ANCHOR SYSTEM AND BOLTS. LOCAL REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES, AND PROVIDE ALL EXISTING SANITARY DRAiN WiTH A MINIMUM OF FIVE GPM APPLICATION OF ALL SIZES AND DIMENSIONS. ANCHORING SYSTEM SHALL BE PART OF THE PLUMBING FIXTURE EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH FOR TWO HOURS. REPORT ANY FLOW DEFICIENCIES IN C. IF THE CONTRACTOR BELIEVES CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT SUBMITTALS. SAME. WRITING TO GC INCLUDING FEE PROPOSAL TO REMOVE ANY DRAWINGS ARE NECESSARY, SHOP DRAWINGS WITH WRITTEN OBSTRUCTIONS. E. PROVIDE ALL FAUCETS WITH UNION TAILPIECES FOR CONNECTION �p PRt3A D. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR SCHEDULED AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THE PROPOSED CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO SUPPLIES. SLIP JOINTS OR GASKETED JOINTS ARE NOT LEGEND G ass, SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN B. PROVIDE ALL UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATIONS IN STRICT TO THE ARCHITECT (ENGINEER) FOR APPROVAL. C 3 ACCORDANCE WITH UTILITY AND AHJ REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR ACCEPTABLE. STRICTU ACCORDANCE WITHAMANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN SHALL COORDINATE CONNECTION REGULATIONS WITH LOCAL UTILITY D. ALL PIPE, VENTS, ETC., EXTENDING THROUGH WALLS AND ROOF F. PROVIDE ALL FIXTURES WITH INDEPENDENT VALVES WiTH INTEGRAL ----- WATER SERVICE s�sjP, `Ali INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS. PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK. PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL SHALL BE FLASHED WATERPROOF. PROVIDE ALL FLASHING FOR STOPS, CONCEALED STOPS, OR STOPS BELOW THE FIXTURES. ALL E. PROVIDE ALL WORK IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE PIPE AND OTHER PENETRATIONS OF THE BUILDING ENVELOPE. -.- -- `�'`"� APPURTENANCES, AS REQUIRED. FIXTURES SHALL HAVE CHROME PLATED BRASS TRIMMINGS. COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING e)„ F E LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA AND TENANT/LANDLORD PROVIDE PIPE SLEEVES AT WALL PENETRATIONS. SEAL ANNULAR q AGREEMENT. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE LANDLORD C. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE TO THE BUILDING FOR SPACE WEATHER TIGHT. G. PROVIDE FIXTURES AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE _,------ HOT WATER SUPPLY PIPING � i,t R0 G CRITERIA AND TENANT/LANDLORD AGREEMENT AND THEY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. FOLLOWING SIMILAR AND EQUAL FIXTURES WILL BE ACCEPTABLE PART OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. NO ALLOWANCES WILL BE MADE FOR SUBMITTAL REVIEW: CHINA FIXTURES BY CRANE, ELJER, --- HOT WATER RETURN PIPING DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S UNFAMILIARITY WiTH THESE DOCUMENTS. 8. CODE REQUIREMENTS 15. PIPING KOHLER, AND TOTO; STAINLESS STEEL FIXTURES BY JUST; 'EXPIRATION DATE.17.1311201g I A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, A. IN FINISHED AREAS, ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS TERRAZZO OR MOLDED STONE PRODUCTS BY STERN WILLIAMS 10!11/2019 AND SWAN. FAUCETS OF SIMILAR DESIGN AND EQUAL QUALITY TO SANITARY DRAINAGE & WASTE PIPING/SEWER 3. PERMITS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT (ENGINEER), AND SHALL BE NOTED OTHERWISE. THOSE SCHEDULED BY CHICAGO FAUCET, DELTA, MOEN, T&S • PERFORMED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, A. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED BY B. INSTALLATION SHALL NOT EXPOSE ANY WET PIPE TO FREEZING BRASS, AND SYMMONS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE FOR REVIEW. ------ SANITARY VENT PIPING rill THE AHJ FOR THIS WORK, ORDINANCES, OR REGULATIONS OF THE AHJ, WHETHER SO SHOWN CONDITIONS. V C E<= OR NOT. IF CONTRACTOR BELIEVES THE DRAWINGS AND C. SEE PIPE SCHEDULE FOR PIPE MATERIALS AND PIPE INSULATION. G NATURAL GAS PIPING 4. SUBSTITUTIONS SPECIFICATIONS CONFLICT WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS, IMMEDIATELY 18. CONTROL A° o NOTIFY THE G.C. IN WRITING. DO NOT INSTALL WORK NOT D. DO NOT INSTALL PVC PIPING IN PLENUM AREAS. "'A A. PROVIDE COMPLETE EQUIPMENT CONTROLS, INCLUSIVE OF ALL Dd LINE SIZE GATE VALVE -o 0 A. MANUFACTURERS' EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SCHEDULED, NOTED, COMPLYING WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS. IN CASE OF CONFLICT E. STEEL GAS PIPING ON BUILDING EXTERIOR SHALL BE PAINTED E-4„ z BETWEEN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND THE CODES AND COMPONENTS, VOLTAGES, PROGRAMMING, WIRING ETC. FOR =; AND SPECIFIED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE THE WITH TWO (2) COATS OF RUST INHIBITING PAINT. COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEMS. MOUNT THERMOMETERS f LINE SIZE BALL VALVE (2" & SMALLER) ••••DESIGN STANDARD. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WiLL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT ORDINANCES, THE HIGHEST STANDARD SHALL APPLY. AS A L o MINIMUM STANDARD, CONTRACTOR SHALL SATISFY CODE F. ALL PIPING, VENTS, ETC. EXTENDING THROUGH WALLS AND ROOF AND GAGES IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. x PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. IN BIDDING, DO NOT ASSUME ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTITUTIONS. REQUIREMENTS WiTHOUT ANY EXTRA COST TO OWNER. ALL SHALL BE FLASHED WATERPROOF. PROVIDE ALL FLASHING FOR N LINE SIZE BALANCING VALVE 43) CONTRACTOR MUST STATE iN SUBSTITUTION REQUEST: "PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY AHJ SHALL BE MADE BY THE PIPE AND VENTS PENETRATING BUILDING ENVELOPE. PROVIDE PIPE 19. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL tU o ° SUBSTITUTIONS ARE EQUAL OR OF HIGHER QUALITY, EFFICIENCY CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. SLEEVES AT WALL PENETRATIONS. SEAL ANNULAR SPACE WEATHER LINE SIZE CHECK VALVE �, A. PROVIDE ALL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL REQUIRED FOR PIPE AND 3 - AND DEPENDABILITY TO SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL. TIGHT. •� w EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND/OR AS -IIILINE SIZE UNION ` � CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ADDITIONAL 9. L_UTTING & PATCHING ( ".a G. BRANCH TAKE-OFFS SHALL BE MADE WITH SWING CONNECTIONS � o ENGINEERING COSTS AND COSTS TO OTHER CONTRACTORS DUE AS REQUIRED TO AVOiD STRESS AT THESE POINTS. REQUIRED. EXCESS EXCAVATION BELOW THE REQUIRED ELEVATION D A. CORE-DRILL OR SAW-CUT EXISTING FLOORS, WALLS, ROOF, ETC., SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH THOROUGHLY TAMPED SOIL. PRIOR W TO SUBSTITUTIONS." IF DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE ARCHITECT AS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT OR PIPE. PRIOR TO CUTTING, H. DOMESTIC WATER PIPE CLEANING: CLEAN AND DISINFECT POTABLE TO BACKFILUNG, UTILITY LINES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND Ll LINE SIZE GAS COCK VALVE OR ENGINEER, SUBSTITUTIONS WHICH ARE NOT APPROVED OR PERFORM NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING TO VERIFY LOCATION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PER THE AHJ AND/OR PROCEDURES APPROVED BY THE AHJ. NOT EQUAL TO DESIGN STANDARD SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT (ENGINEER) OF DESCRIBED IN EITHER AWWA C651 OR AWWA C652. PREPARE AND B. EXCAVATED TRENCH BOTTOMS SHALL BE TAMPED THOROUGHLY AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SCHEDULED, NOTED, AND SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ANY DISCREPANCIES. PATCH SURROUNDING AREAS FLUSH WITH SUBMIT REPORTS OF PURGING AND DISINFECTING ACTIVITIES. AND GRADED TO THE REQUIRED SLOPE. WHERE ROCK IS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. SUBMITTING ADJACENT SURFACE AND READY TO RECEIVE FINISH. PATCH AND PROVIDE COPIES OF WATER-SAMPLE APPROVALS FROM AHJ TO ENCOUNTERED, EXCAVATE TO A DEPTH OF SIX INCHES (6") FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT CONTRACTOR ASSUMES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ADDITIONAL REPAIR ROOF TO MATCH EXISTING ROOFING. ALL ROOF WORK ARCHITECT (ENGINEER). z o BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE PIPE. BEFORE THE PIPE IS LAID ENGINEERING COSTS AND COSTS TO OTHER CONTRACTORS DUE SHALL MEET WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS OF EXISTING ROOFING. FD FLOOR DRAIN - o TO SUBSTITUTIONS. COORDINATE REQUIRED OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS WITH THE I. ALL HOLES REQUIRED THROUGH EXISTING FLOORS AND MASONRY THE SPACE BETWEEN BOTTOM PIPE AND ROCK SURFACE SHALL - � GC AND OTHER TRADES. (OPENINGS IN FOUNDATIONS, FLOORS, WALLS SHALL BE CORE DRILLED, BE FILLED WITH GRAVEL AND TAMPED. TRENCHES DEEPER THAN GCO GROUND CLEANOUT J -." 5. SCHEDULING WALLS, CEILINGS, AND ROOF SHALL BE BUILT INTO THE J. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC PiPE UNIONS AT CONNECTIONS OF THE BOTTOM OF FLOORING OR WITHIN THREE FEET (3'-0") OF DISSIMILAR PIPE METALS. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS OR FOOTING SHALL BE FiLLED WITH COHESIVE SOiL AND COMPACTED A. ALL PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY STRUCTURE WITH SLEEVES, CURBS, ETC.) FLANGES BETWEEN PIPE AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY, STANDARD PROCTOR, ASTM D- GW GREASE WASTE 0 11rt - THE PACE OF THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AS SCHEDULED BY 698. COMPACT ALL OTHER EXCAVATIONS UNDER FLOOR SLABS TO z o K. PROVIDE THIN FILM PIPE MARKERS FOR ALL PIPING. MARKERS NC NEW CONNECTION in Z THE GC. PROVIDE COMPLETE INFORMATION AND FULL 10. FIRE STOPPING 3" p 95% STANDARD PROCTOR. COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS AND TRADES, AS SHALL BE 1-1/8" HIGH FOR PIPES AND UNDER AND 2-1/4 a A. PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR PENETRATIONS BY PiPiNG AND/OR C. WHEN EXCESS DiRT HAS BEEN REMOVED, THE TRENCH SHALL BE y - REQUIRED FOR THE TIMELY COMPLETION AND COORDINATION OF HIGH FOR PIPES OVER 3". MARKERS SHALL INDICATE TYPE OFSAN SANITARY co THE COMPLETE PROJECT. OTHER EQUIPMENT THROUGH FIRE-RATED VERTICAL BARRIERS SERVICE AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. PLACE PiPE MARKERS AT • BROUGHT TO THE REQUIRED LEVEL WITH SAND AND GRAVEL AND - c� (WALLS AND PARTITIONS), HORIZONTAL BARRIERS (FLOOR/CEILING EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, ACCESS DOORS, BRANCH MAINS, AND TAMPED THOROUGHLY. J B. PROVIDE ALL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY AHJ ASSEMBLIES), AND VERTICAL SERVICE SHAFT WALLS AND6" V VENT �i,w a 3 INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL DM, STORM, AND WATER ON ALL ACCESSIBLE PIPE AT MAXIMUM OF 75 BETWEEN D. TRENCHES AND EXCAVATION SHALL BE BACKFILLED IN LAYERS 4 PARTITIONS. FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION MUST MEET MARKERS. OF CLEAN SOILv SYSTEM LEAK TESTS. SCHEDULE INSPECTIONS WiTH AHJ. (FREE OF CLODS AND STONES) AND WCO WALL CLEAN OUT C. PROVIDE A SIGNED CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AT THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTSHPROVIDE OF ASTM E 814 OR UL 14798TESTED THAN ASSEMBLIES L PROVIDE PIPE PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, FLOORS, AND FINISHED THOROUGHLY TAMPED TO A DEPTH OF 12" ABOVE THE PIPE. THAT PROVIDE A FIRE RATING EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THAT C COMPLETION. OF CONSTRUCTION BEING PENETRATED. INSTALL IN STRICT CEILINGS WiTH CHROME-PLATED ESCUTCHEONS. ESCUTCHEONS AFTER THAT DEPTH HAS BEEN REACHED, BACKFILLING SHALL BE VTR VENT THRU ROOF ACCORDANCE WITH UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY, AHJ, AND SHALL BE WIDE ENOUGH TO CLOSE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN DONE IN 12" LAYERS AND THOROUGHLY TAMPED. Ce 6. SCOPE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. ONLY TESTED PIPE OR PIPE COVERING AND SURROUNDING STRUCTURE. SECURE W WASTE F- MSB-1 „ „ p ESCUTCHEONS IN PLACE. SEAL WATERTIGHT AROUND PIPE IN 0 0 A. PROVIDE PERMIT(S), FINAL CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSPECTION BY FIRESTOP SYSTEMS BY 3M , "HILTI", OR EQUAL SHALL BE USED. UNFINISHED ROOMS. 20. SHOP DRAWINGS !' FS RECOMMENDED FLOOR SINK CC AHJ, AND ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND LABOR NECESSARY REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ASSEMBLY RATING. A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON SCHEDULED AND NOTED EQUIPMENT LOCATION. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT. v.)'' FOR A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATING PLUMBING SYSTEM. M. AT A MINIMUM, PROVIDE CLEAN OUTS IN THE BASE OF EACH AND MATERIALS. PROVIDE ADEQUATE TIME FOR REVIEW AND Z ,`r- B. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ABANDONMENT IN PLACE (ALP) IS NOT 11. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP STORM AND SANITARY RISER. HD INDIRECT WASTE DRAIN, HUB DRAIN, FLOOR DRAIN W/ N. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND FURNISH ACCESS PANELS CORRECTIONS, IF ANY, TO PREVENT CONSTRUCTION DELAY. FUNNEL OR SiMiLAR. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT J C cY) O ACCEPTABLE. UNUSED EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND OTHER A. ALL MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL FOR INSTALLATION BY THE GC. FOR INSTALLED SYSTEMS AND B. SUBMIT: MANUFACTURERS CUTS, INSTALLATION MANUALS AND LL' COMPONENTS WITHIN OR SERVING THIS SPACE MUST BE BE NEW U.N.O., FREE OF DEFECTS, AND INSTALLED IN STRICTp0 FD FLUSH FLOOR PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS; CLEARLY INDICATED OPTIONS AND DRAIN AND GRATE Q 0 W CV o COMPLETELY REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. ENDS OF SYSTEMS ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS EQUIPMENT, FURNISH ALL ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED FOR VALVECV cl ACCESSORIES; COMPLIANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND BEYOND GENERAL SCOPE OF DEMOLITION MAY BE ABANDONED AND DETAILS, AND INDEPENDENTLY TESTED AND LABELED BY A ACCESS AND FOR SERVICING EQUIPMENT AND PIPES. ACCESS {`„� u___ t` PANELS SHALL BE BY MILCOR TYPE: "M" ARCHITECTURAL GRADE LISTINGS; NOTATION FOR COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS; 0 POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING = ONLY WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT (ENGINEER). WHERE NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY - UNDERWRITERS AVAILABILITY AND DELIVERY TiME INFORMATION; WIRING imCl) CO a THESE ABANDONED ENDS TERMINATE, TRIM CLEANLY AND LABORATORIES (UL) OR INTERTEK (ETL). ALL LIKE MATERIALS FLUSH MOUNT; "DW" DRYWALL FLUSH MOUNT; "CT" ALUMINUM DIAGRAMS, PERFORMANCE CURVES AND DETAILED DESCRIPTION 'V --I rn PROPERLY CAP OR SEAL IN AN APPROVED MANNER, LEAVING USED SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURE AND QUALITY U.N.O. FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS; "K" PLASTER FLUSH MOUNT; "UFR" (EXISTING PIPING WILL BE A LIGHTER LINE TYPE) J TERMINATION SAFE AND SECURE BEHIND NEW FINISHES. MAINTAIN OF EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE. B. ALL MATERIALS WITHIN PLENUMS SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR FIRE-RATED PANELS UL 1-1/2 HOUR AND "CLASS B" LABEL eN W Q O co SYSTEM CONTINUITY TO PLUMBING SYSTEMS SERVING AREAS SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 ACCESS PANELS IN FIRE-RATED WALLS AND CEILINGS, AS 21. OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES 2 _ o BEYOND GENERAL DEMOLITION, AS NEEDED. THIS INCLUDES BUT AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50 WHEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE MINIMUMz IS NOT LIMITED TO REMOVAL, MODIFICATION AND/OR TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84 OR UL 723. ALL 12"x12" FOR VALVES. A. PROVIDE A MINIMUM 15'-O" (1O'-O") HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE REINSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT, AS NEEDED. COMPLETION OF THIS MATERIALS INSTALLED iN PLENUM SPACES SHALL BE LISTED AND BETWEEN PLUMBING VENTS AND/OR COMBUSTION EXHAUST AND W Q WI- W PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE RETURNING THESE ADJACENT AREAS TO LABELED FOR SUCH APPLICATION. 16. EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES. Z Lc.. �j Ur U FULLY FUNCTIONING OPERATION. C. ALL WORK SHALL BE SUPERVISED BY THE INSTALLINGco �--- B C. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DAILY CLEAN-UP, REMOVAL AND CONTRACTOR'S COMPETENT AND SKILLED FOREMAN. ALL WORK A. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE 0 o LEGAL DISPOSAL OF ALL RUBBISH GENERATED BY THIS WORK. SHALL BE PERFORMED BY COMPETENT AND SKILLED WORKERS, WiTH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL 22. SEISMIC RESTRAINT 0 0 D. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: DURING CONSTRUCTION, AS WORK WITH ALL TRADE AND MANUFACTURER REQUIRED TRAINING, AND AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL CODES AND A. PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINT OF SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE. PROVIDE DETAILS a PROCEEDS, MAINTAIN ON-SITE AS-BUILT MARK-UPS OF ACTUAL EXECUTED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. ALL WORK REGULATIONS. TO AHJ FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. IF REQUIRED BY AHJ, � INSTALLATION. AT CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION AND PRIOR TO SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE BEST QUALITY B. U.N.O. PROVIDE ALL MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT WITH VIBRATION TURNOVER TO OWNER (TENANT), PROVIDE FINAL MARK-UPS IN STANDARDS OF THE TRADE AND IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL ISOLATION MOUNTING AND FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE ENGINEERED SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DRAWINGS, SIGNED AND C0 PDF FORMAT TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND STANDARDS, INCLUDING C. FOR ALL ELECTRICALLY POWERED EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY THIS SEALED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, LICENSED IN THE STATE. E. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY APPLICABLE OSHA REGULATIONS. PROPERLY PROTECT WORK CONTRACTOR, PROVIDE MOTOR STARTER(S) AND ELECTRICAL SUBMIT COPIES INCLUDING CALCULATIONS AND DETAILS, AS OTHERS, AS NOTED (GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT, COMMERCIAL KITCHEN DURING CONSTRUCTION. AT CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION, DISCONNECTS. REQUIRED BY AHJ TO ARCHITECT (ENGINEER) AND TO AHJ FOR ISSUED / REVISED DATE EQUIPMENT, LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT, IRRIGATION, ETC.). THOROUGHLY CLEAN WORK AND REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM THE REVIEW AND APPROVAL. DD SET 09/06/19 PREMISES. D. LABEL EQUIPMENT WITH ENGRAVED PHENOLIC RESIN NAMEPLATES PERMIT SET 10/11/19 F. DO NOT ROUTE ANY PIPING ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS. ADHERED TO EQUIPMENT WITH RTV SILICONE. LETTERING SHALL G. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL PIPE SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL BE 1" HIGH BLACK ON WHITE BACKGROUND. 23. TESTING AND BALANCING 12. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY TO OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALLS, BEAMS, OR COLUMNS. PIPE A. PROVIDE REQUIRED LEAK TESTING OF WATER, DWV, AND GAS SHALL BE RUN AS DIRECT AS POSSIBLE - AVOID UNNECESSARY A. PROTECT ALL WORK FROM DAMAGE AND PROTECT THE OWNER'S E. ALL EQUIPMENT, ETC. MOUNTEDFROMAPIPING. OFFSETS AND MAXIMIZE HEADROOM. PROPERTY FROM DIRT, DAMAGE, OR LOSS ARISING FROM CONNECTIONS SHALL HAVE DOUBLE NUTS AAT ATTACHMENT HMENT TO H. PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTRACTOR WORK, STRUCTURE AND HANGER, NO EXCEPTIONS. B. PROVIDE DISINFECTION TEST REPORT OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING. PROVIDE FINAL COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER C. PROVIDE BALANCE REPORT OF HOT WATER RETURN PIPING. B. COMPLY WITH OSHA REQUIREMENTS AND TAKE ALL NECESSARY REQUIREMENTS WiTH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PRECAUTIONS FOR EMPLOYEE SAFETY. 17. FIXTURES I. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ACTIVITIES WITHIN AREA APPROVED C. PROTECT ALL OPEN PIPING AND EQUIPMENT, EXISTING AND NEW A. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES FOR THIS 24. LQMPLETION OF WORK BY OWNER OR GC. CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES SHALL NOT FROM CONSTRUCTION DIRT AND DUST. COVER, CAP, OR PLUG PROJECT SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. A. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, INSPECT INSTALLATION OF ALL A INTERFERE WITH THE OWNER'S OPERATIONS, EXCEPT AS OPEN ENDS OF PIPING. KEEP EQUIPMENT CLOSED OR COVER PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CARRIERS, MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. OPEN ALL ACCESS COVERS ON APPROVED. AND SEAL EQUIPMENT OPENINGS. HARDWARE, HANGERS, ANCHORS, AND BRACKETS. ALL FIXTURES EQUIPMENT. REMOVE ALL SURPLUS MATERIALS AND DEBRIS AND J. EXCEPT THOSE COORDINATED AND APPROVED BY THE G.C., 13. DAMAGE BY LEAKS SHALL BE PROPERLY CONNECTED TO WATER AND DWV LINES. PROPERLY DISPOSE OF SAME. CONTINUITY OF ALL BUILDING SERVICES AND UTILITIES SERVING PRiOR TO INSTALLATION, WHERE FIXTURES WiLL BE INSTALLED BUILDING FACILITIES SHALL BE MAINTAINED UNINTERRUPTED AT NO A. THIS CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGES TO EXAMINE WALLS AND FLOORS TO ENSURE SUITABLE CONDITIONS. ADDITIONAL COST. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CROSS CONNECTIONS THE PROPERTY (GROUNDS, WALKS, ROADS, BUILDING PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSUITABLE CONDITIONS 25. CLOSEOUT - AT CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION ANQ_PRIOR TO TURNOVER PLUMBING AND TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE COMPONENTS, FINISHES, PIPING SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. INSTALL FIXTURES DEAD LEVEL AND TO OWNER (TENANT): SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION, AS DETERMINED BY THE G.C., AND NEEDED TO HVAC SYSTEMS, AND THEIR EQUIPMENT AND CONTENT) CAUSED PLUMB WITH FIXTURE, FIXTURE CARRIER, AND/OR FIXTURE A. PROVIDE FINAL MARK-UPS IN PDF (DWG) FORMAT TO ARCHITECT MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF THE BUILDING SERVICE(S). THIS BY LEAKS IN THE PiPING SYSTEMS BEiNG INSTALLED OR HAVING HANGER PROPERLY ANCHORED TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT AND ENGINEER. BEEN INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS WORK. ALL REPAIRS WILL BE DAMAGE ANY ADJOINING WORK OR FINISH. PROVIDE RTV SILICONE P-001 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLiSONRTKL INC. tereiic of iL Not part of this pormi • 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Ca = Lo UO - 1. ••••= recC) 1.10 ON _ Q a) J a� U E4 2F 0 "-' 0 — cn cn cu o i_ .0 Ilii 43 c 0 .LI .' la w z Z 2 cal ••• • Q Oa (n 1 II II • I 1 _ MSB-1 I SEAL 01. z< , )Nx>1 -#13 1 - v) 1 4 I- 1 # I( 2> I • I 501321PE &-1:3 1 SK-1 SK-1 SK-1 _' ~�i \-r- =� �.� ,Ed',r'l ill - I-- - -41 qzf--i-- - ,_._. 1 ,__ _ _ ________ _ _ _., „,,,,, . 0 i$ .,..„ , , .0 . I-N. / , L.L1 I _ ' .'kit Ro4 v--- I I I/ EXPIRATION DATE:1213!12ot9 I J I 10/11/2019 • J 1 - WCO °/ I 3 3 = o j s- r, � ci v o SK-2 WC-1 --- i I M m o LAV-1 - Nit - -- - -� E = F.wZ 1 D ' LAV-1 — I ••L � w A ' . 4115* .L- — , lit * 0 _ LAV-1 I WC-1 < • 1 •� w ,_.(-7:4_,,, • SKi +_ 4C1 at a 0 I I �K-1 SK-1 I I _,' I 1 - r- W Li 1 /� 1SK- SK- 1 3 �r 1t r 1,1 I1 ■ 6E E4z 1:1 1- - L ki_ ( I = SK-3 0 �E FS-1 rre c - c I � zco Q O _ ii F IF I I — EI z- i J o L 1 111 V U3 (� - E C y a 1F - IE L - 3 Ls _.1 - /1/ I I �WW"� cernV V E >- ..1 CL te) o WCO Q LU No© 41 _ f‘�K-1 , 4rrn VSK- aiii E SK-1 - he o _I [ c r) i K-1 WCO► >- J W Q p to I = .. 2 0 U 0 W W Q i- Z 0 ci B NOR1H O 0 U) }— FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING DWG C4i a 0 0 SCALE: 3/16” = 1'-0" �� p. TABLE TO CALCULATE DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS NOTE; 0 TENANT MUST FIELD VERIFY EXISTING POC IS SHOWN IN THE I- PLUMBING FIXTURE DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS NUMBER OF TOTAL DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS CORRECT LOCATION AND IS SIZED ACCORDING TO LANDLORD FIXTURES BASE BUILDING DRAWINGS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. ISSUED / REVISED DATE ANY CONFLICTS WITH THE EXISTING BASE BUILDING ROUTING DD SET 09/06/19 WATER CLOSET 5 3 15 PLAN MUST BE BROUGHT UP IMMEDIATELY. PERMIT SET 10/11/19 LAVATORIES 1 3 3 HAND SINKS 1 13 13 PLUMBING KEYED NOTES 01 CONNECT SANITARY TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPING IN LOCATION FLOOR SINKS 4 1 4 SHOWN. VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE AND INVERT ELEVATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO ANY WORK. MOP SINK 3 1 3 V ROUTE SANITARY VENT PIPING TO EXISTING 4" VENT. VERIFY CORRECT LOCATION AND SIZE PRIOR TO ANY WORK IN FIELD.. A 3 2 6 BREAKROOM/LAB SINK O ROUTE SANITARY VENT PIPING BELOW GRADE VERIFY LOCATION, SIZE AND INVERT ELEVATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO ANY WORK. TOTAL DRAINAGE UNITS 44 E ROUTE LAB SINK TO DRAIN DIRECTLY TO SANITARY UTILIZING PLUMBING PLAN - PER UPC 2015 TOTAL DRAINAGE UNITS FOR ALL FIXTURES 44 = 4"SANITARY FLOOR SINK AS A TELL TALE DRAIN. SANITARY & VENT P-100 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. r ec refce only t Jcit pert of this permft 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CD Z LL o paw •.••• cg c rn Ti . N _ Q IV JN U FE . — . yc; N ....... . .... c.-i 1 I I I I W Fc nn y.. ..- ---MSB-1 ; , _ C .. 2 , 2 2 _ `'� 0 Z Zip, c I ( 410PW— • c� co ___ 1 � I lJ � — L •.. 0 to 1 1 I # C'i yrC I C 3 4 € SEAL 4=,aft M.1•111•011MINNOMI, _I'w1 SK-1 SK-1 ---., ii �SK-1 ( `R E , r -I r- �. -, r -I r -'f t- r 'cst F U I L 58821 P- t 44 te 4.0 Mg -- / ,MEG''^ I #1 RC GE - t L - � L J -__ ) L .... u u 1 J m EXPItiATIQPd DATE:12 131 2ot9 1 SK-2 1 I I WC-1 LAV-1 - e „1 ---_ -- --�-I 10/11/2019 it _ LAV-1 - I -- IWI 44f I 1.4 ao a/marl 1 e o 9 ........ r-- 411010 , , t _ u# , ',,!-Ii f� wc_, LAV-14 c _____, . 7 JE: O 1 I I iSK-11 I - I I K-1 SK-1 i I ( 0 1 �� I I ® ASK-1 SK- 1 I0 1/ W toU 4 I ' 11;" 14, mi. ?,., ,,,pr......i D I �� ILU - , - s _� / 1 1 - - SK-3 �''"" PIPING BELOW € I I I 1 FLOOR :- 1 I Z o II 1 I 1 _ - - v I n in J a Lcl- LI L XY • I O W � �__ z o N P J 1 - r L u i II 1 L- J v 1 114e ..I 3 1 1 V U3 C I i Ce � F- SK-1 7- \> (� -- SK-1 ,L. \/>,/ sig - z >- 1--K-1 — >- _ ..l Q. ft CO O s. 1 Q L).. N o CN 01 v =O LL, ti 1n C) r NORTH0 --1 Et °' FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING SUPPLY /a cu < 0 0 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'—O" \XIV I "' I Q o Z 0 fY u TABLE TO CALCULATE HOT WATER GPH Lu W U WATER TOTAL Z — w B PLUMBING FIXTURE GALLONS PER NO. OF HOT Q 0H HOUR FIXTURES WATER p 0 GPH 0 by it LAVATORIES 5 3 15 CC a N HAND SINK (110'F 4 13 52 0 T.W.) LAB/BREAKROOM SINK 10 2 20 TABLE TO CALCULATE WATER FIXTURE UNITS I— MOP SINK 10 1 10 WATER NUMBER TOTAL ISSUED / REVISED DATE TOTAL HOT WATER GALLONS PER HOUR FOR ALL 97 GPH PLUMING FIXTURE FIXTURE OF FIXTURE DO SET 09/os/1 s FIXTURES: UNITS FIXTURES UNITS PERMIT SET 10/11/19 30 I GALLONS USABLE STORAGE - 23 WATER CLOSET 5 3 15 (75% TOTAL STORAGE) GALLONS TOTAL HOT WATER GALLONS PER HOUR NEEDED 74 5 GPH URINAL 0 0 0 FOR RECOVERY: LAVATORIES 1 3 3 TEMPERATURE RISE ('F) 100 T HAND SINKS 2 13 26 PLUMBING KEYED NOTES TOTAL BTU MOP SINK 3 1 3 0, ROUTE COLD WATER PIPING TO CONNECT TO NEW 2" COLD WATER GPH RECOVERY x 8.33 x TEMP. RISE X (DEMAND NEEDED LAB/BREAK THERMAL EFFICIENCY FACTOR %) FOR LAB WATER SERVICE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE IN FIELD PRIOR TO A RECOVERY SINK 3 22 6 ANY WORK. 64,644 BTU 0.75 48483 TOTAL WATER 53 02 PROVIDE AND INSTALL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER ABOVE CEILING. ROUTE BTU FIXTURE UNITS 3,413 BTU 14 2 kW PER UPC 2015 2" COLD WATER SUPPLY EWH T&P RELIEF VALVE INDIRECTLY TO MOP SINK. VERIFY EXACT BTU -> KW CONVERSION j KW MOUNTING LOCATION AND HEIGHT IN FIELD PRIOR TO ANY WORK. PLUMBING PLAN SUPPLY P-200 COPYRIGHT 02019 CALLISONRTKL INC. 1tei rence ons Not part of this permit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ammo COO -- o Ozal' ammo 11110N O - d 1/n/' a) Aas U v ' E v `'' im F I _ CO N �1" jI o `- cc ♦ '''.° - W \ SK-1 C� '';' CD 1:\* ,<<<r-. .e1/4" .e''''''/9 0 LJ <>4(.2: " 1-1/4" ~~: • M m N-1/2" 3/4" - - \ SEAL I ./.„/ •<" '‘',,; (#.1;2" N-1/2-"I I SK-1 - \-1/2" .. •♦ I r22 1-1/2" A....4. oGs, ..b E 1-1/2" 3 4 3/4" I _ '~ ♦ ♦ 1" rG » o ,• � / \-1/2" SK-1 1/2" 1/2" `�., 444.z: zy�° . �,,;is,: a fr '..* :_jr' J V LAY-1 ` ♦ \ RPZ8FP \ "I f 14: E)cPiRATIORd OATS:1213112atg2 " 1 2" ♦ 10/11/2019 I �` 1" DOWN ♦ I�jij 1-1/2 1/2" 2 ki 1 SK-1 ,//// 1/21 / SK-1 1/23;>‹,c V §,t5, I TO EWH-1 1 WC i pui = I .• ' 1-1/2" •♦ ......,,\,.s.,,,,, ,#,,,...",. - 1 LAV-1 I \ TMV-1 / / SK-1 a 1-1/2"-/' I / \ M M MSB-1 < • . LAV-1 `` I \ 1/2" • L1/114-31 ♦ �L 0 :., 1 ` \ 2">5, . o Aft1/2"J \ 2" \ `� TMV-1 / ,,. SK-1 \ < 1-1/2" G° " SK-2 ♦ W0-1 / r ' 1/2» :44v. .y a •o w D � � I o w \ %'. - ::‘1"° 1 S. BELOW /� 2" /2"1} IL. ' GRADE - It, " US rv4u I / 11/2" SK-3 1/27//2" '/2 - SK-1 1/2 J V E •WATER ISOMETRIC .'--� 2» 1/2"1 /'�-'-'/2" . SK-1 0 Z ( ) SCALE:NONE \ 00 - / / Y ri. :, ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE SK-' 1 TMv—, 0et c ( ) V) z °_ MARK MFR MODEL STORAGE RECOVERY T. RISE VOLT/PHASE POWER INPUT REMARKS 1/2»�`' O EWH-1 A.O. SMITH DEL-30-12 30 49 GPH 100 460/3 12 kW 1,2 1-1/2"-->\. 2" - " ,` co \ 1 1/2 I J o 1: SET WATER HEATER TO 140' \ " 0 2: CONSULT MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO PURCHASE FOR EXACT MODEL AND ALL ACCESSORIES FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM '`♦ ,� . 2 - SK-1 1 ti I Q ��, ,, <1/2" {L PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE .°171EI ~ U ❑ TAG MODEL SAN VENT CW HW DESCRIPTION 0 WC-1 WATER CLOSET 4" 2" 1-1/2" - OLSON1TE #95 OPEN FRONT SEAT. ZURN z AMERICAN STANDARD ZER6000AV-HET-CPM FLUSH VALVE 1.28 GPM. J a. M 0 3043.001 MOUNT AT 17" FROM FLOOR TO TOP OF' RIM. '4`(F. / I a a w N 0 ADA COMPLIANT 2"/ / SK-1 V O L. CNI co r ELONGATED BOWL LAV-1 LAVATORY, WHITE 2" 2" 1/2" 1/2" KOHLER 13460-C-CP, SELF CLOSING METERING. VANDAL / / » UN J ~ co KOHLER K-1997-1R-0 RESISTANT SPRAY WITH GRID DRAIN. R367 1-1/4" 3 }- J At3WALL HUNG P-TRAP AND ARIM, CLEANOUT, AND ESCUTCHION. S312C " / , W < o O LOOSE KEY STOPS WITH FLEXIBLE RISER. PROVIDE WITH !� - 0 KOHLER K-1998 SHROUD AND ZURN Z1224 RIGID SYSTEM 2" /r \ » 4" = CI 0 LAV SUPPORT. ''+ Z V ct SK-1 COUNTER MOUNTED 2" 2" 1/2" 1/2" ZURN Z812C4-XL-18F WITH 1.5GPM AERATOR, VANDAL 2" / f I \ / 1 ui Lu CO d EXAM SINK ELKAY ELUHAD,21255 LOOSEANT KEYSPRAY STOPSWITH WITH#LK-35 FLEXIBLE RISER.I . VERIFY ANDAND ,/ / ' SK-1 / /\ 4 % / / Z r t w B INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS GUIDELINES. \ 2> �- 'r SK-1 rn / //2" % / 0 0 cg 1.- -,-; 0 0 SK-2 UNDERMOUNT SINK 2" 2" 1/2" 1/2" AMERICAN STANDARD 6408.171.002 WITH 1.5 GPM r 2"\. U' 4" 2",... .-/- r 2" '� ❑ 00 ce KITCHEN AERATOR. VANDAL RESISTANT SPRAY WITH #LK-35 » / I - I ``<''\ 4K-1 It ELKAY ELUHAD161655a STRAINER. P-TRAP AND LOOSE KEY STOPS WITH MSB-1 3' 3 S 3 " i LAV-1 I \ \ K-1 / r FLEXIBLE RISER. VERIFY AND INSTALL PER 5) " " " f 2"`. 3" 2/" MANUFACTURERS GUIDELINES. `� /2/ - ,,, SK-3 STAINLESS STEEL 2" 2" 1/2" 1/2" SPEAKMAN SEF-1801-8 LABORATORY WIDESPREAD \ » " /� 4 _ ~' / / ( WCO ~ 2 3 2/ I,„ WC 1 ISSUED / REVISED DATE LAB SINK FAUCET WITH INTEGRATED EYEWASH. EYEWASH TO HAVE I LAV-1 4 j N' ELKAY ELUHAD161655 SINGLE LEVER CARTRIDGE, LIFT HAND ACTIVATION, 2.14 SK-1 /%4 DD SET 09/06/19 GPM. BRASS FAUCET WITH POLISHED CHROME FINISH, 13" \ I 4" " /*. /" SK-1 PERMIT SET 10/11/19 RIGID 8" GOOSENECK SPOUT, 4"WRIST BLADES. INTEGRAL 1 IAV-1 ( 12" 2"/ 3" THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. WCO WC-1 P-TRAP AND LOOSE KEY STOPS WITH FLEXIBLE RISER. SK-2 I " 4" 13" I /I/ VERIFY AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS GUIDELINES. WC-1 \" / / I FS-1 FLOOR SINK 3" 2" - - 12"X12", 8" SUMP DEPTH, LIGHT DUTY HALF GRATE, 3" 30 " ZURN CAST IRON BODY, DOME STRAINER, NO HUB, ACID d VENT 3 / / 3" Z-10901-2 RESISTING PORCELAIN ENAMEL INTERIOR AND TOP. BELOW SK-1 3" / / SK-J, . 2"/ / A MSB-1 SERVICE SINK 3" 2" 3/4" 3/4" PROVIDE WITH ALL ACCESSORIES FOR A COMPLETE I' FIAT PRODUCTS SYSTEM. VERIFY AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS MSB2424 GUIDELINES. PROVIDE WITH MOP BRACKET. PROVIDE WITH I ; 3' DELTA 28C9LH WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER AND PAIL HOOK. WASTE ISOMETRIC SK-, ° PLUMBING RISER & SCALE:NONE SCHEDULES COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. �e orate only ��t 0a�rt ref this rmi4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 mum 0. L CD = u- o PLUMBING GENERAL AND PRE-BID NOTES Vo -0 .1- •••=1 ce c rn 1. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL ABIDE BY THE LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALLwiaN APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, LAWS, ACTS AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. , 0 2. IF COMPLIANCE WITH TWO OR MORE STANDARDS IS SPECIFIED AND THE STANDARDS ESTABLISH DIFFERENT OR t( 2 o F CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMUM QUANTITIES OR QUALITY LEVELS, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT E v o REQUIREMENT. REFER CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS THAT ARE DIFFERENT, BUT APPARENTLY EQUAL, TO - (0 co ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR A DECISION BEFORE PROCEEDING. HANGER ROD -� II -PROVIDE A SECTION OF - 'v HIGH COMPRESSION CI L STRENGTH INSULATION AT EACH HANGER POINT. W 3. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ALL UTILITIES, INCLUDING THE •*• INSULATION MAY BE HALF ROUND OR FULL �, DEPTHS OF ALL BELOW GRADE SANITARY SEWERS, PRIOR TO START OF WORK. THIS DRAWING IS NOT INTENDED TO j ROUND AND EXTENDED 2" BEYOND GALVANIZED �- INDICATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND CONNECTION GUIDELINES/LOCATIONS. _ SHIELD EACH WAY TURN DOWN W 0 w o-oEa," INTO STACK z ,'Z o 03 4. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ALL UTILITIES, INCLUDING THE SHEET FLASHING • M DEPTHS, SIZES AND EXISTING PRESSURES OF ALL BELOW GRADE DOMESTIC WATER SERVICES, PRIOR TO START OF / MOP-IN WITH ROOFING - - COVER Si• O (A WORK. THIS DRAWING IS NOT INTENDED TO INDICATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING MATERIAL -�� FINISHED • ADJUSTING STATIC AND RESIDUAL WATER PRESSURE PRIOR TO ANY WORK. CONTACT ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ANY PIPE- 0p I _`"� �� FLOOR COLLAR SEAL DISCREPANCIES FROM THE PRESSURES LISTED ON DRAWINGS ARE DISCOVERED. �� .,► 4 jr 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FULLY WITH ALL DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO —• • (MIN.) + ,. 4 • �`^r,�'� PERFORMING ANY WORK SO THAT CONTRACTS MAY BE CARRIED OUT SMOOTHLY, WITHOUT INTERFERING OR DELAYING ROOFING -\ INSULATION INSULATION d�l' . . • •• - . . • WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WHERE REQUIRED [ WHERE REQUIRED • BEFORE COMMENCING ANY WORK. .. .• . _ •••••••••••••••••♦ •••••••••••••••••• ANDNB DY.LUG RISER ", #' ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••i •iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii C ' SEE SPECS. to a„sal PE , 6. MAKE ALL UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATIONS IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL UTILITY REGULATIONS. 1/8 BEND FULL cc 1 t .14i PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL APPURTENANCES AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY COMPANY. THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL0 0 sr •�: a SIZE, 4" MAX. BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS OF GOOD PRACTICE AND SAFETY, AND THE _ ! ;• E MANUFACTURER'S STRICTEST RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCT APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION. = • 4 • , PLUG IF END 4 a . CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CONNECTION REGULATIONS WITH LOCAL UTILITY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK. "' k � PIPE J� RDF STRUCTURE4 OF UNE 1;9 • 0 ` , rem 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS RELATED TO THE INSTALLATION OF f SLEEVE RDF CONSTRUCTION J �aW.,�_ '�' I I f GALVANIZED IRO AS REQUIRED a THE WORK. UNISTRUT CHANNEL 'EXPIRATION DATE:1113i xolq SHEET SHIELD ."""�—CONCRETE NOTES; (12" LONG) ,H,\\__4 + 10/11/2019 8. MAINTAIN ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCES FOR ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. REFER TO INCREASE AS REQUIRED ENCASEMENT ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. 1. ATTACH SUPPORTS FOR ALL PIPING SUSPENDED FROM THE STEEL • STRUCTURE TO THE TOP CHORD OF JOISTS OR BEAMS. NOTE; V 9. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE THAT THIS 2. PROVIDE COPPER OR PLASTIC COATED HANGERS FOR NON-INSULATED COPPER PIPE. CLEANOUT COVER FLUSH WITH TILE OR FLUSH C 8 EFFORT MUST BE MADE THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF THE PROJECT AND THAT PLUMBING AS-BUILT DRAWINGS, IN WITH CONCRETE FLOOR IN AREA WITH NO TILE. — - PARTICULAR, CANNOT BE ACCURATELY CREATED AFTER SLABS ARE POURED, WALLS ARE CLOSED AND CEILINGS ARE i M IN PLACE. FOR THIS REASON, A SET OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE KEPT AT THE JOB-SITE, CLEARLY o MARKED "AS-BUILT"AND CONTINUALLY UPDATED AS WORK IS INSTALLED.THIS SET SHOULD BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR ' ROUTINE VIEWING, NOT FOR REVIEW, BUT SIMPLY TO ENSURE THAT THE AS-BUILT DRAWING EFFORT IS IN PROCESS. PIPE HANGER DETAIL VENT THROUGH ROOF DETAIL FLOOR CLEAN-OUT DETAIL •_ SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE L R 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL EQUIPMENT BEING PROPOSED AND INSTALLED FOR THIS 0 a CONTRACT. IF THE CONTRACTOR PROCEEDS WITHOUT APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, HE ASSUMES ALL RISK ASSOCIATED HOT OR COLD WATER SUPPLY o WITH THE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE WORK INCLUDING COST AND SCHEDULE IMPACTS. BY SUBMITTING T 1/2" TEMPERED WATER TO �! r H SUBSTITUTIONS, THE CONTRACTOR REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THEY HAVE PERSONALLY INVESTIGATED THE IF HORIZONTAL BRANCH IS LESS THAN 20' LAVATORIES (SET TO 110"F p PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION PRODUCT AND DETERMINED THAT IT IS EQUAL TO OR SUPERIOR IN ALL RESPECTS TO THAT INSTALL PER PDI LONG, PROVIDE ONE WHA AT END OF UNE ) •� PDI STANDARDS AND IF BRANCH IS GREATER THAN 20' LONG, rz 0.1 z SPECIFIED ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND CERTIFIES THAT IT INCLUDES ALL RELATED COSTS UNDER THIS SIZE MANUFACTURER'S PROVIDE ANOTHER WHA IN MIDDLE, EACH SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP) a CONTRACT INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL AND "A" INSTRUCTIONS SIZED FOR HALF THE FIXTURE UNITS C DWIRING BY ELECT. CONTRACTOR STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION FOR ALL SHOP DRAWINGS. .t . Y Q.-- .. . ' THERMOMETER W 10.1. MANUFACTURERS CUTS, INSTALLATION MANUALS AND PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. 10.2. CLEARLY INDICATED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES. ads ; 1 ; .- 10.3. COMPLIANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND LISTINGS. SINGLE FIXTURE MULTIPLE FIXTURES I 10.4. NOTATION FOR COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. PDI PIPE FIXTURE FIXTURE UNIT TABULATION — BALL VALVE 10.5. AVAILABILITY AND DELIVERY TIME INFORMATION. SIZE SIZE UNIT LOAD (MV 1 1 ) UNION •""'"I CHECK VALVE i 10.6. WIRING DIAGRAMS, PERFORMANCE CURVES AND DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE. FIXTURE COLD HOT BALL VALVE to E A 1/2" 1-11 VALVE WATER CLOSET 10 -- A \ \ ? 11. ANY REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) ARE TO BE MADE IN WRITING. REIS MUST INCLUDE A REFERENCE TO THE B 3j4' 12-32 TANK WATER CLOSET 5 -- I ,I �"� a 'J PLAN OR SPECIFICATION IN QUESTION AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE CONFLICT OR AMBIGUITY. THEY MUST CHECK VALVE MP) Y ALSO INCLUDE SKETCHES, PHOTOGRAPHS, MANUFACTURERS INFORMATION AND/OR CODE SECTIONS. A SUGGESTED C 1" 33-60 URINAL 5 -- t t STRAINER o P" _ SOLUTION WITH COST AND TIME IMPACTS IS ALSO REQUIRED. 0 1-1/4' 61-113 LAVATORY/SINK 1.5 1.5 FLEXIBLE CONNECTION • GRUNDFOS ALPHA SERIES W o 12. TENANT MUST HIRE LANDLORD REQUIRED ROOF CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF WORK. Z E 1-1/2' 114-154 JANITOR'S SINK 3 3 2 REQUIRED 0 = 13. TENANTS GC MUST COORDINATE AND CONFIRM ALL ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FIELD F 2 SHOWER/BATHTUB 2 2 CO DECISIONS WILL SUPERSEDE PLANS. 1/2" UNE 0J " PC TO PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS BY SIOUX CHIEF, PRECISION _ J 14. TENANT IS REQUIRED TO FIELD VERIFY ROOF CONDITIONS AND EXISTING EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS DURING THE PLUMBING PRODUCTS, WATTS OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT WITH PISTON ) I I V} DOMESTIC CW a DEVELOPMENT OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ALL CORRECTIONS WILL BE THE TENANTS RESPONSIBILITY. AND 0-RING CONSTRUCTION, HAVING PDI #WH- 201, ASSE #1010 AND t ti ANSI #A112.26.1M CERTIFICATION. INSTALL IN HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL POSITION, BUT NEVER UPSIDE DOWN. INSTALL IN UNE WITH WATER ( I t DOMESTIC HW C FLOW DIRECTION IF POSSIBLE. SIZE THE UNITS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR PER THE TABLES SHOWN ABOVE. PROVIDE ACCESS CL PANEL FOR SERVICING OR REPLACEMENT, WHERE REQUIRED. i- WATER HAMMER DETAIL TEMPERING VALVE DETAIL RECIULATING HOT WATER PUMP DETAIL 0 n0 SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE CL 0 SEE WATER PIPING THIS ATR -- }' DWG. FOR CONTINUATION All Threaded Rod J a Ch 0 .1" WALL (See Table 1 for CIC o ....„....--FOR Adjustable Pipe �t Cl. W N CONST. SEE minimum diameter) Pipe Size Pipe Clamp Hinge Sleeve Q N c� ARCH. DWGS. 1 w (mm.) Part No. Part No. Part No. 0 I.- ►n MAY EXTEND AS CLEANOUT PLUG �,,� / Rod = WASTE OR VENT EXPANSION TANK �' .1. / Stiffener 1/2" (15) 83100-1/2 N/A N/A — C/) o COUNTERSUNK SEE SPECS / f w �' J �/ a) CLEANOUT TEE—...... ('II SCREW 3/4" THREADED ROD-�ALVE .., ``"\_AQUASTAT 3/4 (20) 83100-3/4 N/A N/A J \ DIELECTRIC UNION �,... �-BALANCE I 1 (min.) 1" (25) 83100-1 B335-2-3/8 B3100PS-1 W g( 0 0 cfl POLISHED S.S. VALVE 1-1/4" (32) 83100-1-1/4 8335-2-3/8 B3100PS-1-1/4 2. •��. Z - o ACCESS COVER T&P RELIEF VALVE \`` -. Jr 4• •. , a TO SPILL INDIRECTLY v RECIRC PUMP 1 aB22ns Channel 1-1/2" (40) B3100-1-1/2 8335-2-3/8 B3100PS-1-1/2 z 0 I r a �i ' • OVER SAFTEY PAN �,,, Nb....---CHECK VALVE Transverse Brace 2" (50) 83100-2 B335-2-3/8 B3100PS-2 Hyl W Q _z WATER HEATER SEE (9'-4" Maximum Length) 2-1/2" (65) B3100-2-1/2 8335-2-3/8 B3100PS-2-1/2 Zr W (�} U t �`, 'VASTE LINE w w w SCHEDUSPECIFILE ONS AND 3" (80) B3100-3 8335-2-3/8 B3100PS-3 oCD LU .. t� C'3 B WITH LENGTH 24 x24 x3 / •., 0 a • �. TO SUR DEEP 12 GUAGE � '�— 3-1/2" (90) 83100-3-1/2 B335-2-3/8 B3100PS-3-1/2 p 0 • • • 'd• • GALVANIZED / B335-2 Rod Size • " . 4 SAFETY PAN BY PLATFORM PER I 4" (100) 83100-4 8335-2-3/8 B3100PS-4 0 a0 cc • 1/8 BEND AT PLUMBING `/A' ARCHITECT DRAWINGS Adjustable Hinge �, a (See Detail) 5" (125) 83100-5 B335-2 B3100PS-5 END OF LINE CONTRACTOR _ " N 4 CLEANOUT " " z� 1-1 j4 DRAIN FROM 6 (150) B3100-6 8335-2 B3100PS-6 0 FLOW WASTE UNE WIDE SHEET METAL UNION SAFETYPAN TO i •B3100 Series 8" (200) 83100-8 B335-2-5/8 B3100PS-8 11111 II I STRAP ANCHOR o SPILL INDIRECTLY �- 4•• CONCRETE TO WALL 1 OVER FLOOR DRAIN , e • 70, ,,•<,_ Clevis Hanger ISSUED / REVISED DATE 4 ' ENCASEMENT FLOOR LEVEL NOTE:Pipe sleeve required aver cross bolt of Clevis Hanger when using the brace connection DD SET 09/06/19 Pipe sleeve is nat required when Clevis Hanger is used in conjunction with the bracing PERMIT SET 10/11/19 (ALL CLEAN-OUT DETAIL ,SHELF MOUNTED WATER HEATER SCALE: NONE NO SCALE SEISMIC CLEVIS SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NONE A PLUMBING DETAILS P-400 I COPYRIGHT Q 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. i fri eta only Not part of this pe 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C13 = LLo ABBREVIATED SPECIFICATIONS ca 00 ,, • miC3CV NOTE: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS MAY BE NEEDED FOR THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR TO APPLY SPEC. SECTIONS AS APPLICABLE TO SCOPE OF WORK. - Q a) J a� U F E 0 +' GENERAL ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS MOUNTING ' �' 5 NOTE: PROVIDE CODE APPROVED WIRING METHODS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITING INDOORS, SUCH MOUNT DISCONNECTS TO STRUCTURE, INDEPENDENT OF THE MECHANICAL UNIT 13) W c "CONTRACTOR" MEANS "ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR" WHEN REFERENCED ANYWHERE IN AS EMT CONDUIT WITH COPPER CONDUCTORS OR MC CABLE (PROVIDED IT IS HOUSING OR WITH INDEPENDENT UNISTRUT SUPPORT. DISCONNECTS MOUNTED TO CI'U rL 2 THE ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS UNLESS COORDINATED WITH THE CONCEALED AND NOT EXPOSED). ALL ABOVE GROUND CONDUITS SHALL BE EMT OR UNITS IS ONLY ALLOWED WHERE ACCEPTED BY THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY AND 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR. RIGID, MINIMUM 1/2" IN SIZED (LINO). CONDUITS SHALL BE SIZED PER CODE AND AS LOCATED SO AS TO NOT BLOCK ACCESS OR LABELS OF UNITY. z z o NEEDED TO INSTALL CONDUCTORS. CONDUIT CONNECTORS SHALL BE DOUBLE • M CU "NEEDED" MEANS ITEMS CALLED OUT IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PLUS ANY OTHER LOCKNUT TYPE, UL LISTED AND LABELED, WITH COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW •••• o 0 ITEMS TO MAKE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM THAT ARE NOT CALLED OUT. FITTINGS. MC CABLE, IF USED, SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS FOR HEALTHCARE GROUNDING "OWNER" FACILITIES AS DEFINED BY CODE. SEAL OWNER MEANS THE OWNER OR THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE(S). ALL MAJOR PARTS NOT CARRYING CURRENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONDUITS RUNS ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING SHALL BE CONCEALED AND BE RIGID SECONDARY FEEDER CIRCUIT, EQUIPMENT AND PANELBOARD ENCLOSURES, PULL AND "ARCHITECT" MEANS THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD OR THEIR REPRESENTATIVES(S). STEEL CONDUIT WITH WEATHER TIGHT, CORROSIONS-RESISTANT FITTINGS. CONDUIT JUNCTION BOXES AND OTHERS DEFINED BY CODE. SHALL BE PROPERLY GROUNDED. SHALL NOT BE RUN EXPOSED WITHOUT SPECIFIC PERMISSION FROM THE METALLIC RACEWAYS SHALL UTILIZE DOUBLE LOCKNUTS AND OTHER FITTINGS TO THE INTENT OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE DRAWINGS IS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. PROVIDE GROUND CONTINUITY. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL CONTAIN AN EQUIPMENTt0 PRS" , AND FULLY OPERATIONAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ADDITION TO GROUNDING PROVIDED BY THE RACEWAY. rk s1NE4" ram FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LABOR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SEALED USING 3M 56821PE • COMPLETE THE ELECTRICAL WORK. FIRE RRIER CAULK, NELSO �L, T&B FLAMESAFE OR OTHER METHODAPPROVED BYTHEARCHITECT AND AHJ. CONDUCTORS AND TERMINATIONS y�}_ t a Jif a�f.�.1nr•N F PERMITS AND FEES0 4% 44. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES AND CONDUIT RUNS CONCEALED IN CONCRETE OR UNDERGROUND SHALL BE 3/4" CONDUCTORS a1,A ', 1, ' INSPECTIONS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO MINIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED W/ RIGID STEEL ELBOWS. CONDUIT CONNECTORS CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, INSULATED FOR 600V, TYPE THWN / THHN, 15'4L RCM G STARTING THE WORK. SHALL BE DOUBLE LOCKNUT TYPE, UL LISTED AND LABELED, WITH COMPRESSION OR NUMBER 12 AWG MINIMUM UNO. SET SCREW FITTINGS. I EXP1MTION0/TE:17.IVf2014 ,J REFERENCE THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS MOTORS AND OTHER WIRING 10/11/2019 INCLUDING SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT. EQUIPMENT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NEEDED CONDUIT, WIRING, CONNECTIOSN AND SAFETY SWITCHES FOR ALL MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT, EVEN IF THE • WARRANTY MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT ARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. MOTORS, CONTROLS, ETC. MAY V THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL UNCONDITIONALLY WARRANT ALL WORK TO BE THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND SIZES WITH BE FURNISHED BY THE SUPPLIER OF THE DRIVEN EQUIPMENT. THE ELECTRICAL mil = s F FREE OF DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF ONE(1) YEAR THE TRADE AND VENDOR SUPPLYING THE EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL WORK AND CONNECTIONS NEEDED TO MAKE THE ,a, FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY ARCHITECT AND WILL REPAIR / OR SYSTEM COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL. a)C H w x REPLACE ANY DEFECTIVE WORK PROMPTLY, WITHOUT CHARGE AND RESTORE ANY LOW VOLTAGE OTHER EXISTING WORK DAMAGED IN THE COURSE OF REPAIRING DEFECTIVE MATERIALS ALL CONNECTIONS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DONE BY THE EC. W _ Ll AND WORKMANSHIP. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WORK SHALL COMPLY, BE PERMITTED AND INSPECTED PER STATE •L (AND AHJ) REQUIREMENTS. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED BY A COORDINATION WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS di 1 TEMPORARY POWER LICENSED CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE AND AHJ REQUIREMENTS. REUSE EXISTING PANEL AND SERVICE FOR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION POWER. ALL s = RECEPTACLES TO BE USED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR LANDLORD CONSTRUCTION ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLING ROUTED INDOORS SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED IN REQUIREMENTS / SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BECOME COMPLETELY FAMILIAR •— WALLS/CEILINGS IN A CONDUIT RACEWAY (UNLESS OWNER AND AHJ AUTHORIZED IT WITH REQUIREMENTS / SPECIFICATIONS AND ADHERE TO THEM. WHERE LANDLORD I i THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DEENERGIZING CIRCUITS IN TO BE ROUTED EXPOSED THROUGH WALLCEILING). IF APPROVED BY OWNER & AHJ REQUIREMENTS ARE MORE STRINGENT THAN SHOWN IN THESE PLANS, LANDLORD n D DEMOLITION AREAS TO INSURE A SAFE CONDITION. ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND TO BE ROUTED EXPOSED, CABLING SHALL BE PROPERLY FASTENED/SUPPORTED PER = ASSOCIATED WIRING LOCATED WITHIN THE DEMOUTION AREA THAT WILL NO LONGER BE CODE, AHJ AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS. CABLING NOT ROUTED IN CONDUIT SHALL BE REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. W USED SHALL BE REMOVED AND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF AT CONTRACTORS EXPENSE PLENUM RATED WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR AHJ (CONFIRM WHETHER CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SPACE IS BEING USED AS AN AIR PLENUM.) PERFORMED ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT NATIONAL ELECTRICAL J • CODE, STATE CODES, CITY ELECTRICAL CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES DISCONNECTS AND FUSED SWITCHES ' U EE INCLUDING ANY STATE OR LOCAL ENERGY CODES. ALL WORK SHALL ALSO BE IN Z 0 COMPLIANCE WITH BUILDING OWNER'S CRITERIA. IN CASE OF CONFLICT BETWEEN THE FUSED SWITCHES DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, ORDINANCES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING HEAVYDUTY TYPE, HORSEPOWER RATED WITH INTERLOCKING COVER. NEMA 1 TYPICAL. JURISDICTION, THE MOST STRINGENT STANDARD (IN THE OPINION OF THE ENGINEER) OUTDOOR AND WET LOCATION SWITCHES SHALL BE RAIN TIGHT TYPE NEMA 3R. ALL 0 F w SHALL APPLY. THE EC SHALL SATISFY CODE, AHJ, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS SWITCHES SHALL BE LOCKABLE. FUSES IN CIRCUITS RATED AT 600 AMPERES OR 0 tt c A MINIMUM STANDARD WITHOUT ANY EXTRA COST. LESS SHALL BE UL CLASS RK1 DUAL-ELEMENT, TIME DELAY, CURRENT LIMITING In Z (13 FUSES. FUSES IN CIRCUITS RATED AT 601 AMPERES OR LARGER SHALL BE UL CLASS '� 0 _- THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM(S) OUTAGES L TIME-DELAY, CURRENT LIMITINGca SWITCHES. J H WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANLORD / OWNER AT LEAST 24 HOURS IN J c, ADVANCE. 0 NAMEPLATES a THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ELECTRICAL WORK WITH OTHER V v TRADES. THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ALL OTHER PROVIDE PHENOLIC NAMEPLATES ON ELECTRICAL DEVICES SUCH AS DISCONNECTS AND DRAWINGS. DO NOT SCALE DISTANCES OFF THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS; USE ACTUAL PANELS WITH THEIR DESIGNATIONS (E.G. "PANEL A"). PROVIDE DIRECTORY FOR PANELS C BUILDING DIMENSIONS. AND LABEL ALL BREAKERS. IF A TRANSFORMER IS INSTALLED, PROVIDE NAMEPLATE ON It TRANSFORMER AS FOLLOWS: "HOT SURFACE, DO NOT PLACE ANY ITEMS ON TOP OR H BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ON SIDES OF TRANSFORMER". U0 FIRE ALARM 0 MATERIALS z >- PROVIDE ALL NEW MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT UNLESS NOTED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED MODIFIED, EXTENDED AND / OR ADDED TO J EL Ce cry 0 OTHERWISE. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE UL APPROVED, LABELED AND LISTED OR BY A DESIGN BUILD FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AS NEEDED (NOT SHOWN). COORDINATEEL N OTHER APPROVED TESTING ORGANIZATION WHICH HAS ACCEPTANCE BY THE WITH OWNER FOR FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS. Q CC O W AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH THEY ARE USED. IN V LL N M 1` Lc, ADDITION, MEETING ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT APPLICABLE CODES AND LIGHTING MEI CD ` 0) CD REGULATIONS. NO SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS SPECIFIED WILL BE ALLOWED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL ITEMS ARE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL A NEW LIGHTING SYSTEM COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL, IN W >- --1 Q r < CONFORMANCE WITH CODE AND FIXTURE USTING REQUIREMENTS. CLEAN ALL FIXTURES CUTTING AND FITTING = o PERFORM CUTTING, CORING, FITTING, REPAIRING AND FINISHING OF THE WORK AT TIME OF JOB COMPLETION UTILIZING MANUFACTURERS APPROVED OR 2 p NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT. HOWEVER, NO CUTTING OF RECOMMENDED CLEANING SOLUTIONS. Z U fY 4t THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES OR OF ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE DONE W W CO WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, GC AND / OR PANELBOARDS ZW 0 I- OWNER. PROPERLY FILL, SEAL, FIREPROOF AND WATERPROOF ALL OPENINGS, SLEEVES CL CO B AND HOLES IN SLABS, WALL AND CASEWORK. PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE PLUG-IN OR BOLT ON BREAKERS AND MAIN LUGS ONLY 0 0 O CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, INCLUDING CLEARANCES REQUIRED BY 17 ui OR MAIN BREAKERS AND NEEDED OR REQUIRED. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE 0 Co cc WITH ALUMINUM BUS AND BE ENCLOSED IN NEMA 1 OR 3R TYPE OTHER TRADES AND NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR HOUSING AS MANUFACTURED BY "SQUARE D", "CUTLER HAMMER" OR EQUAL AND CC v- a. TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF THE CAPABLE OF ACCEPTING GFCI BREAKERS. ENCLOSURE(S) SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH A Q N FINISHED SURFACE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL DIMENSIONS TO BE TAKEN FROM HINGED DOOR, CYLINDER LOCK AND A NEATLY TYPED CIRCUIT BREAKER DIRECTORY 0 ACTUAL BUILDING DIMENSIONS. UNDER PLASTIC COVER IN EACH PANEL DOOR. ALL MULTIPLE POLE BREAKERS (AND F,. OTHER BREAKERS REQ/D BY CODE) SHALL HAVE A COMMON TRIP HANDLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY EXAMINE ALL AREAS WHERE EQUIPMENT, ISSUED / REVISED DATE CONDUIT AND PREVENTS WILL BE INSTALLED AND THE WILL TO THEIONS DD SET 09/06/19 GC THAT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES PERMIT SET 10/11/19 ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED FOR PROPER OPERATIONS. BALANCE ALL SWITCHES BRANCH CIRCUITS LOADS BETWEEN THE PHASES OF THE SYSTEM TO WITHIN 10% OF LEVITON COMMERCIAL GRADEOR APPROVED EQUAL WITH DURABLE COVERPLATES ALL THE HIGHEST PHASE LOAD IN EACH PANELBOARD. SWITCHES TO BE WHITE DECORA STYLE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM WITH APPROPRIATE PROVISIONS OF NEC, RECEPTACLES WAC, ASTM, UL, ETL, NEMA, ANSI AND OTHER APPLICABLE AGENCY AS THEY APPLY TO LEVITON COMMERCIAL GRADE OR APPROVED EQUAL DURABLE COVERPLATES. ALL EACH INDIVIDUAL UNIT OR ASSEMBLY. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE WHITE DECORA STYLE. INSTALL RECEPTACLES PLUMB, LEVEL AND SECURE TO J-BOX. PROVIDE GFCI TYPE WHERE INDICATED AND WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE AND AHJ. GFCI RECEPTACLES SHALL BE CLASS 'A' RATED FOR A PERSONNEL PROTECTION. COMPUTER RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUND TYPE AND ORANGE PER OWNER DIRECTION. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-OO1 COPYRIGHT 0 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. eterenCe DEIN Not part of this Dem# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 EXISTING PANEL A SURFACE MOUNTED EXISTING PANEL B SURFACE MOUNTEDti 120/208 VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE 200 AMP. BUS 120/208 VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE 200 AMP. BUS V 0 -p et CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE 200 MCB FED FROM LL UTILITY METER CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE 200 MCB FED FROM PANELBOARD 'A' film.. eg C °I LOAD- V. A. LOAD- V. A. ti cv acr. naP Na Na 1 P CET. acr IFP NO. Na mw act NO. r«rs POLE LOAD SERVED AO BO Co LOAD SERVED POLE s NO. Na AMPS rag LOAD SERVED A0 B0 Co LOAD SERVED Pru MPs NO. 0 �; Q U 1 40 3 EXISTING RTU-1 360 CONSULTING BEDS 1 20 2 1 40 3 EXISTING RTU-2 2508 TIMECLOCK 1 20 2 J N 3 180 600 LARGE CONSULTING RECEPT. 1 20 4 3 , B � SPARE 1 20 4 E v +•1 2 v F 3tiUU 3288 VERIFY EXISTING Y CONDUIT W/ (4) am vi 0 5 f CONSULTING RECEPT 1 20 6 5 STOREROOM RECEPTACLES 1 20 6 13/0CU, (1) #3CUGND. IN2" C3 ` -(3 ( .288 720 CONDUIT TO ELECTRICAL ROOM. 7 40 3 EXISTING RTU-3 :�,� ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 3 45 8 7 20 1 CONSULTING RECEPT. 360 RR GFG 1 20 8 CL) 1U 9 281; 10 9 20 1 CONSULTING BEDS 360eel LARGE CONSULT. REFRIGERATOR 1 20 10 1132�� 12 11 20 1 CONSULTING RECEPT. 720 >CONSULTING RECEPTACLES 1 20 12 w CO L'1" 4013 20 1 SPARE -ITS EF-5 1 20 14 13 20 1 CONSULTING BEDS 36 LAB REC. 1 20 14 VERIFY EXISTING ELECTRICAL Z Z 2 N 15 20 1 SPARE __ SPARE 1 20 16 15 20 1 CONSULTING RECEPT. 720 CONNECTIONS TO TENANT l' a•a 0 � co ELECTRICAL PANELS CONSULTING BED 1 20 160 AND O PROVIDE ANY REPAIRS OR • 17 20 1 SPARE __ ,SPARE 1 20 18 : SOUND MASKING SYSTEM 1 20 1 6b UPGRADES NECESSARY FOR 19 20 1 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES C 1200 SPARE 1 20 20 170 20 1 CONSULTING BEDS 360 CONSULTING RECEPTACLES 1 20 18a �EMPIEIE FUNCTIONING EXIST EXIST SEAL -- 1200 200 —— PANEL PANEL 21 20 1 STOREFRONT SIGN e i LOBBY SIGN 1 20 22 17b 20 1 PRINTER SOUND MASKING TRANSFORMER 1 20 18b 200A 200A J 200A 200A _j 'A' 'B' 23 20 1 LIGHTING HALLWAY 749 SPARE 1 20 24 190 20 1 SPARE 1000 BREAK ROOM REFRIGERATOR 1 20 200 O - DISC 0 - DISC M CB 125A MCB 25 20 1 WAITING AREA LIGHTING 543 UGHTING CONSULTING 1 20 26 19b 20 1 ADMIN COMPUTERS 720 '> LAB REC. 1 20 20b (� 277/4,80V 120/208V AO R,3 720E 27 20 1 WAITING AREA LIGHTING $04 UGHTING CONSULTING 1 20 28 210 20 1 IT ROOM / IT RACK S Z?n HVAC REC. 1 20 220 U. ELECTRICAL ROOM TENANT ELECTRICAL ROOM �' tyk ( c� ',r� 29 20 1 HVAC RECEPTACLES 07 UGHTING LAB/RR/STAFF 1 20 30 21 b 20 1 BREAK ROOM MICROWAVE 12 LAB FRIDGE 1 20 22b ' 5°821 PE 'g" 13727 14806 13970 VA: 42503 A.: 118.1 230 20 1 ADMIN PRINTER 900 RECEPTION DESK. RECEPTACLE 1 20 24a POWER ONE-LINE DIAGRAM rir), E 23b 20 1 CONSULTING BEDS 360 BREAK ROOM CONY. REC. 1 20 24b `✓ NO SCALE .0 % ,� A ` ,. , LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND FACTOR VOLT - AMPS 360 1/ • Z1, o D.F. CONNECTED DEMAND 25a 20 1 RECEPTION RECEPTACLE - CONSULTING COMPUTERS. 1 20 260 I' LL O,,(C' LIGHTING 1.25 7936 9920 25b 20 1 RECEPTION RECEPTACLE720 CONSULTING COMPUTERS 1 20 26b RECEPTACLES N.E.C. 1800 1800 MOTORS N.E.C. -- 27a 20 1 CONSULTING COMPUTERS 40 LARGE CONSULT. BED 1 20 28a !EXPIRATION DATE:I7.I31 I awi''j J MISC. EQUIPMENT 1.00 12000 12000 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 0.65 27b 20 1 SPARE COW. RECEIPACLES 1 20 28b 10/11/2019 HVAC EQUIPMENT 1.00 0767 20767 290 20 1 BREAK ROOM COUNTER RECEPT 720 CONSULTING RECEPTACLES 1 20 30a TOTAL- 42503 44487 C /2U CONSULTING BEDS 1 20 30b 29b 20 1 CONSULTING COMPUTERS 1 360 PANELBOARD LOAD = 44487 V.A. 11pill c §r.s . FULL LOAD AMPS = 123.6 A. 9938 10768 10508 V.A: 31214 A.: 86.7 motto LO PROVIDE LOCK-ON DEVICE TS CIRCUIT VIA TIMESWITCH a) Fa CL VIA TRACK CURRENT UMITER (SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND FACTOR VOLT - AMPS H w °z D.F. CONNECTED DEMAND tit s� LIGHTING 1.25 RECEPTACLES N.E.C. 21350 15675 E MOTORS N.E.C. -- 4 MISC. EQUIPMENT 1.00 W KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 0.65 HVAC To PMCNT 1.00 9864 9864 C MQ won 31214 25539 • 4. rg PANELBOARD LOAD = 25539 V.A. i g D FULL LOAD AMPS = 71.0 A. LO PROVIDE LOCK-ON DEVICE TS CIRCUIT VIA 11MESWITCH W CL VIA TRACK CURRENT LIMITER (SEE UGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE) Li I U E Z O .. U J -I O SIX CgC U) Z O JCO 70 J v • J LIGHTING SCHEDULE C3 4 DEIDIGN FIXTURE DESCRIPTION IMFRIPRODUCT IDI FINISH I WATTAGE I LUM N/W I LAMP I DIMMING IMFR EFFICACYTEMP/ PUR CHASED' IN STALLED I COMMENTS IX L0000(TROFFERS) V Q L0002 2X4 LED LOW PROFILE RECESSED INDY S2X4BL-55-35-U-W WHITE 53W 103LM/W LED 0-10V OM GC L0002 W TROFFER H-3 (0 L0005 2X2 LED LOW PROFILE RECESSED INDY S2X2BL-39-35-U-W WHITE 36W 108LM/W LED 0-10V OM GC L0005 z >- TROFFER-EMERGENCY H-3 BR — W L0006 2X2 LED LOW PROFILE RECESSED JUNO S2X2BL-39-35-U-W WHITE 36W 108LM/W LED 0-10V OM GC L0006 ..1a. Ch a TROFFER H-3 a 0_ W N o L0007 2X4 LED LOW PROFILE RECESSED INDY S2X4BL-55-35-U-W WHITE 53W 103LM/W LED 0-10V OM GC L0007 0 11 N M TROFFER-EMERGENCY H-3-BR = r`' Lo 0') L1000(RECESSED CANS) U) O L1007 5"RECESSED LED DOWNLIGHT- JUNO TC2OLED-G4-20LM 26.2W 76LM/W LED OM GC d J ce 0) EMERGENCY -30K-90CRI-MVOL WQ 0 . T- EZ1/204HZWH/H B1 2 _ - o L0 o L1001 5" RECESSED LED DOWNLIGHT JUNO TC2020LED4-3K-U WHITE 26.2W 76LM/W LED 0-10V OM GC L1001 Z U ce u _HB-1_204HZ-WN W W (/) L1006 4" RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LED DMF DRD3M-10 1000 WHITE 14.7W 68LM/W LED 0-10V OM GC L1006W U DOWNLIGHT LM Z :"* ,_ W B L2000(RECESED LINEAR) 0 (D CTI I— L2003 SHELF LIGHTING-LINEAR LED STRIP SELF ARROW-1230K110 4 W 110LM/W LED OM GC L2003 p 0 (LENSED) ELECTRONIC SCO Q pp LY L2004 FLOS LIGHTING SYSTEM FLOS ARCHIT. LIGHT STRIPS 5W/11.8" - LED OM GC L2004 Lt 0- (Ni L3000(EXIT SIGNS) 0 r L3001 EXIT SIGN NAVILITE SINGLE FACING, NO JUNO NXECRA 3W - LED OM GC L3001 ARROW L3002 EXIT SIGN NAVILITE SINGLE FACING, 1 JUNO NXECRA 3W - LED OM GC L3002 ; ISSUED / REVISED DATE ARROW I DD SET 09/06/19 L3003 EXIT SIGN NAVILITE DOUBLE FACING, 1 JUNO NXECRA 3W - LED OM GC L3003 PERMIT SET 10/11/19 ARROW L3004 EXIT SIGN NAVILITE DOUBLE FACING, 2 JUNO NXECRA 3W - LED OM GC L3004 ARROW L4000(DECORATIVE LIGHTS) L4002 BACKLIT RESTROOM MIRROR EVERLY MOUMOUNE 77W - LED OM GC L4002 QUINN RECTANGLE BACKLIT VANITY MIRROR L4003 DECORATIVE PENDANT STUFF {OYU IGH I VERIFY 60W - LED G25 OM GC L4003 UP/DOWN PENDANT A L4007 bECORATIVE PENDANT BLUDOT TRACE CHARCOAL 75W _ _ OM GC L4007 PENDANT /WHITE OTHER L2005 4'WALL MOUNT LINEAR LED FSC LIGHTING L285-48-24WT-30K 24W -- LED OM GC L2005 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E-002 COPYRIGHT Q 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. Not part of this perm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II _ I1 II ADMIN STORAGE I _ 0 o Fl 1:11 1 /7 I - •— re C‘,1 (3) L00071 L0002 • L0002 L0007 L0002 L0007, L0002 L0007 L0007 L0002 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: 1:3O _ L3001 EM 6 �� EM •1 O'F ( /p�KIIAL) EM O�� _r(iiNL) EM• O� '� 1r,4A i2$) EM EM (I t i28) '1:1.0 CD J 0 F ' .._. .:, .. 1 . ALL LIGHTING FIXTURE CONDUCTORS TO BE MINIMUM SIZE NUMBER 12. Q • 1 0 • 1 - I -_./ EM _ I r� © 2. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE WIRED AHEAD OF — U L0005 5 _ �� !� O j� , - SWITCH LEG OF CIRCUIT. W o c _ L0007 I I CONSULT 9 CONST LT 8 3. VERIFY LOADS ON EXISTING CIRCUITS AND PANELS BEFORE ADDING TO Call) � 2 A-30 CONSULT 11 CONSULT 10 A THEM. DO NOT OVERLOAD PANELS. CIRCUIT NUMBERS SHOWN ARE TO " LL - • -.-_ P•RTIAL (PARTIAL} IIS 115 I 1 . 14 1 113 I INDICATE CIRCUITING INTENTION. USED AVAILABLE CIRCUITS AND PROVIDE 0 w W o c Q 'p1 O1 0.1 I O; ill D NEW BREAKERS AS REQUIRED, AND PROVIDE UPDATED PANEL • Z z �,� DIRECTORIES. ••• O r c!) 1 k I i ' -1 li - - -.. _ - I HI I- • ®;© L30D2 I ELEC. 4. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS REQUIRED IN EXISTING PANELS. L_0' L0002 ® A c3 L0002 I L0002 I 113 L0002MATCH EXISTING MANUFACTURER. FIELD VERIFY REQUIRED NUMBER OF SEAL ►� i - No-- I -----0-- �1 EL 10 I" �' �� I • L20 04 ' NEW BREAKERS, PRIOR TO BIDDING, IF EXISTING PANEL NOTED DOES • HAVE SUFFICIENT SPACES NOTIFY ARCHITECT. �_ iTh0064EM L1006 HALLW L1006 EM L1006 ; L1006 EM L100. 7 L3002--40 L0005 �� 124 / L0005 L0002 1 L0005 A 39 �, 0 I I + I ', (PARTIAL) �� 1Pt� V . I i_ i - S 58821 Pd ` 4i j {. I I I I 1 D r f ( ijilY6,-" , ��u TOILET RM( Lit oos L1Oo --.. •L0007 121 L0007 / L0007 L1001., .. L1007 • . _- EM EM 'c^� r�, `E oaa7 LOOD2' -_ EM L4002 _ y EM P.. .� p - 007 q-2�S I A-28 �C C" t0 O A-30 ' • . . ' r • M OS {PARTIAL) (PARTIAL) OS CONSULT 7 �xPIRtlTIOBdOAr :i 13I lzo�9 (DC CONSULT 12 (PARTIAL) L4002 i - 5 I EM -- D .' I 112 1011 112019 5 A 30 I 120 - L0005 O GUNSULI Ei PARTIAL 5 L10o1 A�30 • (PARTIAL) (PARTIAL) L4002 (PARTIAL) 1 1 1 O L0002 I L0002 A-28 L0002 17® . fl TOILET RM P pLUTRON SPECIFICATIONS CONTACTILI o$REAK ROOM / --1 L0002 i 11 h EL0002 ` Li 001 , LI tKI I FOR LUTRON SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM, PARTS LIST AND SYSTEM hl P EM .- COST, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT: TOILET RSI L1007 - LAB STATION C LUTRON ELECTRONICS, INC. •- 1 1 • 1122 1 . . IL0002 , I 109 I I DAVID CHIN CSP i• o / L4007 L1001 • NORTHWEST COMMERCIAL AREA LEADER m • - CELL# : 206-240-5384 m 0 I 12L03 I7 L0002 o o L0002 EMAIL dchin®lutron.com C as PIIPo. P , •- c i) I O " L1ao11 i) D = L0002 (PARTIAL) L0007 L0002 L4001 L1001 '- Cf • • {P A-26 CC NSULT 5 CONSULT 4 ILI - .: •. . EM �RT1AL) (PARTIAL) O I 108--1--- 1 107 I _.... ## KEYED NOTES . (PARTIA . �- , OS . . , . - � � L1006 1 . 0-10V DIMMING ONLY CONTROL SWITCH. REFER TO LUTRON CONTROL • „ Oa . L0007 I L0007' DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION v E - O L400:' I-1007 EM Iiiil EM Z o --- L1001 EM . ' EM 2. 0-10V DIMMER / OCCUPANCY SWITCH. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING TO 0-10V LARGE C NSULT �. I �! NTS REFER J Y --_ I L000S TO LUTRON CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Y LED DRIVER ASREQUIREMENTS. 12 qo I- Et 1 D PARITIAL) OD,, 9., D EL c i' 3 NOT USED . 1 I 4), O - r' _ i I _ — = w 4. VACANCY SENSOR TO BE PROVIDED FOR IT ROOM. COORDINATE MODEL w/ J o _ - - II L0002 L0002 ! I L0002 v� ro L1007 L3��01 r , L10' • ��_ �I L2004 IT TENANT. 0 _ ___ L1007 L1006 / J - EM r f` EM ' ►: EM � CD` L1006 EM }� Q I 106 5. CEILING (OR CORNER) MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS. SEE LIGHTING a CONTROL SHEETS BY LUTRON. V L0005 �© . L0005 D© q-30 •-- q-27Q ,d Lc002 I 1 - (PARTIAL) , WAITING AREA JJ 1 6. POWERPACK DIMMING MODULE ABOVE CEILING. REFER TO LUTRON CONTROL (PARTIAL) • 0_ upouu _ Jl fl - - -L 1 ii ---- -- DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0 ..,--- 1. 10:1 (8 ) a b$c$d$a D �� I 6 .. 3 I� D rY I- (PA'71AL 7. DAYLIGHT SENSOR. REFER TO LUTRON CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL L0007 •L0007 - • L0007 I L0007' (� ❑ / orea ► I rni►� EM EM EM / EM INFORMATION. �, • L .0 Dl L 90 2ra4 kk + AP --� iiil . ""'""""' • • , • I 8. E.C. TO COORDINATE W/ LUTRON FOR LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF >- -• • All , _ _�.- _ • ''�® - I r' I I' STARTER HUB, FLUSH-MOUNT ADAPTER, AND POWER SUPPLY. REFER TO - Ct • +0 , q_2g A_2B i 4_26 LUTRON CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. J 0_ co ' • ! {P�RT1AL) (PARTIAL) / CONSl1LT 1 I' (P,4R11AL) /�OS CONSU .T 2 (P 4RT1AL) OS CONSUL 3 IZ CV o (P L) O V 1x-03 I `� I 101; 1 5> I 105 I 3. DIMMER MODULES TO BE MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING IN SINGLE GANG BOXES. a 0 u_ CV cn URTURE I REFER TO LUTRON DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. v 2 L0002 L0002 L0002 ( L0002_2 U) J o �Q 0+ X02 ��1 .• 1PPJ® [ riso 10. OCCUPANCY SENSORS IN HALLWAYS SHALL DIM LIGHTING BY 50% WHEN 1 J 1 7 0 +0//X UNOCCUPIED. W Q O CO Q ._ - Allik".. • • . • . . .• - . 0.7' ) i '--1 1 Z +p. A LLI l.H - 11- 1 ,E i1 1rE „ :: Ji I, i- Z w LJ U B p O NORTH ❑ 09 cc LECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN M Q E 0 SCALE: 1 /4" = 1 '-O" ISSUED / REVISED DATE DD SET 09/06/19 PERMIT SET 10/11/19 deference only Not Dart of this Jen- mi� A LIGHTING PLAN ._ E44;t3nee COPYRIGHT Qc 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. V 1 ,. Not part of this per4 eeenee oils rtwet A lit. ,, . Nat pari of this Oermri Not part ©f this pert* 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (PARTIAL) r�� J I FIRE ALARM BIDDER DESIGN GENERAL NOTES: E ° Q - A-30 T . In -1 ^ - - I- = = SII T-� 'III. -1 ^ - - L = = 1� I•" It.■ I- -1 /` - - •, +lIW W!IF' III- - - H - - ^ I- -I U 0 -0Tr I _ / \ / \ . / \ t1► I!:► / N 1 . CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL OF LANDLORD'S •� Cd c a' O �I �J 1 1 ADMIN L - J \ - - J - - J \ L - _ J - �` J \ L - - J I E- _ / L EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. N I►-1�, 9 I I(9 I•t I B-6 .... : • - B 'b- ' Q `�Ll 1 18 T L]f---' -' = �� •�• .�II1�► MIR• _ "�' c� a I 0 T 2. ALL NOTIFICATION DEVICES SHALL BE WHITE. PULL STATIONS SHELL BE J a� IN -- _l I► \ I► \ I► I► RED. 4 W F ® ' L 4 -� B-30b 4Y ,ONSULT 10 -1 ►INSULT '�y ID �� ® l� B-9 I- E v L� I O A-8,10,12 1 g 1 em ii 11 CONSUL _i /1 ( - 1 , 11 ULT 811 1_ 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ANY /ALL EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES __ _II , I � r__ 1 I 6 C I �z 1 116 `J I - 1 115 � }I 4 !. 1 13 1 Q ARE IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. REPLACE ANY FAULTY DEVICES AS 0 L- '0 r-1�1� I J 0 X11*b lig T S�' C I 16 11 I► 0 I► 0 I► I I►O O �/ q f' REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. Cl.) W m c IL?-1 / -�. 11 1 1 �-' 1' (i G- -� -� 0 tom) J---� 2 4 © 1 Q� �- B-18b ( ') ( ) B-30a (T�'�') ` ` B-11 4. ALL FIRE ALARM WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LANDLORD IL --H . = I STO 11 'I 11 I APPROVED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. O w W o _ _ _ c B-23a I 1 7 I I , 1 - iC �t 1 1 --.),-,__ __,T { -1 1 1 I I� 7�� `I��(` ' ••• O 0 (n _ T I - I 5. DRAWINGS SHOW DESIGN INTENT ONLY. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S I Ill I� I .II II I IL I I II 111 i:1► II I I !R: 111 , RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD'S VENDOR/CONTRACTOR -. _ _ - AND OBTAIN ALL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FIRE ALARM • g1 - 111 PACKAGE FOR PERMIT. SEAL LEC. PANEL 'A' Z 6. THIS CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE COST FOR DESIGN AND INSTALLATION IN fr 0 C-Ail 113 I HIS BID. B-17b HA124AY PANEL 'B' 7 7. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIRE ALARM PERMIT. t PR QFlp II1 __ -` L - - - L 1 8. PROVIDE LANDLORD WITH PLANS IN PDF FORMAT AT TIME OF PERMIT c 5L1V1 ! f� _-___FTI ` 111 - __ , : O - EF I- L SUBMISSION. - .1 - GF I -_4I( tr .-- TOILET IOM L 111 i eg- s 1111 _ f ¢r rL.L^ .•' E L r �� 2 - tJ �� O �� 1. 1 t� - - �s (PARTIAL) 121 ( /r - 'G4 - er, 7. if ` B 26a B $ _ B-21 b B-29a B-2 a _ I _ _ 1 „�• 1 _ : '2.131/201q 1 _ _ E1 #R774k!DA FE 1 ZI B-24b IS T-1 COS T "12 - I + GFCI T CO S LT 6 �� T 10/11/2019 I I I I 120 I B-18a_ �'..� 111'/` I -I L IILET RM �O I I I ill I - - - 112 ! 1 • �- T I I I F, I Ill= \J B-28b 1 110 /(PARTIAL) I I I Ey I� - / . Ci I 1 V - - BRED R9oIii ,\ 111 I I 1 - GFCI 'w EF A-30 ----2-3b 11- ..:� I x- I / it = S rr O (PARTIAL) - - TOILET RM I o (TYP) Q -� LL_, B-16 Io=1 _ A-30 1 ZZ 0�` I f •_ _• ) 0 I I-14, �_• 2 w z L - I - _ J I--- -+ I f I •�• I L- z� �, ,-, st 14 �z( ) / N_ ii • / Cl"1 1 ir\-1lil 9 f Ji 1 L liteO 7-111111 .l I': B-lob 5- { S W I - X k I II B- b •Z I_ 4, / r 7 ‹r---° i *-- I- 1 N . < 0 .q II GFCI c s D i. l 11 - -- A-=4 tiktit: � JI A 8-1.3.5 I II _ I ( ') `/al: :�' ' CONSUL / 1 = y i J, W B-25a I _ \ I �I II ,�, :. •GFCI B-14 - 1� I � _, 11 w � �� 107f n, 7a= Ti > I �7� I I I T O I II LAB STATION ® -.� i.y� �� ' ,� 109 _ I I I N. _ = r,I I L_ Jill )11cApil9P -�O / \ .1-. / I� GFGI I II I O _ CFCIv OI II V i \ skik A-29 E / / 1'•RGE CONSUL //74\1 \ L- 1� m _ _ L = U A-1.3.5 / \ \ NT/J✓ 7:1 - = 17 . 123 (Tr) B28a :y J 0 ;1)� �f \/ Fes ' _ i+ 108 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: g i_ I V i� I r�: LL 0 II /\.., \ ., , , \ \, / - �• �` 0 iteri 1. REFER TO SHEET A1 .3 POWER AND SIGNAL PLAN AND2 A 22 ill -I 1 /\ !1 / GFCI INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O ien Q - A-14 _- 2. EC TO PROVIDE HANDLE TIE ON ALL MULTIWIRE BRANCH _ U L. -CIRCUITS PER NEC 210.4(0) ,0 � - U _-_ __ 3. ALL SPARE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES U v 3 = SHALL BE LEFT IN THE OFF POSITION. C -1--- ---T--- `�� i.,/6\ L-B-21a 4. EC SHALL PROVIDE HOSPITAL GRADE DEVICES AND MC I - 1 I _ I [ [I I CABLE AS REQUIRED PER NEC FOR ALL EXAM ROOMS. fY - WAITING AREAcia T 1 oI- 101 C ] I. t�11 1 B-26b �' 5. EC TO COORDINATE ALL DEVICE AND RECEPTACLE HEIGHTS U ❑ =�1 �J m •� ►_� WITH ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN AND CD W 17 © r INSTALLATION. z I _ 6. RECEPTACLES WHERE REQUIRING GFCI PROTECTION, AND J � t^7 0 rilT = _ _ ARE LOCATED BEHIND EQUIPMENT WHERE INACCESSIBLE, o WI - NUROT RE I II 103 - _ - SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH GFCI PROTECTION AT THE o CV r, �, 1 TI -1 TI e-"2 ON UL 3 - a w 1 1 2 I 1 I II II I 1 A-6 II 11 104 I I 105 1 Il PANELBOARD. v I a Ln .. I Z. I I I I I _I I I I I P., ' I I I I U) Cl o 2 1 Ey L ® '\ c, I P I p J rn I g B-24a - 1 • \ J2 '� I I >- B--25b 11 '•' 4ILI _ (� \ O /� O I`�I (TYP) 2 O 1F1 4 1 _ o I I i � � O_ .... c r -= z y - _/ 0 ct _ Z 1$ 17 A-19 17 A-191 I )7 -G , da I I I \ // \� . II L r\� / . _ I - \ I-/� w w 0 I- I- B Lf 1® OP KEYED NOTES o cc 8_21 CC N- a 1. SOUND MASKING SYSTEM: PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED POWER CONNECTION. 16. EC TO COORDINATE WITH SOUND MASKING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS AND PROVIDE Q N NORTH COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION W/ OWNER. SEE ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A-150 FOR 7. NOT USED. STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER AS REQUIRED. EC SHALL COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED 0 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN Mk. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DEVICES AND INSTALL FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. SEE ARCHITECTURAL 8. EXHAUST FANS. PROVIDE DEDICATED CIRCUIT AND TIE TO THERMOSTAT CONTROLS. SHEET A-150 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. POWER ROUGH-IN FOR SIGN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH SIGN VENDOR PROVIDE 20A, SINGLE POLE SWITCH FOR DISCONNECTING MEANS. COORDINATE W/ ISSUED / REVISED DATE SCALE: 1 /4'' = 1 -0" W PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CIRCUIT TO BE CONTROLLED BY EXISTING TIMESWITCH. EC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 17. E.C. TO PROVIDE SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. DD SET 09/06/19 TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONTACTORS AS REQUIRED. REQUIREMENTS. PERMIT SET 10/11/19 9. EC TO PROVIDE LABELS AT ALL COMPUTER RECEPTACLES FOR SPECIFICATION OF 3. EC TO VERIFY FINAL LOCATIONS OF WIRELESS-ACCESS POINTS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. USE. 18. NOT EC TO PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR SPEAKER. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH TENANT REQUIREMENTS AND PROVIDE ADDITIONAL ACCESS POINTS SPECIFICATIONS WITH INTERIOR DESIGNER PER FURNITURE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO AS NECESSARY. 10. NEW EXHAUST FANS. TIE INTO ROOM LIGHTING CONTROLS AND LIGHTING CIRCUIT. ROUGH-IN AND INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 20A, SINGLE POLE SWITCH FOR DISCONNECTING MEANS. COORDINATE WI 4. NEW WATER HEATER (EWH-1), 480V, 30 (12KW). EC TO PROVIDE (3)#10 & MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 19. EC TO COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING SHEET A-150 FOR THE (1)#10 GND IN 1" CONDUIT AND 480V, 30, 30A N.F. NEMA 3R DISCONNECT INSTALLATION OF THE SOUND MASKING SPEAKER LOCATIONS. PROVIDE ALL SWITCH. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO 11 . EC TO VERIFY AND COMPLY WITH PATIENT CARE AREA REQUIREMENTS PER NEC REQUIRED DEVICES FORA COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. BID. REQUIREMENTS AND PROVIDE INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUND TO ALL DEVICES WITHIN PATIENT CARE AREAS AS REQUIRED. A 5. E.C. TO PROVIDE (2) 1 " CONDUIT UNDERSLAB TO CASE-WORK MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX FOR POWER AND DATA CONNECTIONS. VERIFY TRENCHING REQUIREMENTS WITH 12. NOT USED. LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY WORK. 13. NOT USED. raz ER6. EXISTING ROOFTOP UNITS. E.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. VERIFY EXISTING 208V, 3PH, WP, 60A DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH (3) 14. NOT USED. lt #6 CU, (1) #10 CU IN 1 " CONDUIT AND CIRCUITED AS INDICATED. VERIFY AVAILABLE WP, GFCI RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON OR NEAR UNIT. FIELD VERIFY 15. NOT USED. EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ANY BID. E-201 COPYRIGHT cj 2019 CALLISONRTKL INC. neterence oni Not part of kh�s @r m